EcoTrax

Trend Tracker

Trend Tracker offers a dynamic overview of energy usage, waste generation, and emissions trends over time. By visualizing these patterns, users can easily identify peak periods and anomalies, enabling them to make informed, strategic adjustments to their sustainability initiatives. This feature enhances decision-making by providing context to data, ensuring SMEs can respond proactively to changing sustainability metrics.

Requirements

Dynamic Trend Visualization

"As a sustainability manager, I want to visualize energy and waste trends over time so that I can identify peak usage periods and make informed adjustments to our sustainability initiatives."

Description

The Dynamic Trend Visualization requirement focuses on creating an intuitive and interactive interface that allows users to visualize energy usage, waste generation, and emissions trends over selectable time intervals. This functionality will enable users to easily identify patterns, peak usage periods, and anomalies in their sustainability metrics. By integrating responsive charts and graphs into the Trend Tracker, users can filter data based on specific criteria, enabling them to conduct comparisons and trend analyses that could inform strategic adjustments in their sustainability initiatives. This requirement is pivotal as it enhances the user's ability to understand and respond to sustainability metrics effectively, ultimately leading to improved decision-making and optimized resource management.

Acceptance Criteria

User views energy usage data for the last month in the Trend Tracker.

Given the user selects the 'Last 30 Days' option, when they access the Trend Tracker, then the platform displays a responsive line chart depicting daily energy usage with accurate data points for each day.

User filters waste generation data by category over a custom defined period.

Given the user selects specific waste categories and defines a custom date range, when they apply the filter, then the Trend Tracker dynamically updates to show a bar graph representing waste generation by category during that time frame.

User identifies anomalies in emissions trends over a specified time interval.

Given the user navigates to the emissions trends section and selects a time interval, when the data visualization loads, then the system highlights any data points that deviate significantly from calculated averages or expected values.

User compares energy usage trends across multiple time periods for analysis.

Given the user selects multiple time periods for comparison and clicks the 'Compare' button, when the trends are displayed, then two distinct line graphs are shown on the same chart for easy visualization of differences in energy usage patterns.

User receives a tooltip with detailed information when hovering over data points in a trend graph.

Given the user hovers over a specific data point in a trend graph, when the tooltip appears, then it should display the exact value, date, and any relevant annotations related to that data point.

User saves customized trend visualizations for future review.

Given the user creates a customized trend visualization by applying filters and settings, when they click the 'Save Visualization' option, then the system stores the visualization and allows the user to access it later from a 'Saved Visualizations' list.

User exports trend analysis data for external reporting.

Given the user selects a trend visualization and clicks the 'Export' button, when the export process is initiated, then the system generates a downloadable report in CSV format containing the displayed data for further use.

Anomaly Detection Alerts

"As a facility operator, I want to receive alerts for any anomalies in energy or waste data so that I can take immediate action to mitigate any unexpected increases."

Description

This requirement entails the development of an anomaly detection system that proactively identifies and alerts users about significant deviations in energy usage, waste generation, and emissions based on historical data. By implementing machine learning algorithms, this feature will analyze past data patterns and flag any anomalies, sending notifications to users for immediate attention. This capability is crucial for users to address potential issues quickly and to remain compliant with sustainability goals. The Anomaly Detection Alerts will not only help in timely interventions but also contribute to continuous improvement in sustainability performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert for an anomaly in energy usage exceeding historical norms after integrating the Anomaly Detection Alerts feature into EcoTrax.

Given that historical energy usage data is available, when energy usage exceeds a predefined threshold for notifications, then the user receives an alert within 5 minutes of detection.

User checks the Trend Tracker to view graphical representation of energy usage anomalies over the past month.

Given that the user has access to Trend Tracker, when they view the last month’s energy trends, then all flagged anomalies should be visibly marked on the graph with timestamps and deviation details.

Administrator configures alert settings based on specific thresholds for waste generation anomalies within the EcoTrax platform.

Given that the admin is on the alert settings page, when they set the threshold for waste generation alerts, then the system should save these settings and confirm the configurations in the user interface.

A user queries the system about the recent anomalies for emissions detected over the last week.

Given that the user requests information on anomalies, when the request is made, then the system should provide a list of all detection alerts, including type, date, and suggested corrective actions within 10 seconds.

User receives a notification about an anomaly detected in waste generation at their facility.

Given that an anomaly is detected in waste generation, when the detection occurs, then the user should receive a mobile push notification and an email alert containing the anomaly details within 5 minutes.

The system tracks and analyzes past anomaly alerts to identify recurring issues in sustainability metrics.

Given that the system has collected anomaly data over the past year, when the user compiles a report, then the system should highlight recurring anomalies and suggest actionable insights for each instance within the report.

Anomaly Detection Alerts are assessed for accuracy and false positives after being implemented across multiple SMEs.

Given that the feature has been deployed in multiple environments, when the accuracy of anomaly detection is reviewed, then at least 95% of alerts should correspond to actual anomalies as verified by manual audits over a one-month period.

Custom Reporting Functionality

"As a business analyst, I want to create customized reports on our energy and waste data so that I can present clear insights during our quarterly sustainability meetings."

Description

The Custom Reporting Functionality requirement involves creating a flexible reporting tool that allows users to generate tailored reports based on specific metrics and timeframes. Users will be able to select dimensions such as energy type, waste category, and emission sources, then view this data in downloadable formats such as PDF or Excel. This requirement is essential for presenting sustainability progress to stakeholders, aiding in compliance reporting, and facilitating data-driven decision-making. By enabling users to create customized reports, EcoTrax enhances its usability and further empowers SMEs in their sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a report for energy consumption over the last quarter.

Given the user is logged in to the EcoTrax platform, when they navigate to the Custom Reporting feature and select energy consumption as a metric for the last quarter, and choose PDF as the file format, then the system should generate a downloadable PDF report containing the selected data.

User customizes a report by selecting multiple waste categories and a specific date range.

Given the user is on the Custom Reporting page, when they select multiple waste categories and specify a date range, then the system should accurately filter and display results based on the chosen parameters before allowing a download.

User exports an emissions report in Excel format.

Given the user has selected emissions as the reporting metric and chosen Excel as the export format, when they click the export button, then an Excel file should be downloaded containing the emissions data for the specified timeframe.

User creates a report for stakeholders to showcase sustainability progress.

Given a user wants to present sustainability progress to stakeholders, when they generate a report using custom metrics and select the relevant timeframe, then the report should include visualizations for at least the top three metrics, along with a summary section.

User needs to save a custom report for future access.

Given the user has created a custom report, when they choose to save it, then the system should allow the user to name and save the report, making it accessible in the user's reports library later.

User requests a report and receives an error due to server issues.

Given the user has requested to generate a custom report, when the system encounters a server issue, then the user should receive a user-friendly error message indicating the issue and providing steps to retry generating the report later.

Comparative Benchmarking

"As a sustainability director, I want to compare our sustainability metrics with industry benchmarks so that I can identify areas for improvement and drive our initiatives more effectively."

Description

The Comparative Benchmarking requirement focuses on integrating a feature that enables users to compare their sustainability metrics against industry standards and peers. This functionality will provide insights into how their performance stacks up against similar organizations, fostering a competitive environment in sustainability management. Users will be able to view benchmark data and derive actionable insights to enhance their sustainability performance through targeted strategies. This capability is integral for users to identify areas for improvement and recognize best practices within their industry, thus driving competitive advantage through sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User compares their company's energy usage metrics against industry standards to identify areas where they are underperforming and may require strategic adjustments.

Given the user accesses the Comparative Benchmarking feature, when they input their current energy metrics, then the system should display comparative data against industry benchmarks within 2 seconds.

User explores their carbon emissions data to see how it compares to that of their industry peers to better understand their sustainability performance.

Given the user selects the emissions category in the Comparative Benchmarking feature, when the data loads, then the system should present the user's emissions alongside the peer comparison with visual indicators for performance gaps.

User seeks to identify significant trends in energy usage between their business and industry peers over the last year.

Given the user navigates to the trend analysis section within the Comparative Benchmarking, when they select the date range of the past year, then the system should generate a comparative trend graph that highlights differences in energy usage trends.

User wants to receive actionable insights based on their benchmark comparisons to improve their sustainability initiatives effectively.

Given the user has accessed benchmark results, when the analysis is complete, then the system should provide a summary of recommendations tailored to the user's performance relative to benchmarks.

User examines waste generation metrics to discover how their outputs stack against sustainable industry practices.

Given the user selects waste metrics in the Comparative Benchmarking feature, when they view the results, then the system should display a clear comparison including industry averages and best-in-class metrics, along with potential areas for reduction.

User raises questions regarding discrepancies between their performance and the benchmarks provided for emissions outputs.

Given the presence of significant discrepancies, when the user clicks on any highlighted area in the comparative results, then the system should display additional information explaining the industry benchmark rationale and recommendations for improvement in that specific area.

Integration with IoT Devices

"As an operations manager, I want EcoTrax to integrate with our IoT devices so that I can capture real-time data for better insights into our sustainability practices."

Description

The Integration with IoT Devices requirement is about creating seamless connections between EcoTrax and existing IoT sensors that track energy usage, waste, and emissions. This feature will enable real-time data collection and monitoring, allowing for accurate analytics and reporting. Implementing this integration is crucial for ensuring that all relevant data is captured and analyzed, providing users with a comprehensive view of their sustainability efforts. By synergizing with IoT technology, EcoTrax can deliver timely insights and recommendations, enhancing the overall effectiveness of sustainability management for SMEs.

Acceptance Criteria

IoT Device Data Collection for Energy Usage

Given an IoT device is connected to the EcoTrax platform, when the device transmits energy usage data, then the data should be visible in the EcoTrax dashboard within one minute of transmission.

Real-Time Monitoring of Waste Generation

Given that an IoT sensor is actively measuring waste levels in a container, when the waste exceeds a defined threshold, then an alert should be generated in EcoTrax for the user to take action within five minutes.

Emissions Data Integration from Multiple Sources

Given multiple IoT devices are monitoring emissions across different locations, when the data is sent to EcoTrax, then the aggregated emissions data report should display all sources accurately in the dashboard without discrepancies.

Historical Data Analysis from IoT Devices

Given that historical data has been collected from IoT devices over a period of six months, when a user requests the trends report, then the report should show a visual representation of the trends, highlighting peak periods and anomalies clearly.

User Access to IoT Data

Given that a user is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when they navigate to the IoT device management section, then they should be able to view real-time data from all connected IoT devices without errors or interruptions.

Seamless IoT Device Setup

Given that a new IoT device has been acquired, when the user follows the setup instructions on EcoTrax, then the device should be successfully connected and operational within 10 minutes of starting the setup process.

Integration Testing with Existing Systems

Given that EcoTrax needs to integrate with a company's existing system (ERP, CMS, etc.), when the integration is conducted, then all relevant data should be exchanged without data loss or corruption, and the integration should remain stable for a minimum of 24 hours post-deployment.

Predictive Impact Simulator

The Predictive Impact Simulator allows users to assess how different sustainability initiatives will impact energy consumption and waste generation before implementation. This feature utilizes machine learning algorithms to simulate potential outcomes, helping users prioritize actions that yield the greatest environmental and financial benefits. By enabling informed decision-making, it enhances strategic planning and boosts the effectiveness of sustainability efforts.

Requirements

User Input Configuration

"As an operations manager, I want to input specific parameters related to my sustainability initiatives so that I can generate tailored simulations that reflect my business's unique situation."

Description

The User Input Configuration requirement allows users to input specific parameters related to their sustainability initiatives, such as the type of resources consumed, project timelines, and anticipated changes in operations. This input will be essential for the Predictive Impact Simulator to generate accurate simulations of energy consumption and waste generation. By enabling users to customize scenarios, this requirement enhances the relevance and applicability of the simulations, ensuring that decisions are based on realistic projections tailored to the unique operational landscape of each user. It facilitates an interactive and user-centric approach, fostering engagement and ownership of sustainability strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a session in the Predictive Impact Simulator to configure input parameters for a new sustainability initiative.

Given the user has accessed the User Input Configuration interface, when they input details for resources, timelines, and operational changes, then the system should successfully capture and reflect these parameters for simulation.

A user wants to save multiple configurations for different sustainability initiatives in the simulator.

Given the user has filled in the configuration details, when they choose to save the configuration, then the system should allow them to save it under a unique name and confirm successful saving with a message.

A user needs to view pre-existing configurations to edit them for new simulations.

Given the user navigates to the saved configurations section, when they select an existing configuration, then the system should display all previously saved parameters for editing.

A user is trying to submit their configuration for simulation execution but has left required fields empty.

Given the user attempts to submit an incomplete configuration, when they click on the submit button, then the system should prompt them to fill in all required fields and indicate which fields are missing.

A user wants to apply a configuration to the Predictive Impact Simulator and run a simulation.

Given the user has selected a saved configuration, when they click 'Run Simulation', then the system should execute the simulation and display the predicted outcome based on the input parameters.

A user is accessing the User Input Configuration from a mobile device to input parameters.

Given the user accesses the feature from a mobile device, when they input parameters, then the interface should remain responsive and user-friendly across all screen sizes without losing functionality.

A user seeks assistance for understanding the parameters they can configure in the simulator.

Given the user clicks on the help icon within the User Input Configuration, when they access the help section, then the system should display a clear and concise guide explaining each parameter and its impact on the simulation.

Machine Learning Model Integration

"As a data scientist, I want to integrate machine learning algorithms into the Predictive Impact Simulator so that I can provide users with accurate predictions of their sustainability initiatives' impacts."

Description

The Machine Learning Model Integration requirement involves the incorporation of advanced machine learning algorithms necessary for simulating the outcomes of various sustainability initiatives. This will include training models on historical data concerning energy consumption, waste generation, and the impacts of previous initiatives. The tailored models will enable users to receive predictive insights that are accurate and actionable. The integration will require effective data management and ongoing updates to maintain accuracy as more data is collected over time. This requirement is crucial for delivering the predictive capabilities that are central to the Simulator's purpose.

Acceptance Criteria

Machine Learning Model Training with Historical Data

Given the historical data on energy consumption and waste generation, when the system initiates the training of the machine learning model, then the model should achieve an accuracy of at least 85% on the validation dataset.

Integration of Machine Learning Models into the Simulator

Given the trained machine learning models, when they are integrated into the Predictive Impact Simulator, then users should be able to access the models within the platform without any loading errors or downtime.

Real-Time Data Update and Model Re-training

Given new data collected from IoT sensors, when new data is fed into the system, then the models should be re-trained at least once a month to maintain prediction accuracy above 80%.

User Accessibility of Predictive Insights

Given a user accessing the Predictive Impact Simulator, when they input sustainability initiatives, then the system should generate predictive insights within 5 seconds with accuracy rates above 80%.

Performance Review of Predictive Models

Given the deployed machine learning models, when a performance review is conducted every quarter, then the models should demonstrate continuous improvement over time, with diminishing errors not exceeding 10% in predictions compared to actual outcomes.

User Feedback Mechanism for Model Predictions

Given the existence of predictive insights, when users provide feedback on the model's predictions, then the system should record this feedback and implement necessary improvements in the following model training cycle.

Compliance with Data Management Standards

Given the integration of machine learning models, when data is managed and stored, then it should comply with industry standards such as GDPR and data anonymization protocols.

Scenario Comparison Tool

"As a sustainability officer, I want a way to compare different sustainability scenarios so that I can make informed decisions on which initiatives to implement for maximum impact."

Description

The Scenario Comparison Tool requirement provides users with the ability to compare multiple predicted scenarios side by side, allowing them to evaluate the potential impacts of different sustainability initiatives effectively. By visualizing the outcomes in a clear and concise manner—using graphs, charts, and other graphical representations—users can quickly assess which initiatives might yield the best environmental and financial returns. This tool is vital for informed decision-making, as it supports strategic planning and prioritization of initiatives. It enhances the user experience by simplifying data interpretation and improving engagement with the sustainability planning process.

Acceptance Criteria

User compares multiple sustainability initiatives using the Scenario Comparison Tool to evaluate their potential impacts on energy consumption and waste generation.

Given a selection of three sustainability initiatives, when the user inputs the parameters for each initiative, then the tool displays a side-by-side comparison graphically, showing energy consumption and waste generation predictions for each scenario.

User selects a specific sustainability initiative and views detailed predictions alongside comparative initiatives.

Given a selected sustainability initiative, when the user clicks on the initiative, then the tool displays detailed metrics, including projected cost savings, energy usage, and emissions reductions for that initiative compared to others.

User wants to visualize outcomes from different scenarios to make an informed decision.

Given multiple initiatives with ready parameters, when the user generates a comparison report, then the tool provides a downloadable PDF with graphical representations and key metrics of each initiative's predicted impact.

User seeks to adjust the parameters of a selected sustainability initiative to see how those adjustments could impact the outcomes.

Given a specific initiative is selected, when the user modifies one or more parameters (such as budget or resource allocation), then the tool updates all predictions in real-time, reflecting the changes on the comparison chart.

User conducts a stakeholder meeting to present the findings from the Scenario Comparison Tool.

Given the user is in a meeting, when they present the comparison tool's outcomes, then the graphs and visualizations should be clear and easy to interpret by all stakeholders, requiring no additional explanations.

User wants to filter potential initiatives based on specific criteria such as cost, potential impact, or feasibility.

Given a set of initiatives, when the user applies various filter criteria, then the tool updates the displayed comparison to only show initiatives that meet the filter requirements, updating visuals accordingly.

User wants to access help or documentation for using the Scenario Comparison Tool efficiently.

Given the user is on the Scenario Comparison Tool page, when they click on the help icon, then they should be directed to comprehensive user support documentation and tutorials specific to the Scenario Comparison Tool.

Reporting and Insights Module

"As a business owner, I want to generate reports on projected sustainability impacts so that I can track the effectiveness of my initiatives and communicate progress to stakeholders."

Description

The Reporting and Insights Module requirement enables users to generate comprehensive reports based on the predictions and comparisons facilitated by the Predictive Impact Simulator. Users will be able to visualize key metrics, such as projected reductions in energy consumption and waste generation, over various timelines. This feature will empower users to track progress and assess the effectiveness of their sustainability initiatives against baseline data. Additionally, the module will incorporate recommendations based on the simulation outcomes, offering actionable insights for future strategies. This requirement enhances transparency and accountability, which are vital for sustainability reporting.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a report after running the Predictive Impact Simulator to evaluate the anticipated energy savings of a proposed sustainability initiative.

Given that the user has completed a simulation using the Predictive Impact Simulator, when they access the Reporting and Insights Module, then they should be able to generate a report that details projected energy savings with clear metrics for various timelines.

User reviews the recommendations provided in the report based on the Predictive Impact Simulator outcomes to inform their strategic planning.

Given that the user has generated a report, when they navigate to the recommendations section, then they should see actionable insights that are directly related to the predicted outcomes of their sustainability initiatives.

User compares the actual energy consumption and waste generation data to the predictions made by the Predictive Impact Simulator after implementing sustainability initiatives.

Given that the user has implemented initiatives and input actual data into the system, when they generate a comparison report, then the report should visualize discrepancies between predicted and actual performance with clear indicators of success or areas needing improvement.

User needs to export the report generated from the Reporting and Insights Module into various formats for stakeholders.

Given that the user has generated a report, when they select the export option, then they should be able to download the report in at least three different formats (PDF, CSV, Excel) without any loss of data integrity.

User accesses the Reporting and Insights Module to track the progress of multiple sustainability initiatives over a selected period.

Given that the user has selected a specific timeframe and multiple initiatives, when they generate a combined report, then the system should display a comprehensive overview of all initiatives, including progress metrics for each over the chosen period.

User is evaluating the user interface of the Reporting and Insights Module to ensure ease of access to crucial information.

Given that the user is navigating the Reporting and Insights Module, when they attempt to locate key metrics regarding energy consumption and waste generation, then they should be able to do so within three clicks, ensuring a user-friendly experience.

User wants to understand the trends in energy consumption over time based on data provided to the module.

Given that the user has input historical data into the system, when they generate a trends report, then the report should clearly show trends in energy consumption and waste generation over the specified period with visual graphs.

User Feedback Loop

"As a customer, I want to provide feedback on the simulation results so that I can help improve the accuracy and relevance of the predictions in future updates."

Description

The User Feedback Loop requirement allows users to provide feedback on the simulation outcomes and the effectiveness of the recommended sustainability initiatives. This feedback will be aggregated and analyzed to improve the underlying models and ensure that the predictions become more accurate and relevant over time. A feedback loop enhances the product's adaptability and responsiveness to user needs, fostering a collaborative environment where user experience directly informs product evolution. It is crucial for continuous improvement and user satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on the predicted impact of a new recycling initiative after using the Predictive Impact Simulator and reviewing the results.

Given a user has completed a simulation and viewed the results, when they submit feedback, then the feedback is successfully stored in the system and linked to their user profile.

Admin reviews aggregated user feedback to identify common trends and areas for improvement in simulation predictions.

Given multiple user feedback submissions have been collected, when an admin accesses the feedback dashboard, then they can view aggregated data and trends in user satisfaction and model accuracy.

User receives a confirmation notification after providing feedback to confirm successful submission.

Given a user provides feedback through the interface, when the submission is confirmed, then the user should receive an immediate notification acknowledging their feedback and its impact.

Users can modify and resubmit their feedback on simulation outcomes if they observe discrepancies in predictions post-implementation.

Given a user wants to change their previous feedback, when they access their feedback history, then they should be able to edit and resubmit their feedback without creating a duplicate entry.

The system analyzes collected feedback and adjusts machine learning algorithms for improved future predictions.

Given a set of feedback has been collected, when the system runs its analysis, then the underlying predictive models should be updated to reflect the insights gathered from user feedback.

Users can view a history of their feedback submissions and the resulting changes made to the predictive models based on user input.

Given a user accesses their feedback history, when they review their submissions, then they should see a timeline of their feedback and corresponding updates made to the models, demonstrating responsiveness by the system.

Smart Alerts

Smart Alerts notifies users of significant shifts in energy usage, waste production, or emissions levels that may indicate inefficiencies or compliance risks. By providing real-time updates, this feature empowers SMEs to react promptly to emerging challenges, ensuring they can maintain sustainability goals and regulatory compliance without delay. This proactive approach reinforces continuous improvement and enhances risk management.

Requirements

Real-time Data Integration

"As an operations manager, I want EcoTrax to integrate with our existing IoT sensors so that I can receive accurate real-time data on our energy usage and emissions levels, enabling timely interventions when inefficiencies arise."

Description

This requirement focuses on the seamless integration of IoT sensors and existing systems to ensure that EcoTrax can capture real-time data on energy usage, waste production, and emissions levels. The successful implementation of this requirement will enhance the accuracy of the Smart Alerts feature by providing up-to-date information that can be used to identify inefficiencies and compliance risks. It will also support predictive analytics capabilities, allowing businesses to make informed decisions regarding their sustainability practices. Ultimately, this requirement will make EcoTrax a more robust and reliable tool for SMEs looking to improve their sustainability performance.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time integration of IoT sensors begins when the EcoTrax system is activated, gathering data continuously from various sensors across the facilities.

Given that the EcoTrax system is connected to the IoT sensors, when data is transmitted to the system, then the data must be received and updated in the dashboard within 5 seconds.

The EcoTrax system needs to display real-time analytics on energy usage, waste production, and emissions levels for a comprehensive overview of sustainability performance.

Given the system is operational, when a user accesses the dashboard, then they should see updated metrics for energy, waste, and emissions reflecting the most recent data collected.

Users must be alerted of any significant shifts in their data that may indicate inefficiencies or compliance risks to take actionable steps promptly.

Given a significant change in energy usage, waste production, or emissions, when the threshold level is breached, then the system should trigger an alert to the user within 2 minutes.

The integration of existing systems must demonstrate seamless data flow for improved accuracy of sustainability metrics monitored by the EcoTrax platform.

Given that the EcoTrax platform is integrated with existing systems, when data is pulled from these systems, then the data accuracy must be validated against the previous recorded metrics within 95% accuracy.

Users are required to receive a weekly summary report generated by the system to track trends in energy usage, waste production, and emissions levels over time.

Given the end of each week, when the EcoTrax system generates a summary report, then the report must successfully include at least 90% of the recorded data for the week.

The Smart Alerts feature should operate effectively during peak usage times when data is most volatile to ensure the proactive management of sustainability practices.

Given the peak usage time occurs, when multiple data points are being collected, then Smart Alerts should successfully process and notify users without delays or errors.

User-defined Alert Thresholds

"As a sustainability officer, I want to set my own alert thresholds within EcoTrax so that I can receive notifications that are relevant to my company's specific sustainability targets and regulatory requirements."

Description

This requirement allows users to set custom thresholds for alerts related to energy usage, waste production, and emissions levels. By giving SMEs the flexibility to define what constitutes a significant shift for their specific context, this feature will empower users to prioritize issues that are most relevant to their sustainability goals. Users will be able to adjust these thresholds based on historical data or regulatory requirements, ensuring that the Smart Alerts functionality remains relevant and effective. This personalization will enhance the usability of EcoTrax, making it a powerful tool tailored to the unique needs of each business.

Acceptance Criteria

User configures a custom alert threshold for energy usage in the EcoTrax platform.

Given the user accesses the Smart Alerts settings, when they set a custom threshold for energy usage, then the system should allow the change and display the updated threshold on the dashboard.

User adjusts the waste production alert threshold based on recent historical data analyses.

Given the user has historical waste production data available, when they adjust the waste production alert threshold, then the new threshold should reflect an increase or decrease and trigger alerts accordingly when surpassed.

User reviews compliance-related alert thresholds before a regulatory deadline.

Given the user navigates to the compliance settings, when they view their alert thresholds, then the information displayed should align with the latest regulatory requirements for their industry.

User receives a Smart Alert notification when waste production exceeds the defined threshold.

Given the user has set a threshold for waste production, when waste production exceeds this threshold, then the user should receive a timely notification via their preferred communication channel.

User deletes an existing alert threshold for emissions levels within the Smart Alerts feature.

Given the user wants to remove a threshold for emissions levels, when they confirm the deletion, then the system should successfully remove the threshold and no longer trigger alerts for that parameter.

User tests the system's response to different alert thresholds for energy usage.

Given the user studies varying alert thresholds, when they set and modify multiple thresholds for energy usage, then the system should accurately report alerts based on these configurations without errors.

Historical Data Analysis

"As a business analyst, I want to review historical data in EcoTrax so that I can identify trends in our sustainability practices and assess the effectiveness of changes we have implemented over time."

Description

The Historical Data Analysis requirement focuses on allowing users to access and analyze historical data related to their energy usage, waste production, and emissions. This feature would provide SMEs with insights into trends and patterns over time, enabling better decision-making regarding sustainability initiatives. Including this functionality will support the continuous improvement aspect of EcoTrax, as users will be able to identify areas that require attention and measure the impact of their sustainability actions. Furthermore, this requirement will enhance the overall value proposition of EcoTrax by delivering comprehensive analytics that goes beyond real-time monitoring.

Acceptance Criteria

Users access the Historical Data Analysis feature to view trends in energy usage over the past year during a quarterly sustainability review meeting.

Given that the user is on the Historical Data Analysis page, when they select the energy usage tab and choose the past year, then the application should display a comprehensive graph showing monthly energy usage trends, along with key metrics such as average usage and peak usage times.

A user analyzes historical waste production data to identify patterns before implementing a new waste reduction initiative.

Given the user has navigated to the Historical Data Analysis section, when they filter the waste production data for the last six months, then the system should generate a detailed report with insights on waste types, total waste produced, and percentages of reduction or increase compared to the previous six months.

During a compliance audit, users need to retrieve historical emissions data to demonstrate adherence to regulatory standards.

Given the user is in the Historical Data Analysis feature, when they select the emissions tab and specify the date range for the last two years, then the system must provide a downloadable CSV file summarizing emissions data including types, quantities, and compliance status categorized by month.

A sustainability officer presents insights from historical data in a team meeting to motivate the team towards better sustainability practices.

Given the user has accessed Historical Data Analysis and selected key metrics across energy usage, waste production, and emissions, when they generate the summary report, then the system should provide an informative dashboard view correlating these metrics with visual trends and suggested improvements.

Users want to compare current sustainability performance with historical benchmarks to assess progress towards sustainability goals.

Given the user is on the Historical Data Analysis page, when they select the 'Compare with Benchmark' option, then the system should display a side-by-side analysis comparing current performance metrics with previously set benchmarks over specified time frames.

A user investigates a spike in emissions detected by Smart Alerts using historical emissions data.

Given the user has received a Smart Alert about an emissions spike, when they navigate to the Historical Data Analysis and filter the emissions data for the last week, then the system should highlight days with above-average emissions and provide contextual data points for each day.

Users seek to understand the impact of seasonal changes on their energy consumption using historical analysis.

Given that the user is in the Historical Data Analysis tool, when they select a seasonal comparison option, then the system should display a detailed chart showing energy usage segmented by season and highlight deviations from the average seasonal curve.

Automated Reporting

"As a compliance officer, I want EcoTrax to generate automated reports based on our sustainability data so that I can ensure we remain compliant with regulations without having to manually compile the information each time."

Description

This requirement involves the development of automated reporting capabilities within EcoTrax, allowing users to generate and schedule reports on energy usage, waste production, and emissions levels. Automated reporting will save time and streamline processes for SMEs, enabling them to maintain regulatory compliance more efficiently. The ability to customize reports will further allow users to focus on specific metrics important to their organization, enhancing the strategic value of the data collected. This feature will ultimately empower users to present sustainability performance data in meetings and regulatory submissions effortlessly.

Acceptance Criteria

User can generate a customized report on energy usage for the past month.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrax, when they select the 'Generate Report' option and specify the time range and metrics, then the report should be generated successfully with the correct data displayed in a user-friendly format.

User schedules a weekly automated report on waste production to be sent via email.

Given the user is on the report scheduling page, when they select 'Weekly' from the frequency options and input their email address, then the system should schedule the report and send a confirmation notification.

User views the automated report on emissions generated on a specified date.

Given the report generation feature has been utilized, when the user navigates to the 'Reports' section and selects the report from the specified date, then the report should be displayed with all relevant information included.

User requests a comparison report to analyze energy usage across different quarters.

Given the user has selected the comparison report option, when they specify the quarters to be compared and submit the request, then the system should generate a report comparing the energy usage data across the selected quarters accurately.

User edits an existing report template to include additional metrics on waste reduction.

Given the user has opened an existing report template, when they add new metrics related to waste reduction and save the changes, then the updated template should reflect all the added metrics accurately in future reports.

User checks for previous automated reports within the reports archive.

Given the user is on the reports archive page, when they filter by type and date, then all corresponding automated reports should be displayed correctly based on the selected criteria.

Interactive Dashboards

"As a user, I want an interactive dashboard in EcoTrax that allows me to visualize our energy, waste, and emissions data, so that I can quickly assess performance and make informed decisions."

Description

The Interactive Dashboards requirement emphasizes the need for visually appealing and user-friendly dashboards that provide real-time insights into sustainability metrics. These dashboards should be customizable, allowing users to prioritize which data they wish to monitor prominently. By implementing this feature, EcoTrax will enhance user experience and engagement, enabling SMEs to make quick assessments of their sustainability efforts. The dashboards will play a vital role in ensuring that users can easily interpret data trends and identify areas needing further action, thus contributing significantly to the overall effectiveness of the Smart Alerts functionality.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the interactive dashboard to monitor energy consumption for the current month during an internal sustainability review meeting.

Given a user is logged into EcoTrax, when they navigate to the Interactive Dashboards, then they should see energy consumption data displayed in a visually appealing format with options to filter by month and year.

A user customizes their dashboard to prioritize waste production metrics over emissions data before an upcoming regulatory compliance audit.

Given a user is on the Interactive Dashboards, when they select the 'Customize' option, then they can successfully adjust the display priorities for waste production and emissions metrics, saving their preferences for future logins.

During a weekly review, a user checks the interactive dashboard for emissions metrics to identify any trends that require immediate action.

Given a user has access to the Interactive Dashboards, when they request the emissions metrics for the last 30 days, then the dashboard displays this data with trend lines and highlights any values exceeding the predefined thresholds.

A business owner wants to compare their energy usage metrics with the previous quarter to evaluate improvements in sustainability.

Given a user is viewing the Interactive Dashboards, when they select the 'Compare' feature for energy metrics, then they are presented with a side-by-side comparison of the current quarter's data versus the previous quarter, complete with visual indicators showing improvement or decline.

A user wants to receive a Smart Alert notification based on specific thresholds they've set in the interactive dashboard settings.

Given a user sets specific thresholds for energy usage in the dashboard settings, when the actual energy consumption surpasses this threshold, then the user receives a timely Smart Alert notification via email and mobile app.

The usability of the interactive dashboard is tested during a user training session to ensure new users can navigate effectively.

Given a group of new users is undergoing training, when they are guided through typical dashboard navigation tasks, then at least 90% of users should successfully complete the tasks without external help and express satisfaction with the dashboard's usability.

A user updates their dashboard settings to include real-time data for waste metrics during a peak production season.

Given a user modifies the settings in the Interactive Dashboards, when they enable real-time updates for waste metrics, then the changes reflect immediately without needing a page refresh, providing current waste data at all times.

Mobile Notifications

"As a remote worker, I want to receive mobile notifications from EcoTrax about important shifts in our sustainability metrics so that I can react quickly, even when I'm not at my desk."

Description

This requirement includes the need for EcoTrax to send mobile notifications to users whenever there are significant changes in energy usage, waste, or emissions levels that trigger Smart Alerts. With an increasing number of professionals working remotely, mobile notifications will ensure that users can stay informed and promptly respond to issues as they arise, regardless of their location. This enhancement will improve the overall usability and effectiveness of the Smart Alerts feature, thereby facilitating timely responses that help maintain sustainability goals and compliance requirements.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a mobile notification when energy usage exceeds the predefined threshold during peak hours.

Given the user has set a threshold for energy usage, When energy usage exceeds that threshold during peak hours, Then the user should receive a mobile notification informing them of the increase.

User receives a mobile notification when waste production surpasses the acceptable limits defined by the organization.

Given the user has established acceptable waste production limits, When waste production exceeds these limits, Then the user should receive a mobile notification alerting them of the violation.

User receives a mobile notification regarding emission levels that indicate a compliance risk based on regulatory standards.

Given the user has input compliance standards for emissions, When the emission levels indicate a risk of non-compliance, Then the user should receive a mobile notification that identifies the risk and suggests corrective actions.

User can configure the conditions under which they wish to receive mobile notifications related to smart alerts.

Given the user is in the notification settings section, When the user configures their preferences for receiving notifications, Then those preferences should be saved and applied to future alerts.

User receives a mobile notification when there is a significant decrease in energy usage that indicates potential system issues.

Given the user is monitoring energy usage, When there is a significant unexpected decrease in energy usage, Then the user should receive a mobile notification to investigate potential technical issues.

User can turn off mobile notifications for specific types of alerts (energy, waste, emissions) as per their preference.

Given the user is in the notification settings section, When the user chooses to disable notifications for specific alert types, Then those settings should be successfully applied, and the user should no longer receive notifications for those types.

User receives a mobile notification summarizing weekly energy, waste, and emissions performance at a specified time.

Given the user has opted-in for weekly summary notifications, When the specified time arrives, Then the user should receive a mobile notification summarizing their weekly performance metrics for energy, waste, and emissions.

Benchmarking Dashboard

The Benchmarking Dashboard compares an SME’s performance against industry standards and peers. This feature highlights areas of excellence and opportunities for improvement, motivating users to strive towards higher sustainability goals. By providing context to performance data, it helps users understand their position within the industry, fostering a competitive mindset that drives innovation and enhanced sustainability practices.

Requirements

Real-time Data Integration

"As a sustainability manager, I want to see real-time data in the Benchmarking Dashboard so that I can make timely decisions based on the latest performance metrics and better align my strategies with industry standards."

Description

The requirement involves enabling the Benchmarking Dashboard to integrate real-time data from various IoT sensors and existing systems used by SMEs. This feature is essential to provide users with up-to-date insights into their performance metrics compared to industry standards. The real-time data integration will enhance the accuracy of benchmarking by using live data, allowing SMEs to make informed decisions quickly. It should also ensure secure data transmission and compatibility with various data formats, thereby streamlining the process of data collection and analysis and enhancing the overall user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of IoT Sensors Provides Real-Time Data

Given the Benchmarking Dashboard is set up, When IoT sensors are activated, Then real-time data should be automatically pulled into the dashboard every minute, displaying the latest performance metrics.

Compatibility with Existing Systems

Given the Benchmarking Dashboard interface, When connecting to an existing system, Then the system should successfully integrate without errors, supporting data formats like CSV, JSON, and XML.

Secure Data Transmission

Given the real-time data integration is in progress, When data is transmitted from IoT sensors, Then the data should be encrypted during transmission, ensuring security and compliance with industry standards.

Data Refresh Rate Option for Users

Given the user preferences in the Benchmarking Dashboard, When a user selects the data refresh rate, Then the system should allow adjustments between 1 minute and 60 minutes and apply this setting immediately.

Visualization of Integrated Data

Given the Benchmarking Dashboard displays real-time data, When new data is received from IoT sensors, Then the dashboard should visually update to reflect new performance metrics without requiring a manual refresh.

Error Handling for Data Integration Failures

Given the integration process for real-time data, When an error occurs during data collection, Then the system should log the error, notify the user, and display a fallback message about the current data status.

Historical Data Comparison with Real-Time Metrics

Given the historical performance data is available, When real-time data is integrated, Then the system should compare the real-time metrics against the historical data and provide insights within 5 seconds.

Peer Comparison Feature

"As a business owner, I want to compare my sustainability performance against peer companies in my industry so that I can identify areas for improvement and drive my company towards higher sustainability goals."

Description

This requirement focuses on adding a feature within the Benchmarking Dashboard that allows SMEs to compare their performance directly against selected peer organizations within their industry. By utilizing anonymized and aggregated data from similar businesses, users can identify their strengths and weaknesses relative to their peers. This not only fosters a competitive spirit but also promotes sharing best practices, thereby driving innovation and enabling continuous improvement in sustainability operations. The peer comparison should be user-friendly and provide visual representations of the comparative data for ease of understanding.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to compare their energy consumption performance with a selected peer organization in the Benchmarking Dashboard.

Given a user selects a peer organization from the peer list, when they access the Peer Comparison Feature, then the dashboard should display energy consumption metrics side by side for both organizations.

A user needs to view their waste management performance in comparison to peers after selecting specific metrics.

Given a user has chosen waste management metrics, when they request peer comparisons, then the dashboard must show a visual representation (graph or chart) of their waste management practices versus their peers.

The dashboard needs to ensure data privacy when displaying peer comparisons to the user.

Given the user accesses the Peer Comparison Feature, when the data is displayed, then it must contain only anonymized and aggregated information without revealing individual peer identities.

A user wishes to understand their emissions performance against the industry average and peers.

Given the user selects emissions metrics, when they access the peer comparison feature, then the dashboard must present their emissions data compared to the identified industry standards and peer performance in an easy-to-understand layout.

The user seeks insights on areas for improvement based on peer comparison results.

Given the user views the peer comparison results, when they analyze the data, then the dashboard should provide actionable suggestions or insights highlighting areas for improvement based on the comparative analysis.

The user would like to receive alerts or notifications based on performance improvements or declines compared to their peers.

Given the user opts in for notifications, when their performance changes compared to their selected peer metric, then the dashboard should send alerts reflecting these changes through email or within the application.

Customizable Benchmarking Criteria

"As a sustainability officer, I want to customize the benchmarking criteria in the Dashboard so that I can focus on metrics that are most relevant to my business and track my sustainability efforts more precisely."

Description

The requirement entails allowing users to customize the criteria used for benchmarking their sustainability performance. This feature would enable SMEs to select specific metrics that are most relevant to their operations, such as energy consumption, waste reduction, or carbon emissions. By providing flexibility in benchmarking criteria, users can create personalized reports that reflect their unique sustainability objectives and track their progress more effectively. The customization should also allow users to compare their performance against tailored industry standards that match their specific sector’s challenges and goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customization of Benchmarking Metrics and Criteria

Given the user is on the Customizable Benchmarking page, when they select specific metrics from the provided list such as energy consumption, waste reduction, or carbon emissions, then the selected metrics should be saved successfully and reflected on the Benchmarking Dashboard.

Comparison Against Tailored Industry Standards

Given the user has selected their customized benchmarking metrics, when they access the comparison feature, then they should be able to compare their performance against the tailored industry standards relevant to their sector, showing clear visual indicators of their standing.

Creating Personalized Benchmarking Reports

Given the user has customized their benchmarking criteria, when they opt to generate a report, then the system should produce a personalized report that includes insights and performance against those customized metrics, which can be downloaded or shared.

User Feedback on Benchmarking Criteria Usability

Given the user has utilized the customizable benchmarking feature, when they provide feedback regarding ease of use and functionality, then the system should collect and store this feedback for review, and acknowledge receipt to the user.

Resetting Custom Benchmarking Criteria

Given the user is on the Customizable Benchmarking page, when they choose to reset their selected metrics to default settings, then all previously customized metrics should be removed and reverted to initial default values without any errors.

Real-Time Updates on Benchmarking Metrics

Given the user is actively tracking their sustainability performance, when there is a change in the underlying data for the selected metrics, then the Benchmarking Dashboard should refresh automatically to reflect the most current performance metrics without manual intervention.

Accessing Help and Documentation for Customization

Given the user is on the Customizable Benchmarking page, when they click on the help icon, then they should be directed to comprehensive documentation detailing how to customize their benchmarks effectively, including examples and FAQs.

Visual Analytics and Reporting

"As a data analyst, I want to access visual analytics in the Benchmarking Dashboard so that I can easily interpret and communicate our sustainability performance to the team and stakeholders."

Description

This requirement aims at enhancing the Dashboard with advanced visual analytics capabilities to present benchmarking data in a clear, intuitive format. Features would include graphs, charts, and heat maps that illustrate performance trends, benchmarks, and opportunities for improvement. The visualizations will help users quickly understand complex data, identify patterns, and gauge their performance against industry benchmarks more effectively. Additionally, users should have the ability to download these visual reports for sharing with internal stakeholders or for compliance documentation.

Acceptance Criteria

User interacts with the Benchmarking Dashboard to visualize their energy consumption trends over the past quarter.

Given that the user has selected the energy consumption option in the dashboard, when the user views the data, then the dashboard should display a line chart showing monthly energy consumption alongside industry benchmarks for the same period.

User generates a visual report from the Benchmarking Dashboard to share with stakeholders.

Given that the user has selected the option to download the visual report, when the user clicks on the 'Download Report' button, then a PDF report including graphs, charts, and heat maps should be generated and saved to the user's device.

User evaluates their waste management performance compared to peers in the industry using the Benchmarking Dashboard.

Given that the user has accessed the waste management section of the dashboard, when the dashboard loads, then it should present a comparison heat map highlighting the user's waste performance against industry averages and top performers.

User examines emissions data to identify improvement opportunities in the Benchmarking Dashboard.

Given that the user navigates to the emissions data visualization, when the data is displayed, then the user should see a bar graph depicting their emissions trends, any corresponding benchmarks, and highlighted areas indicating where reductions can be made.

User wants to understand the historical data of waste management to assess progress over time.

Given that the user selects the historical data view for waste management, when the user views the data, then a time series line chart should show waste generation by month for the past year with a clear narrative of improvements or setbacks.

User intends to compare their company's energy performance with that of direct competitors.

Given that the user accesses the competitive comparison feature, when the user selects competitors, then the dashboard should provide a comparative chart that shows the user's energy efficiency metrics against those of selected competitors.

User wishes to filter benchmarking data to focus on specific operational aspects of the business.

Given that the user applies filters to the benchmarking data based on categories such as operation size and location, when the filtered results are displayed, then the dashboard should dynamically update to present relevant benchmarks and visual reports according to the applied filters.

Automated Alerts for Performance Gaps

"As a sustainability coordinator, I want to receive automated alerts when our performance falls below benchmark standards so that I can take immediate action to address the issue and optimize our sustainability initiatives."

Description

This requirement involves implementing an automated alert system that notifies users when their sustainability performance deviates significantly from defined benchmarks. Timely alerts can help SMEs proactively address performance issues and adjust their strategies accordingly. Users can set thresholds for specific metrics, and the system should send notifications via email or SMS, ensuring that users can act quickly to close performance gaps and improve their overall sustainability practices. This feature will enhance accountability and drive proactive management of sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated alerts for sustainability performance deviations in SMEs

Given a user sets specific thresholds for key sustainability metrics, When the performance metric deviates beyond the set threshold, Then an automated alert is sent via email and SMS to the user within 5 minutes of detection.

User customization of metric thresholds for alerts

Given a user accesses the threshold settings for sustainability metrics, When the user sets or updates thresholds, Then the system successfully saves the new thresholds and confirms the update to the user.

Timely notifications for critical performance gaps

Given a user has defined benchmarks and thresholds for performance metrics, When a metric crosses a defined critical threshold, Then the system sends an immediate notification to the user highlighting the metric and suggesting actionable insights.

Performance gap identification and resolution suggestions

Given a user receives an alert for performance deviation, When the alert notification is displayed, Then it includes specific details about the gap and recommendations for improvement actions.

Consolidated notification of performance metrics violations

Given multiple sustainability metrics have violated their thresholds, When alerts are triggered, Then the user receives a consolidated notification summarizing all performance issues in one message.

Historical performance gap tracking

Given a user wants to review past alerts, When accessing the performance alerts history, Then the system displays all past alerts with details including metric, date, and resolution status.

User preferences for alert frequency and mode of delivery

Given a user wants to customize their alert preferences, When the user sets the frequency (immediate, daily, weekly) and mode of delivery (email, SMS), Then the system updates the user's alert preferences and confirms the changes.

Mobile Dashboard Access

"As a field manager, I want to access the Benchmarking Dashboard from my mobile device so that I can keep track of our sustainability performance while on the go and respond to any issues swiftly."

Description

The requirement aims to develop a mobile-friendly version of the Benchmarking Dashboard, allowing users to access performance data on-the-go. This feature is essential for providing flexibility and ensures that SMEs can monitor their sustainability metrics anytime and anywhere. The mobile interface should be user-friendly, ensuring that all essential features of the Benchmarking Dashboard are easily accessible and functional on various devices. This mobile access will enhance user engagement and enable timely decisions regardless of location.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the mobile dashboard while commuting to monitor sustainability metrics on their smartphone.

Given the user has logged into the mobile application, when they navigate to the Benchmarking Dashboard, then they should see an overview of key sustainability metrics displayed clearly and intuitively.

User views the Benchmarking Dashboard on different mobile devices to ensure responsive design.

Given the user accesses the mobile dashboard using various devices (iOS, Android, tablets), when they open the Benchmarking Dashboard, then the layout should be properly responsive without any functionality loss or display issues.

User utilizes the mobile dashboard to compare their sustainability metrics with industry peers during a team meeting.

Given the user is on the mobile dashboard, when they select a comparison metric, then they should see an accurate and real-time comparison with peer organizations' performance data.

User receives a notification while on-the-go about a significant change in their performance metrics.

Given the user has opted into notifications, when a significant change occurs in their sustainability metrics, then they should receive an immediate push notification on their mobile device.

User shares a screenshot of their performance metrics from the mobile dashboard in a sustainability report.

Given the user accesses the mobile dashboard, when they select the share feature, then they should be able to capture and share a screenshot of their current performance metrics without any discrepancies in the data shown.

User looks for support on how to navigate the mobile dashboard.

Given the user is on the mobile dashboard, when they access the help or support section, then they should find clear, concise instructions and FAQs related to using the mobile dashboard features.

Scenario Analyzer

The Scenario Analyzer enables users to create and evaluate multiple 'what-if' scenarios related to their sustainability strategies. This feature allows users to model various assumptions and forecast the potential results of different initiatives, facilitating better strategic planning. By understanding the implications of their choices, SMEs can optimize their resource allocation and maximize their sustainability outcomes.

Requirements

Scenario Creation Tool

"As a sustainability manager, I want to create and evaluate different sustainability scenarios, so that I can make informed strategic decisions that maximize our environmental impact while optimizing resource allocation."

Description

The Scenario Creation Tool allows users to input various parameters and assumptions to design specific sustainability scenarios. Users can model how changes in energy consumption, waste management practices, or emissions reduction strategies will affect their overall sustainability outcomes. This functionality should include options for users to save and revisit scenarios, facilitating iterative analyses as conditions or strategies evolve. The tool will significantly aid in strategic planning by providing users with a hands-on approach to visualizing the potential impacts of their initiatives, leading to more informed business decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

Scenario where users define a new sustainability scenario by inputting various parameters such as energy consumption, waste management practices, and emissions reduction strategies.

Given a user is logged into EcoTrax, when they navigate to the Scenario Creation Tool and input valid parameters, then the scenario should be successfully created and saved in the user's account.

Scenario where users save and revisit previously created sustainability scenarios.

Given a user has previously created scenarios, when they access the Scenario Creation Tool and select a saved scenario, then all parameters should be accurately displayed for editing or evaluation.

Scenario where a user models a scenario with changes in energy consumption and assesses the potential outcomes using the analytics dashboard.

Given a user has created and saved a scenario with adjusted energy consumption parameters, when they analyze the scenario, then the dashboard should reflect updated forecasts and impact metrics relevant to the changes made.

Scenario in which users delete an existing scenario that is no longer needed.

Given a user is viewing their list of saved scenarios, when they select a scenario and choose to delete it, then the scenario should be permanently removed from their account without affecting other scenarios.

Scenario where users receive feedback on the implications of their scenario choices regarding resource allocation.

Given a user has created multiple scenarios, when they compare these scenarios side-by-side, then they should receive actionable insights and recommendations for optimizing resource allocation based on the comparison results.

Scenario where users generate a report of their created scenarios for external stakeholders or team members.

Given a user has created scenarios, when they choose to generate a report, then a comprehensive report should download including scenario parameters, forecasts, and outcomes.

Impact Forecasting Module

"As a sustainability consultant, I want to see projected outcomes for different sustainability scenarios, so that I can provide detailed recommendations to my clients based on data-driven insights."

Description

The Impact Forecasting Module processes the data from user-defined scenarios and generates forecast reports highlighting potential outcomes related to emissions, energy usage, and waste generation. This module should integrate predictive analytics to assess the potential benefits or pitfalls associated with various approaches, informing users of effective paths forward. Automated reporting features will allow users to generate visualizations and summaries of their findings quickly, enhancing communication and strategic planning efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new sustainability scenario using the Scenario Analyzer feature, inputting various assumptions regarding energy conservation initiatives.

Given the user has defined a new scenario with specific parameters, when they request an impact forecast, then the system should generate a report that includes projected emissions, energy usage, and waste generation based on the input assumptions.

User modifies an existing sustainability scenario to explore the impact of increased waste reduction efforts.

Given the user has accessed an existing scenario, when they update the waste reduction assumptions, then the system should recalculate the potential outcomes and display the updated forecast report.

User utilizes the Impact Forecasting Module to generate a visual representation of the forecasted outcomes of their scenarios for a presentation.

Given the user has selected a scenario and generated a report, when they choose to create a visual summary, then the system should provide options for charts and graphs that accurately reflect the data generated from the scenario.

User evaluates the potential benefits of implementing renewable energy solutions through the Scenario Analyzer.

Given the user inputs data related to renewable energy initiatives, when the impact forecast is generated, then the report should highlight the expected reduction in emissions and potential cost savings over time.

User wants to compare multiple scenarios side-by-side to make informed decisions about future sustainability strategies.

Given the user has generated impact forecasts for multiple scenarios, when they select the comparison feature, then the system should display a side-by-side comparison of key metrics such as emissions, energy usage, and waste generation.

User seeks to automate the reporting process for their created scenarios to save time and ensure consistency in communication.

Given the user has set up automated reporting preferences, when the scheduled time arrives, then the system should automatically generate and email the forecast report to the designated recipients with all relevant data included.

User needs to ensure compliance with regulatory standards based on the forecasted outcomes of their sustainability strategies.

Given the user has obtained a forecast report, when they review the compliance metrics, then the report should clearly indicate whether the projected outcomes meet the required sustainability regulations and standards.

Comparison Dashboard

"As a business owner, I want to compare various sustainability scenarios visually, so that I can quickly identify the best strategies to implement across my operations."

Description

The Comparison Dashboard presents users with side-by-side analyses of the different scenarios they have created. It will highlight key performance indicators (KPIs) such as overall emissions reductions, cost impacts, and resource utilization metrics for each scenario, allowing for quick comparison and evaluation. This dashboard should feature interactive elements that let users filter and sort scenarios based on their preferences, facilitating deeper insights into the implications of their strategic choices. Ultimately, this will empower users to prioritize initiatives that yield the best sustainability outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Comparison Dashboard after creating multiple sustainability scenarios.

Given the user has created at least two scenarios, when they access the Comparison Dashboard, then they should see a side-by-side display of the scenarios, including overall emissions reductions, cost impacts, and resource utilization metrics for each scenario.

User interacts with the filtering options on the Comparison Dashboard to default display certain scenarios.

Given the user is on the Comparison Dashboard, when they apply filters to display scenarios based on selected KPIs, then the displayed scenarios should update to reflect only those that meet the filter criteria.

User sorts the analysis on the Comparison Dashboard based on emissions reduction.

Given the user is viewing the scenarios on the Comparison Dashboard, when they select to sort by overall emissions reduction, then the scenarios should rearrange in descending order of emissions reductions.

User evaluates the cost impact of different sustainability scenarios via the Comparison Dashboard.

Given the user has multiple scenarios displayed, when they select the cost impact KPI to display, then each scenario should show the associated cost implications alongside its performance metrics.

User saves a specific view of the Comparison Dashboard for future reference.

Given the user has customized their view of the Comparison Dashboard, when they click the save button, then their selected filters and sorting preferences should be stored and retrievable in future sessions.

User shares the Comparison Dashboard insights with team members.

Given the user has the Comparison Dashboard open, when they click the share button, then a shareable link should be generated that includes the current view of scenarios, filters, and analytics.

User compares the impact of scenarios on resource utilization through the Comparison Dashboard.

Given multiple scenarios are available, when the user views the resource utilization metrics, then the dashboard should clearly highlight differences in resource usage for each scenario in an intuitive format.

Sensitivity Analysis Feature

"As an analyst, I want to understand the sensitivity of sustainability outcomes to varying inputs, so that I can pinpoint critical factors that influence our success and make adjustments as needed."

Description

The Sensitivity Analysis Feature allows users to test how sensitive their sustainability outcomes are to changes in specific variables or assumptions. This capability will enable users to understand which factors have the most significant impact on their sustainability goals and help identify areas where changes can lead to improved outcomes. The feature should provide graphical representations of the data, making it accessible and easy to interpret for users, regardless of their analytical background. This analytical depth will enhance the tool’s usefulness and help drive continuous improvement in sustainability performance.

Acceptance Criteria

Generating a sensitivity analysis for various input variables in a sustainability strategy.

Given a set of predefined sustainability goals, When the user modifies one or more input variables in the Sensitivity Analysis Feature, Then the system should display updated sustainability outcomes in real-time, highlighting the impact of each variable change on the overall results.

Visualizing the results of a sensitivity analysis through graphical representation.

Given that the sensitivity analysis has been conducted, When the user requests to view the results, Then the system should provide clear graphical representations of the data, including charts or graphs that indicate the sensitivity of sustainability outcomes to changes in each variable.

User testing of the Sensitivity Analysis Feature to determine usability and accessibility.

Given a non-technical user unfamiliar with analytical tools, When they interact with the Sensitivity Analysis Feature, Then they should be able to successfully create and modify scenarios without assistance and understand the outcomes as presented by the system.

Validating the accuracy of sustainability outcome predictions based on variable changes.

Given a set of actual sustainability metrics, When the user compares predicted outcomes from the Sensitivity Analysis Feature with actual results after implementing changes, Then the difference between predicted and actual outcomes should not exceed a specified margin of error (e.g., 10%).

Enabling users to save and revisit multiple scenarios created within the Sensitivity Analysis Feature.

Given a user who has created multiple sensitivity scenarios, When they navigate to the scenario management section, Then they should be able to view a list of all saved scenarios, rename them, or delete them as needed.

Providing contextual help or tooltips to support user understanding of the Sensitivity Analysis Feature.

Given the user is on the Sensitivity Analysis Feature page, When they hover over any input fields or graphs, Then a tooltip should appear explaining the purpose and expected values for each input, enhancing user understanding without overwhelming them.

Collaboration Workspace

"As a project manager, I want a collaborative space for my team to work on sustainability scenarios, so that everyone can contribute and stay on the same page during the planning stages."

Description

The Collaboration Workspace enables team members to work together on scenario analysis by sharing scenarios and reports in a centralized environment. This feature will support role-based access, allowing different stakeholders to provide inputs, comments, and suggestions directly on shared scenarios. By fostering collaboration, the workspace will help to build consensus on sustainability initiatives and drive unified decision-making, ensuring all relevant parties are aligned throughout the planning process.

Acceptance Criteria

Collaboration among team members to evaluate and discuss various sustainability scenarios for an upcoming project.

Given that multiple users are accessing the Collaboration Workspace, When a user shares a scenario report, Then all team members should receive a notification and have access to view and comment on the report within 5 minutes.

Role-based access control in the Collaboration Workspace to ensure that only authorized users can edit or comment on scenarios.

Given a scenario has been shared, When a user attempts to access it, Then the system must verify their role and restrict editing rights accordingly, ensuring that only those with appropriate permissions can make changes.

Real-time feedback from stakeholders on a shared sustainability scenario to guide decision-making.

Given a scenario is shared, When stakeholders provide comments or suggestions, Then those updates should be reflected in the shared workspace immediately and be visible to all team members within 2 seconds.

The ability for team members to create new scenarios collaboratively within the workspace.

Given the Collaboration Workspace is open, When a user initiates a new scenario creation, Then all team members should be able to participate in building and editing the scenario concurrently without encountering system performance issues.

Exporting shared scenarios and reports for external presentations and documentation.

Given a scenario is successfully analyzed, When a user selects the export option, Then the system should generate a downloadable report in PDF format that includes all inputs, comments, and suggestions made by team members, available for download within 1 minute.

Version control for scenarios to track changes and previous versions of analysis reports.

Given a scenario has multiple revisions, When a user accesses the version history feature, Then they should be able to view and restore any previous version of the scenario with a timestamp indicating when it was saved.

Integration of the Collaboration Workspace with existing project management tools used by the team.

Given a scenario is created in the Collaboration Workspace, When the team integrates with their project management tool, Then the scenario details should automatically sync to the relevant project tasks without manual input, occurring within 3 minutes of creation.

User Training and Support Hub

"As a new user, I want access to training resources and support, so that I can quickly learn how to use the Scenario Analyzer and maximize its potential for my business."

Description

The User Training and Support Hub provides users with educational resources on how to effectively utilize the Scenario Analyzer. It encompasses tutorials, FAQs, and best practices for scenario building and analysis. This hub ensures that users are well-equipped to leverage the full capabilities of the tool, promoting better user adoption and satisfaction. Additionally, it should include a feedback mechanism for continuous improvement of the training materials and user support.

Acceptance Criteria

User Accessing the Training and Support Hub for the Scenario Analyzer

Given a user has logged into EcoTrax, when they navigate to the User Training and Support Hub, then they should see a list of available tutorials, FAQs, and best practices related to the Scenario Analyzer.

User Completing a Tutorial in the Training Hub

Given a user selects a tutorial on scenario building, when they follow the tutorial steps, then they should be able to successfully create a 'what-if' scenario in the Scenario Analyzer without errors.

Users Providing Feedback on Training Materials

Given a user has completed a training tutorial, when they submit feedback on the clarity and usefulness of the tutorial, then the feedback should be recorded and available for review by the training team.

User Accessing FAQs for Common Issues

Given a user encounters an issue while using the Scenario Analyzer, when they visit the FAQs section of the User Training and Support Hub, then they should find relevant answers that help resolve their issue.

User Satisfaction Survey Post-Training Completion

Given a user has completed the training sessions available in the User Training and Support Hub, when they fill out the user satisfaction survey, then their feedback should indicate an average satisfaction rating of at least 4 out of 5.

Real-time Analytics on Training Resource Usage

Given the User Training and Support Hub is live, when the admin accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should see the number of unique users accessing different training resources within the last month.

Energy Efficiency Insights

Energy Efficiency Insights provides tailored recommendations for improving energy usage based on historical data and predictive modeling. This feature delivers actionable insights that guide users in identifying opportunities for reducing consumption, optimizing operations, and cutting costs. By enabling SMEs to make data-driven decisions, this feature enhances operational efficiency and supports overall sustainability goals.

Requirements

Real-Time Data Analytics

"As an SME manager, I want to receive real-time analytics on our energy consumption so that I can make immediate adjustments to our operations and reduce costs."

Description

The Real-Time Data Analytics requirement focuses on providing users with instantaneous insights into their energy consumption and efficiency metrics. This functionality allows for the immediate processing and visualization of data sourced from IoT devices and historical records. The benefits include the ability to recognize patterns in energy usage, enabling SMEs to quickly identify inefficiencies and respond in real-time. Integrating this feature within the EcoTrax platform enhances the overall user experience by providing timely and pertinent information that fosters informed decision-making and operational improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Energy Efficiency Insights dashboard to view real-time energy consumption metrics during peak operational hours.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when they navigate to the Energy Efficiency Insights dashboard, then they should see real-time metrics for energy consumption and efficiency displayed within 3 seconds of accessing the dashboard.

A user requests a report on energy consumption trends over the past month while logged into the EcoTrax platform.

Given the user is on the Energy Efficiency Insights page, when they select the 'Monthly Trends' report option, then the system should generate and display the report within 5 seconds based on the last 30 days of historical data.

Users receive notifications for unusual spikes in energy usage based on predictive analytics.

Given that the predictive analytics system has identified a spike in energy usage, when the event occurs, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the spike within 2 minutes of detection.

A user utilizes the recommendations provided by the Energy Efficiency Insights feature to optimize their energy consumption.

Given the user has accessed the recommendations summary, when they select a recommendation to implement, then the system should provide a confirmation and guidance on tracking the energy savings achieved within 24 hours.

Integration with IoT sensors is tested to ensure real-time data is accurately captured and displayed in the dashboard.

Given the IoT sensors are functioning correctly, when data is transmitted, then the information should be reflected on the Energy Efficiency Insights dashboard within 10 seconds of the data being collected.

Admin users generate a report to compare energy consumption metrics with previous years during a quarterly sustainability review.

Given the admin user initiates a report generation, when the report is requested for the last two years, then the system should compile and present the comparative metrics within 10 seconds.

Users review the historical data visualizations for energy consumption during off-peak hours to plan for future improvements.

Given the user is on the historical data visualization section, when they select 'Off-Peak Hours', then the system should dynamically display relevant historical energy consumption data in visually interpretable formats (graphs/charts) within 5 seconds.

Automated Reports Generation

"As an operations director, I want to receive automated reports on our energy efficiency so that I can track our progress towards sustainability goals without manual effort."

Description

The Automated Reports Generation requirement will allow users to receive scheduled or on-demand reports detailing energy efficiency insights. This feature includes customizable templates where users can specify the frequency, content, and format of the reports they wish to receive. The primary benefit is that it enables SMEs to systematically track their energy savings and monitor compliance with sustainability goals without the need for manual report preparation. The integration with existing reporting frameworks will streamline compliance and provide a more organized view of energy management efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules a weekly report on energy efficiency insights through the EcoTrax dashboard.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrax dashboard, when they set up a scheduled report for weekly frequency and select 'Energy Efficiency Insights' as the content, then the system should save the report settings successfully and confirm the schedule with a notification.

User requests an on-demand report for energy efficiency insights.

Given the user is on the EcoTrax dashboard, when they click on the 'Generate Report' button and select 'Energy Efficiency Insights', then the system should generate the report immediately and display it for download in the specified format.

User customizes the template of the scheduled report for energy efficiency insights.

Given the user is editing the report settings, when they select custom fields for the report content, change the format to PDF, and click 'Save', then the system should apply the changes and confirm that the template has been updated successfully.

User receives a notification for the scheduled report generation.

Given the user has set up a weekly report, when the scheduled time arrives, then the system should send an email notification to the user confirming that the report has been generated and is available for download.

User verifies the content of the generated report matches the specified settings.

Given the user has downloaded an energy efficiency insights report, when they open the report, then it should reflect the correct frequency, format, and content as per the user's original settings defined in the report schedule.

User integrates the automated reporting with existing compliance frameworks.

Given the EcoTrax system supports integration with external compliance tools, when the user connects EcoTrax to their existing systems, then the automated reports should be formatted to meet the requirements of these compliance frameworks without manual intervention.

User checks the historical performance of their generated reports.

Given the user accesses the EcoTrax report history, when they select a specific report and click on 'View Details', then they should see a detailed breakdown of the report metrics and trends over the defined period.

Recommendation Engine for Energy Savings

"As a business owner, I want to receive tailored recommendations for improving my energy efficiency so that I can cut costs and minimize our environmental impact."

Description

The Recommendation Engine for Energy Savings requirement aims to analyze historical data and user-specific patterns to provide actionable recommendations for reducing energy consumption. By leveraging machine learning algorithms, this feature can identify potential areas of improvement and suggest strategies tailored to the unique characteristics of the SME. The benefit of this feature is that it empowers users to take proactive steps in optimizing energy use, ultimately leading to cost savings and enhancing their sustainability practices. Integrating this engine will make EcoTrax an invaluable tool for SMEs committed to reducing their environmental impact.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Energy Efficiency Insights dashboard after connecting IoT sensors and historical data sources.

Given the user is logged in, when they access the Energy Efficiency Insights dashboard, then they should see a summary of energy consumption trends and potential savings areas based on past data.

User requests recommendations for energy savings based on specific operational parameters.

Given the user has input their operational parameters, when they request energy savings recommendations, then the system should provide at least three actionable insights tailored to those parameters.

A user implements one of the recommendations provided by the Recommendation Engine and tracks results over a month.

Given a user implemented a specific recommendation, when the user reviews their energy consumption after one month, then there should be a measurable reduction in energy usage as predicted by the recommendation.

User wants to compare energy consumption against industry benchmarks provided by the platform.

Given the user is on the benchmarking page, when they view their energy data, then the consumption metrics should be clearly displayed and compared against defined industry benchmarks for easy understanding.

A user receives an alert about an anomaly in energy usage that deviates from predicted patterns.

Given the user is monitoring energy usage, when an anomaly is detected, then the system should generate an alert specifying the deviation and suggest potential causes or actions to take.

User-Friendly Dashboard Visualizations

"As a facility manager, I want an easy-to-understand dashboard that visualizes our energy efficiency data so that I can quickly evaluate our performance and spot trends."

Description

The User-Friendly Dashboard Visualizations requirement focuses on designing intuitive graphical representations of energy efficiency data for users. This feature will cater to different user personas, ensuring that essential information is clearly displayed and easily interpreted. By providing customizable dashboards, users can visualize their energy usage trends, efficiency metrics, and savings over time. The benefit is that it enhances user engagement and comprehension, making it easier for SMEs to grasp complex data and take action based on their energy performance. This feature is vital for supporting ongoing user interactions with the EcoTrax platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User opens the EcoTrax platform and navigates to the Energy Efficiency Insights section to view the dashboard visualizations for the first time.

Given the user accesses the Energy Efficiency Insights section, When the dashboard loads, Then all graphical representations must be displayed within 5 seconds, and include at least three different types of charts showing energy usage trends, efficiency metrics, and potential cost savings.

A user customizes their dashboard to focus on specific metrics of energy usage over the past month.

Given the user selects the customization options for the dashboard, When they save the changes, Then the dashboard must reflect the selected metrics accurately and retain these preferences across sessions.

The user needs to compare energy usage data across different time periods on the dashboard for decision-making purposes.

Given the user selects two time periods from the dashboard comparison tool, When the comparison is generated, Then the dashboard must display a clear side-by-side comparison of key metrics for both periods, including total energy consumption and cost savings, within 10 seconds.

A user receives a notification alert on the dashboard regarding unusual spikes in energy usage.

Given the user has enabled notifications, When an unusual spike occurs, Then the dashboard should show a visual alert highlighting the spike and providing actionable recommendations for reducing energy consumption.

The user wants to download a report of their energy efficiency data displayed on the dashboard for further analysis.

Given the user clicks the 'Download Report' button, When the report is generated, Then the system must provide an option to download the report in CSV or PDF format, including all relevant data displayed on the dashboard.

A user shares their customized dashboard with their team members for collaborative analysis.

Given the user selects the sharing option, When they enter the email addresses of team members and click 'Share,' Then the specified team members must receive an email with a link to the shared dashboard, ensuring they have view access without altering the original customization.

The user accesses the dashboard on a mobile device to check their energy efficiency metrics while on site.

Given the user accesses the EcoTrax platform from a mobile device, When the dashboard loads, Then it must be fully responsive and retain all functionality of the desktop version, with visuals appropriately scaled and accessible within 5 seconds.

Historical Data Analysis Tools

"As a sustainability officer, I want to access tools for analyzing our historical energy data so that I can assess our past initiatives and make informed recommendations for improvements."

Description

The Historical Data Analysis Tools requirement involves developing features that allow users to analyze past energy consumption trends and performance metrics over time. This functionality will enable SMEs to gain insights into their historical energy usage patterns, evaluate the effectiveness of previous efficiency measures, and make evidence-based decisions moving forward. The tools will also facilitate comparisons against industry benchmarks and best practices. The expected outcome is that SMEs will be better equipped to formulate strategic initiatives for continual improvement in their energy management practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to access historical energy consumption data for the last two years to analyze trends and identify areas for improvement.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrax platform, When they navigate to the Historical Data Analysis Tools section and select the last two years of data, Then they should see a graphical representation of energy consumption trends over that period.

A user aims to evaluate the effectiveness of previous energy efficiency measures implemented within their organization.

Given the user has implemented several energy efficiency measures in the past, When they use the Historical Data Analysis Tools to compare historical energy usage before and after these measures, Then the tool should display a report showing the percentage change in energy consumption due to these measures.

A company wants to benchmark its energy consumption against industry standards.

Given the user is within the Historical Data Analysis Tools, When they request industry benchmark comparisons, Then the system should present a side-by-side comparison of the company's energy usage against industry averages and best practices.

A user seeks to generate detailed reports on historical energy performance metrics over time.

Given the user is in the reporting section of the Historical Data Analysis Tools, When they select specific metrics and date ranges, Then the system should allow them to export a detailed report in PDF format containing the requested data.

An administrator needs to ensure that users are accurately interpreting historical energy data trends.

Given an administrator is reviewing user engagement with the Historical Data Analysis Tools, When they check the usage logs, Then they should see no more than a 5% rate of user errors in interpreting the historical data during monthly audits.

Users want to access historical data on energy efficiency measures alongside operational metrics.

Given the user is accessing the Historical Data Analysis Tools, When they request data, Then the system should provide a comprehensive view including energy consumption, operational metrics, and implemented measures for the defined historical timeframe.

Collaboration Spaces

Collaboration Spaces are dedicated forums within the EcoEngagement Hub where users can discuss sustainability challenges, share insights, and collaborate on projects. This feature promotes active engagement by allowing stakeholders to connect, brainstorm, and develop collective solutions, ultimately enhancing their collective impact on sustainability efforts.

Requirements

User Registration and Authentication

"As a new user, I want to register for an account so that I can access the Collaboration Spaces and engage with other stakeholders on sustainability challenges."

Description

The User Registration and Authentication requirement outlines the need for a secure and straightforward process for users to create accounts and log in to the EcoEngagement Hub. This functionality will integrate seamlessly with existing user management systems, ensuring that users can securely manage their credentials and personal information. The benefits include enhanced security for user data, improved access to the Collaboration Spaces, and a streamlined onboarding process that encourages user engagement and participation. By implementing this feature, EcoTrax will ensure that only authorized users can participate in discussions and collaborations, which is crucial for maintaining the integrity of the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User seeks to create a new account on the EcoEngagement Hub.

Given a user on the registration page, when they enter valid information and submit, then a new account is created successfully and a confirmation email is sent to the user's registered email address.

User attempts to log in to the EcoEngagement Hub with their credentials.

Given a registered user, when they enter valid credentials on the login page, then they gain access to their account and are redirected to the dashboard.

User attempts to reset their password for the EcoEngagement Hub.

Given a user on the password reset page, when they provide their registered email address and submit, then a password reset link is sent to their email and they receive a confirmation message.

User tries to create an account with an existing email address.

Given a user on the registration page, when they enter an email that is already registered, then an error message is displayed indicating the email is already in use and prompts them to log in instead.

User wants to update their account settings after logging in.

Given a logged-in user on the account settings page, when they update their personal information and submit, then the changes are saved, and a confirmation message is displayed indicating successful updates.

User logs in with incorrect credentials.

Given a user on the login page, when they enter invalid credentials, then an error message is displayed indicating that the credentials are incorrect and prompts them to try again.

User wants to log out of the EcoEngagement Hub.

Given a logged-in user, when they click the logout button, then they are successfully logged out and redirected to the login page.

Real-time Notifications

"As a user, I want to receive real-time notifications for new activities in the Collaboration Spaces so that I can stay informed and respond promptly to discussions."

Description

The Real-time Notifications requirement focuses on implementing an alert system that notifies users about new posts, comments, and updates in the Collaboration Spaces. This feature will enable users to stay engaged and informed about discussions and collaborations that are pertinent to their interests. Notifications can be customized based on user preferences, ensuring that stakeholders receive relevant updates without overwhelming them with information. This system will drive user engagement and encourage active participation in the sustainability discussions happening within the EcoEngagement Hub.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification in the EcoEngagement Hub when a new post is created in a Collaboration Space they are a member of.

Given the user is a member of a Collaboration Space, when a new post is created, then the user should receive a real-time notification via their preferred method (email, in-app, or SMS) within 5 minutes of the post being made.

User is notified about comments on their posts in the Collaboration Spaces.

Given the user has created a post in a Collaboration Space, when a comment is added to that post, then the user should receive a notification indicating the comment has been made within 5 minutes of the comment being posted.

User can customize their notification preferences for receiving alerts about discussions in the Collaboration Spaces.

Given the user accesses the notification settings, when they update their preferences (e.g., choose to receive only essential notifications), then the system should save these preferences and only send alerts that align with the selected categories.

User receives notifications for updates or announcements made by the Collaboration Space moderators.

Given the user is following a Collaboration Space, when a moderator publishes an update or announcement, then the user should receive a notification in real-time or at the intervals they set in the preferences.

User can view a history of all notifications received from the Collaboration Spaces within the last 30 days.

Given the user is in the notification center, when they navigate to the notification history section, then they should be able to view a complete log of all notifications received with timestamps for the past 30 days.

User can choose to mute notifications from specific Collaboration Spaces.

Given the user wants to mute notifications from a specific Collaboration Space, when they access the mute settings for that space, then the user should be able to successfully disable notifications while still remaining a member of that space.

User receives a summary notification at the end of each week detailing the key discussions and posts in the Collaboration Spaces they are a member of.

Given the user is a member of one or more Collaboration Spaces, when the week ends, then the user should receive a summary notification that encapsulates the key posts and discussions, ensuring it is delivered by Monday morning.

Discussion Threads Management

"As a user, I want to create and manage discussion threads in the Collaboration Spaces so that I can lead conversations on relevant sustainability topics and engage others effectively."

Description

The Discussion Threads Management requirement includes the ability for users to create, moderate, and manage discussion threads within the Collaboration Spaces. This feature allows users to initiate conversations on specific topics, organize discussions, and foster collaboration among users. The management tools should include options for editing, deleting, and highlighting important posts, as well as the ability to pin key discussions for greater visibility. This functionality is vital for ensuring that discussions are productive, focused, and manageable, promoting effective collaboration towards sustainability solutions.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new discussion thread on sustainability strategies in the Collaboration Spaces.

Given a user is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when they navigate to the Collaboration Spaces and initiate a new discussion thread, then a new thread should be created successfully, and the user should receive a confirmation message.

Moderator edits an existing discussion thread to improve clarity and relevance.

Given a moderator has access to the Collaboration Spaces, when they select an existing discussion thread and click on the edit option, then they should be able to modify the thread content, and upon saving the changes, the updated content should reflect immediately within the space.

User deletes a discussion thread that is no longer relevant.

Given a user is a moderator of a discussion thread, when they choose to delete the thread, then the system should prompt for confirmation, and upon confirmation, the thread should be permanently removed from the Collaboration Spaces.

User highlights a post within a discussion thread to draw attention to important information.

Given a user is participating in a discussion thread, when they select the highlight option on a post, then the post should be visually distinguished (e.g., highlighted in color) and retain its highlighted status until the user removes it.

User pins a key discussion thread at the top of the Collaboration Spaces for visibility.

Given a user has moderator privileges, when they select the pin option on a discussion thread, then that thread should be pinned at the top of the list in the Collaboration Spaces for all users to see, until it is unpinned by the same or another moderator.

User views analytics related to discussion thread engagement metrics.

Given a user is in the Collaboration Spaces, when they access the engagement analytics section, then they should see metrics such as the number of replies, number of views, and overall user engagement for each discussion thread, updated in real-time.

User reports inappropriate content within a discussion thread.

Given a user is viewing a discussion thread, when they click on the report option for a post, then a report form should appear, and upon submission, the post should be flagged for moderator review without revealing the reporter’s identity.

Document Sharing Capability

"As a user, I want to share documents within the Collaboration Spaces so that I can collaborate with others on sustainability projects and provide valuable resources to the community."

Description

The Document Sharing Capability requirement allows users to upload, share, and access documents and resources within the Collaboration Spaces. This feature facilitates knowledge sharing by enabling stakeholders to collaborate on projects and share relevant materials directly within discussions. Users should have options to manage document permissions, ensuring that sensitive information is appropriately shared. This capability is essential for supporting collaborative efforts, enhancing the knowledge base within the community, and promoting collective problem-solving for sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a document to the Collaboration Spaces.

Given a user is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when the user navigates to the Collaboration Spaces and clicks on the 'Upload Document' button, then the user should be able to select a document from their device and upload it successfully.

User shares a document with specific team members in the Collaboration Spaces.

Given a user has uploaded a document, when the user selects the document and chooses the 'Share' option, then the user should be able to specify team members and set permission levels (view/edit) for those members before sharing.

User accesses a shared document within the Collaboration Spaces.

Given a user has been granted access to a shared document, when the user navigates to the document link in the Collaboration Spaces, then the user should be able to view or download the document as per the permissions set by the owner.

User changes the sharing permissions of a document after it has been shared.

Given a user has shared a document, when the user selects the document and chooses the 'Change Permissions' option, then the user should be able to modify the access level for the shared team members and save the changes successfully.

User deletes a document from the Collaboration Spaces.

Given a user has uploaded a document, when the user selects the 'Delete' option for that document, then the user should receive a confirmation prompt, and upon confirmation, the document should be removed from the Collaboration Spaces.

User views the list of all shared documents in the Collaboration Spaces.

Given a user is in the Collaboration Spaces, when the user clicks on the 'Shared Documents' section, then the user should see a properly formatted list of all documents shared within that space along with their respective share permissions.

User uploads a document that exceeds size limits to the Collaboration Spaces.

Given a user attempts to upload a document larger than the specified size limit, when the user clicks on the 'Upload Document' button, then an error message should clearly indicate that the document exceeds the allowed size and the upload should not proceed.

Success Story Showcase

The Success Story Showcase highlights impactful sustainability initiatives and achievements from various SMEs. Users can submit their stories and view others’ successes, inspiring motivation and creativity across the community. This feature fosters a culture of recognition and encouragement, driving more SMEs to commit to and share their sustainability journeys.

Requirements

Story Submission Form

"As a small business owner, I want to easily submit my sustainability success story so that I can inspire others and share best practices within the EcoTrax community."

Description

The Story Submission Form will allow users to easily share their sustainability initiatives and achievements by submitting detailed accounts of their successes. This form will include fields for title, description, images, and relevant metrics of the initiatives. The submission process should be user-friendly and guide users through the input of necessary information. This functionality not only encourages participation but also enriches the community with diverse stories, enabling other businesses to learn and draw inspiration from real-world examples.

Acceptance Criteria

Successful Submission of Sustainability Stories

Given a user is on the Story Submission Form, when they fill in all required fields (title, description, images, and metrics) and click 'Submit', then their story should be saved in the system and the user should receive a confirmation message.

Handling Incomplete Submissions

Given a user is on the Story Submission Form, when they attempt to submit the form without filling in all required fields, then they should receive an error message indicating which fields need to be completed.

Image Upload Functionality

Given a user is filling out the Story Submission Form, when they upload an image file that meets the size requirements, then the image should be displayed in the preview section before submission.

Metrics Input Validation

Given a user is on the Story Submission Form, when they input metrics values (like percentage reductions or cost savings), then the values should be validated to ensure they are numeric and within a reasonable range before submission.

User Guidance in the Submission Process

Given a user is on the Story Submission Form, when they hover over input fields, then tooltips should display helpful information about what data to enter in each field.

Display of Submitted Success Stories

Given a user has submitted a story successfully, when they visit the Success Story Showcase page, then their submitted story should appear in the list of success stories for other users to view.

Admin Review of Submissions

Given an admin is logged into the system, when they view the submissions list, then they should be able to see all pending submissions and approve or reject them easily.

Success Stories Feedback System

"As a community member, I want to leave feedback on sustainability stories so that I can engage with other users and contribute to the conversation surrounding sustainability practices."

Description

The Success Stories Feedback System will allow users to provide comments and feedback on submitted stories. This interactive feature will foster engagement within the community, permitting users to ask questions, share thoughts, and express appreciation for the stories shared. The feedback system will also include a rating component, enabling users to rate submissions based on their impact and relevance. This functionality will enhance community interaction and encourage more submissions by creating a supportive environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on a sustainability success story.

Given a user is on the Success Story Showcase, When the user submits a feedback comment, Then the feedback should be successfully displayed under the relevant story and the user receives a confirmation message.

User rates a success story after reading it.

Given a user has read a success story, When the user selects a rating from 1 to 5 stars, Then the selected rating should be recorded, and the updated average rating for the story should reflect immediately.

User views feedback on a particular success story.

Given a user is on the page of a success story, When the user scrolls to the feedback section, Then all previous feedback comments and ratings for that story should be visible to the user.

User edits their previously submitted feedback.

Given a user wants to edit their previously submitted feedback, When the user clicks on the edit button next to their feedback, Then the user should be able to modify their comment and resubmit it successfully with a confirmation message.

User attempts to submit empty feedback.

Given a user is on the feedback submission form, When the user submits the form without entering any comment, Then the system should display an error message indicating that the feedback cannot be empty.

User asks a question related to a success story.

Given a user wants to ask a question about a success story, When they submit a question in the feedback form, Then the question should be stored and linked to the story for the author or other users to respond to later.

Users see a summary of the most impactful stories based on ratings.

Given a user is on the main Success Story Showcase page, When the criteria filter is applied to show stories with the highest ratings, Then the top rated stories should be displayed prominently, showing their average rating and review count.

Success Story Gallery

"As an EcoTrax user, I want to browse a gallery of success stories so that I can find examples that are relevant to my business and get inspired to implement similar initiatives."

Description

The Success Story Gallery will provide a visually appealing and organized display of all submitted stories. Users can browse through the gallery to view featured stories and filter by categories such as industry, impact area (energy, waste, emissions), or the most recent submissions. This gallery should include thumbnail images, brief summaries, and links to the full stories to enhance discoverability. The gallery is crucial for showcasing success stories and motivating others by highlighting innovative approaches in sustainability management.

Acceptance Criteria

User Browsing the Success Story Gallery

Given the user accesses the Success Story Gallery, when they load the page, then they should see a grid layout displaying at least 10 thumbnail images of success stories, each with a brief summary and a link to view the full story.

Filtering Success Stories by Category

Given the user is on the Success Story Gallery page, when they select a category filter (industry, impact area), then only stories belonging to the selected category should be displayed in the gallery without any loss in performance.

Viewing Full Success Story Details

Given a user clicks on a thumbnail in the Success Story Gallery, when the user is redirected to the full story page, then the page should display the entire story along with any associated images or media clearly.

Submitting a New Success Story

Given a user is on the Success Story submission page, when they fill out all required fields and click 'Submit', then their story should be added to the gallery and a confirmation message should appear.

Sorting Success Stories by Recency

Given the user is on the Success Story Gallery page, when they select the sorting option for 'Most Recent', then the stories displayed should reorder to show the latest submissions at the top of the gallery.

Responsive Design of the Gallery

Given the user is accessing the Success Story Gallery from a mobile device, when the page loads, then the layout should adjust to fit screen size while maintaining usability and readability.

Search Functionality in the Gallery

Given the user is on the Success Story Gallery page, when they enter a search term into the search bar, then the gallery should filter stories to display only those that match the search criteria.

Story Highlight Feature

"As an EcoTrax platform user, I want to see highlighted success stories so that I can learn about exceptional sustainability practices and feel motivated to improve my own initiatives."

Description

The Story Highlight Feature will enable the platform to showcase exceptional success stories on the homepage or in a featured section. This feature will identify stories that display remarkable achievements or innovative practices, drawing attention to them for all users. Highlighting specific accomplishments serves to inspire other SMEs and elevates the visibility of those businesses within the EcoTrax ecosystem, fostering a culture of recognition and motivation.

Acceptance Criteria

Successful display of selected success stories on the EcoTrax homepage during user visits.

Given a user's visit to the EcoTrax homepage, When the page loads, Then the top 5 highlighted success stories should be visibly displayed with accurate titles, images, and short descriptions.

Admin selection process for highlighting success stories based on specific criteria.

Given an admin accesses the Story Highlight Feature, When the admin reviews submitted stories, Then the admin should be able to filter stories based on criteria such as impact score, innovation level, and community votes and select stories for highlighting.

User interaction with highlighted success stories on the homepage.

Given a user clicks on a highlighted success story on the homepage, When the story's detail page loads, Then the user should be presented with a full description, metrics, images, and an option to share the story on social media platforms.

Notification process for SMEs when their stories are highlighted.

Given an SME's story is selected for highlighting, When the selection is made, Then a notification email should be sent to the SME with details about their highlight status and a link to the showcased story.

Display of stories from various categories to promote diversity in sustainability initiatives.

Given the feature to highlight stories, When the admin selects stories to showcase, Then at least 3 different categories of sustainability initiatives should be represented in the highlighted stories.

Performance metrics tracking for the success story showcase feature.

Given the success story showcase is live, When users engage with the highlighted stories, Then the system should track and report the number of views, shares, and comments for each highlighted story on a weekly basis.

User feedback collection on the success stories showcased.

Given highlighted success stories are displayed, When users interact with the stories, Then there should be a feedback mechanism available that allows users to rate the stories and provide comments, with results aggregated for review.

Social Sharing Options for Success Stories

"As a business owner, I want to share my sustainability success story on social media so that I can reach a broader audience and encourage others to focus on sustainability initiatives."

Description

The Social Sharing Options will allow users to share their success stories on various social media platforms directly from the EcoTrax interface. By integrating sharing features (e.g., Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn), users can promote their achievements and enhance visibility to a wider audience. This functionality not only empowers users to market their sustainability efforts but also contributes to building EcoTrax as a community recognized for promoting sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates sharing a success story on Facebook from the EcoTrax interface.

Given the user is logged in to EcoTrax, when they click on the 'Share on Facebook' button after submitting a success story, then a Facebook share dialog should appear with the success story content pre-filled.

User initiates sharing a success story on Twitter from the EcoTrax interface.

Given the user is logged in to EcoTrax, when they click on the 'Share on Twitter' button after submitting a success story, then a Twitter share dialog should appear with the success story content pre-filled and hashtag suggestions included.

User initiates sharing a success story on LinkedIn from the EcoTrax interface.

Given the user is logged in to EcoTrax, when they click on the 'Share on LinkedIn' button after submitting a success story, then a LinkedIn share dialog should appear with the success story headline and link included.

The user can view a consolidated list of all shared success stories from EcoTrax.

Given the user is on the Success Story Showcase page, when they scroll down, then they should see a section displaying all success stories that have been shared on social media with the corresponding share counts.

The user can cancel the sharing of a success story.

Given the user has opened a social media share dialog, when they click the 'Cancel' button, then the dialog should close without sharing the success story.

Sharing a success story provides a feedback confirmation to the user.

Given the user has successfully shared a success story on any social media platform, when the sharing is completed, then a confirmation message should be displayed on the EcoTrax interface acknowledging the successful share.

Resource Sharing Hub

The Resource Sharing Hub enables users to exchange valuable resources, tools, templates, and guides related to sustainability practices. This feature encourages users to contribute and access a repository of knowledge that can accelerate the implementation of effective strategies, thereby enhancing overall sustainability efforts within the community.

Requirements

User Registration and Profile Setup

"As a new user, I want to register and set up my profile so that I can access shared resources and contribute to the community effectively."

Description

The User Registration and Profile Setup requirement enables new users to create an account within the Resource Sharing Hub. This functionality includes the ability for users to enter their details, set a password, and define their user role (e.g., contributor, seeker). It serves to personalize the experience for each user and ensure data security. By creating a unique profile, users can easily access resources, track their contributions, and receive tailored recommendations that enhance their sustainability practices. Proper implementation will lead to increased user engagement and participation in resource sharing.

Acceptance Criteria

New user registers an account in the Resource Sharing Hub.

Given a new user is on the registration page, when they enter their details, choose a password, and select a user role, then a new account should be successfully created and a confirmation email should be sent to the user.

User attempts to register with an already used email address.

Given a user enters an email address that is already associated with an existing account, when they submit the registration form, then they should receive an error message indicating the email address is already in use.

User sets up their profile successfully after registration.

Given a user has successfully registered an account, when they navigate to the profile setup page and fill in the necessary information, then their profile should be updated with the new information without any errors.

User logs in with valid credentials after account creation.

Given a user has completed the registration process, when they enter their registered email and password on the login page, then they should be granted access to their account dashboard.

User edits their profile information post-registration.

Given a user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the profile settings and update their information, then the changes should be saved, and the user should see the updated profile upon reloading the page.

User successfully resets their password using the recovery function.

Given a user has forgotten their password, when they request a password reset and follow the instructions in the email received, then they should be able to set a new password and log in with that password.

Resource Upload and Management

"As a contributor, I want to upload my sustainability resources so that other users can benefit from my knowledge and experience."

Description

The Resource Upload and Management requirement allows users to add various types of resources, such as templates, guides, and tools related to sustainability practices, to the Resource Sharing Hub. Users will be able to categorize their uploads, add descriptions, and tag relevant keywords to facilitate easy searchability. This requirement enhances user contribution by providing a structured way to share knowledge, thereby enriching the community repository. Integration with a review system will ensure the quality of shared content, ultimately driving better collaborative sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully uploads a sustainability resource to the platform.

Given the user is logged in, when they click on the 'Upload Resource' button, fill in the required fields (title, description, category, tags), and click 'Submit', then the resource should be saved in the Resource Sharing Hub and an upload confirmation message should appear.

User categorizes a resource during the upload process.

Given the user is on the upload page, when they select a category from the dropdown menu and submit the resource, then the resource should appear under the selected category in the Resource Sharing Hub.

User adds tags to a resource for better searchability.

Given the user is entering information for a new resource, when they enter tags in the designated field and submit the resource, then the tags should be visible on the resource detail page and should enhance search results for tagged keywords.

User views a list of uploaded resources and their statuses.

Given the user is accessing the Resource Sharing Hub, when they navigate to the 'My Resources' section, then they should see a list of their uploaded resources along with their statuses (approved, pending review, or rejected).

User submits a resource for review.

Given the user has uploaded a resource, when they click the 'Submit for Review' button, then the resource status should change to 'Pending Review', and the user should receive a confirmation notification.

Admin reviews submitted resources and provides feedback.

Given an admin is logged in, when they review a resource marked as 'Pending Review', they can either approve it or reject it with comments, and the user who uploaded the resource should receive a notification on the outcome of the review.

User searches for a specific resource using filters.

Given the user is on the Resource Sharing Hub homepage, when they enter a keyword in the search bar and apply category filters, then the search results should only display resources that match the search criteria and filters applied.

Resource Search and Filtering

"As a user, I want to search for specific sustainability resources so that I can find the information I need quickly and effectively."

Description

The Resource Search and Filtering requirement provides users with the ability to efficiently search for and filter resources in the Resource Sharing Hub. This functionality includes a search bar, keyword filtering, and category options, allowing users to quickly find relevant resources that meet their needs. By optimizing user navigation and resource discovery, this requirement directly supports users in implementing effective sustainability strategies. Furthermore, an advanced filtering mechanism will adapt to user preferences over time, enhancing the personalized experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Resource Sharing Hub to find resources related to reducing energy consumption.

Given the user is on the Resource Sharing Hub page, when they enter 'energy consumption' in the search bar, then they should see a list of resources that include the term 'energy consumption' in the title or description.

User wants to filter resources by a specific category, such as 'tools'.

Given the user is on the Resource Sharing Hub and has selected the 'tools' category from the filter options, when they apply the filter, then they should only see resources categorized as 'tools'.

User looks for resources related to waste management but finds many irrelevant results.

Given the user has entered 'waste management' in the search bar, when they apply a keyword filter that excludes 'plastic', then the results should not display any resources containing the word 'plastic'.

User frequently accesses resources on sustainability strategies and wants personalized suggestions.

Given the user has accessed the Resource Sharing Hub multiple times, when they log in, then they should see a personalized list of recommended resources based on their previous searches and accesses.

User wants to quickly locate the most recent sustainability guides shared by others in the community.

Given the user is on the Resource Sharing Hub, when they select the 'sort by date' option, then the resources should be displayed starting from the most recent to the oldest.

User is accessing resources from a mobile device and needs the interface to adapt accordingly.

Given the user is on a mobile device, when they access the Resource Sharing Hub, then the layout should be responsive and all features should be fully operational without loss of functionality.

Community Feedback and Rating System

"As a user, I want to rate and provide feedback on resources so that I can help others find the most useful materials and improve the Hub's content."

Description

The Community Feedback and Rating System requirement allows users to provide ratings and feedback on the resources they have accessed. This functionality will help create a valuable feedback loop where users can express their satisfaction levels, suggest improvements, or share additional comments. By implementing this requirement, the Resource Sharing Hub will foster a culture of continuous improvement and trust within the community, ensuring that high-quality resources are highlighted and maintained. This improves overall resource effectiveness and contributes to enhanced sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback and a rating for a resource they accessed in the Resource Sharing Hub.

Given a user has accessed a resource, when they choose to submit feedback and a rating, then the system saves the feedback and displays a confirmation message.

Admin reviews and moderates submitted user feedback to ensure quality and relevance.

Given an admin accesses the feedback moderation panel, when they review feedback, then they can approve, reject, or edit feedback before it goes live.

Users can view aggregated ratings and feedback for resources to make informed decisions.

Given a user browses resources in the Resource Sharing Hub, when they select a resource, then they can see the average rating and individual feedback from other users.

Users receive notifications for new feedback on resources they contributed to or rated.

Given a user has provided feedback on a resource, when new feedback is submitted on that resource, then the user receives a notification about the new feedback.

The system identifies and highlights highly-rated resources within the Resource Sharing Hub.

Given the Resource Sharing Hub has multiple resources, when a user views the hub, then the top 5 resources with the highest average ratings are displayed prominently.

Users can filter resources based on rating thresholds to find highly-rated content.

Given a user is browsing the Resource Sharing Hub, when they apply a filter for resources rated 4 stars and above, then only resources meeting that rating are displayed.

Users can edit or delete their previously submitted feedback and ratings.

Given a user has submitted feedback and a rating, when they access their feedback, then they can choose to edit or delete it, with the system reflecting these changes in real-time.

Resource Recommendation Engine

"As a user, I want to receive personalized resource recommendations based on my interests so that I can discover helpful materials more easily."

Description

The Resource Recommendation Engine requirement will leverage user interactions, preferences, and previous activities to suggest relevant resources to each user. This functionality aims to enhance user engagement by presenting personalized resource recommendations based on individual sustainability goals and interests. By successfully implementing this engine, the Resource Sharing Hub will facilitate more meaningful resource exploration, making it easier for users to access the tools and strategies that best suit their needs, ultimately enhancing sustainability outcomes for their organizations.

Acceptance Criteria

User access to personalized resource recommendations based on their sustainability goals and previous interactions with the Resource Sharing Hub.

Given a user with a documented sustainability goal and previous resource interactions, when they log in to the Resource Sharing Hub, then they should see a list of at least five personalized resource recommendations that are relevant to their sustainability practices.

System generates accurate recommendations as per individual user profiles and preferences for sustainability resources.

Given a user's profile containing preferences and previous interactions, when the Resource Recommendation Engine processes this data, then it should generate recommendations that match at least 80% of the user's stated interests and previous activities.

Users can provide feedback on the relevance and usefulness of the recommended resources to improve future suggestions.

Given a list of recommended resources, when a user rates or comments on at least one resource, then the system should log this feedback and use it to adjust future recommendations for that user accordingly.

The Resource Recommendation Engine updates recommendations in real-time based on user interactions and feedback.

Given a user has interacted with recommended resources, when they return to the Resource Sharing Hub, then the system should reflect updated recommendations with at least 50% new content compared to the previous visit.

The recommendations provided by the Resource Recommendation Engine lead to increased user engagement within the Resource Sharing Hub.

Given the implementation of the Resource Recommendation Engine, when user engagement is measured over a month, then the average time spent on the platform should increase by at least 20% compared to the prior month.

The application provides relevant sustainability resources that align with current trending issues and themes in the sustainability sector.

Given current sustainability trends, when users search for resources through the Resource Sharing Hub, then at least 70% of the resources presented should align with these trends as validated by an external sustainability report.

Social Sharing Integration

"As a user, I want to share resources on social media so that I can help raise awareness about sustainability practices and encourage others to contribute benefits to the community."

Description

The Social Sharing Integration requirement enables users to share valuable resources from the Resource Sharing Hub on social media platforms. This functionality allows users to promote their contributions and the Hub itself, further spreading awareness of sustainability practices and encouraging wider community involvement. By facilitating social sharing, this requirement enhances the reach and impact of the shared resources, potentially attracting new users and driving collaborative efforts towards sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully shares a resource from the Resource Sharing Hub to Facebook, including a preview of the resource.

Given a user has selected a resource to share, when they click the 'Share' button and select Facebook, then the resource should be posted with a preview link and a description.

User successfully shares a resource from the Resource Sharing Hub to Twitter, with correct hashtags.

Given a user has selected a resource to share, when they click the 'Share' button and choose Twitter, then the resource should be posted with appropriate hashtags that relate to sustainability and the content of the resource.

User encounters an error while sharing a resource from the Resource Sharing Hub on LinkedIn due to network issues.

Given a user clicks on 'Share' for LinkedIn, when there is a network error, then an error message should be displayed to the user stating 'Unable to share at this moment. Please check your network connection.'

User views their profile to see shared resources and their engagement metrics.

Given a user has shared resources, when they navigate to their profile page, then they should see a section displaying all shared resources along with the number of likes and shares each has received.

User successfully edits the message content before sharing a resource on social media.

Given a user is in the Resource Sharing Hub and clicks 'Share', when they edit the default message content before sharing, then the edited content should be reflected in the post made to the social media platform.

User checks the privacy settings before sharing a resource from the Resource Sharing Hub.

Given a user is preparing to share a resource, when they click on 'Privacy Settings' before sharing, then they should see options for public, friends only, and private sharing along with a confirmation that settings have been applied.

User receives confirmation after successfully sharing a resource.

Given a user has just shared a resource, when the sharing action is completed, then the user should receive a notification confirming that the resource has been shared successfully.

Engagement Metrics Dashboard

The Engagement Metrics Dashboard provides analytics on user participation and collaboration within the EcoEngagement Hub. Users can track their contributions, see engagement levels from other stakeholders, and identify areas for improvement. This feature motivates individuals and organizations by quantifying their impact and encouraging active participation.

Requirements

Real-time Data Visualization

"As an engagement manager, I want to see real-time visual representations of our participation metrics so that I can quickly identify success areas and opportunities for improvement."

Description

The Real-time Data Visualization requirement aims to provide users with a dynamic display of engagement metrics through intuitive graphs and charts that update in real-time. This functionality enables users to analyze their contributions and the engagement levels of others instantly, allowing for quick decision-making and informed strategies for improvement. By presenting data visually, users will gain insights into trends and patterns in engagement, thus enhancing their ability to foster participation and collaboration in sustainability initiatives within their organizations.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Engagement Metrics Dashboard after logging into the EcoEngagement Hub to assess real-time contributions and engagement levels.

Given the user is logged into the EcoEngagement Hub, When the user navigates to the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, Then they should see real-time graphs and charts displaying their contributions and engagement levels from other stakeholders.

An administrator wants to review the overall engagement trends over the past month to assess user participation and identify weaknesses.

Given the administrator accesses the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, When they select the monthly view option, Then the dashboard should display a summary of engagement trends over the last month in an easily interpretable format.

A user seeks to compare their current engagement metrics with the previous quarter to determine improvement in their participation.

Given the user is on the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, When they select the comparison option for the previous quarter, Then the dashboard should show side-by-side graphs comparing current and previous quarter metrics with clear visual indicators of improvement or decline.

Users are evaluating the effectiveness of a specific sustainability initiative by monitoring engagement levels related to it.

Given the user has filtered the metrics by a specific sustainability initiative, When the user views the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, Then the dashboard should update to display engagement statistics relevant to the selected initiative, reflecting real-time data updates.

A team lead wants to encourage participation by showcasing achievements based on the data visualizations.

Given the team lead is reviewing the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, When they highlight specific metrics, Then the dashboard should allow for the export of visualized data to share with team members, with options to select formats such as CSV or PDF.

A user desires to set up notifications for significant changes in their engagement metrics.

Given the user is on the settings page for notification preferences, When they enable notifications for engagement metric changes and set thresholds, Then the system should send alerts when their metrics cross those defined thresholds.

Stakeholder Comparison Tool

"As a participant, I want to compare my engagement metrics with similar stakeholders so that I can understand my performance relative to my peers and identify best practices."

Description

The Stakeholder Comparison Tool requirement is designed to allow users to compare their engagement metrics with those of similar stakeholders within the EcoEngagement Hub. This functionality promotes a competitive spirit and healthy benchmarking among users by enabling them to see how their contributions stack up against peers. This feature will encourage users to actively participate to enhance their standing, driving deeper engagement across the board while providing valuable insights into the best practices of high-engagement stakeholders.

Acceptance Criteria

User comparing their engagement metrics against peers in the EcoEngagement Hub to identify areas for improvement and increase participation.

Given a user accesses the Stakeholder Comparison Tool, When the user selects specific peer stakeholders for comparison, Then the dashboard should display a side-by-side comparison of engagement metrics such as contributions, participation frequency, and engagement scores.

User receives notifications when their engagement metrics change relative to peer stakeholders, encouraging them to increase their activity.

Given a user has opted into notifications for engagement metrics, When a peer stakeholder increases their engagement score, Then the user should receive a notification alerting them of this change and its potential impact on their standing.

Administrator reviewing the overall functionality and accuracy of the Stakeholder Comparison Tool before release.

Given an administrator accesses the Stakeholder Comparison Tool, When they review the displayed engagement metrics and comparison data, Then the tool must accurately reflect user contributions and not contain discrepancies greater than 5% from actual data.

Users filtering the comparison results based on specific criteria such as date ranges or engagement types.

Given a user is viewing the comparison metrics, When they apply filters for date ranges or specific engagement types, Then the system should accurately update the displayed metrics to reflect only the selected criteria without errors.

Users analyzing historical engagement data to assess long-term trends and improve strategy.

Given a user accesses historical data for their engagement metrics, When they select a date range spanning previous months, Then the system should provide a graphical representation of their engagement trends over that period, allowing for insights into user performance.

Automated Engagement Insights

"As a user, I want to receive automated insights based on my engagement data so that I can understand my impact better and get suggestions for enhancing my participation."

Description

The Automated Engagement Insights requirement focuses on harnessing AI algorithms to generate personalized reports that summarize engagement trends and suggest actionable strategies for improvement. By automatically analyzing the data collected from user interactions, the system will highlight key metrics such as participation rates, most contributing factors, and potential areas for increased activity. These insights will empower users with the knowledge they need to enhance engagement and drive sustainable behavior, ultimately leading to a more active community.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Engagement Metrics Dashboard and requests an Automated Engagement Insights report to analyze their participation in the EcoEngagement Hub over the past month.

Given the user is on the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, when they request a report on their participation, then the system generates a personalized report summarizing engagement trends, including participation rates and key contributing factors, in under 5 seconds.

A user wants to understand the engagement levels of other stakeholders in the EcoEngagement Hub to identify potential collaboration opportunities.

Given the user accesses the Automated Engagement Insights feature, when they view the personalized report, then it includes engagement metrics from other stakeholders, highlighting areas where collaboration could be improved, and providing actionable suggestions.

The system needs to automatically analyze user interactions to provide insights on areas needing improvement across the EcoEngagement Hub community.

Given the system has collected sufficient user interaction data, when engagement insights are generated, then it must identify at least three potential areas for increased activity along with specific suggestions for improvement based on data trends.

A user frequently contributes to discussions but is unsure how their efforts compare with others in the community.

Given the user requests a comparison of their participation against the average activity level of similar users, when the report is generated, then it clearly displays their participation level alongside the average, including insights on how to enhance their contributions further.

Stakeholders want to access engagement insights on a quarterly basis to gauge community progress over time and adjust strategies accordingly.

Given the user sets up a quarterly report schedule in the system, when the report is due, then an automated summary is generated and sent to the user via email, including both performance metrics and strategic guidance tailored to their engagement patterns.

A manager reviewing team contributions wants to ensure that all team members are engaged and contributing adequately in the EcoEngagement Hub.

Given a manager accesses the Automated Engagement Insights dashboard, when they review team participation reports, then they can filter and sort team member engagement levels, enabling them to identify low participation individuals and address potential issues.

Engagement Goal Setting Feature

"As an organization leader, I want to set specific engagement goals for my team so that we can track our progress and motivate everyone to contribute more."

Description

The Engagement Goal Setting Feature allows users to set specific participation goals within their organizations. This functionality provides a structured approach to enhance engagement by setting measurable targets, tracking progress over time, and offering reminders to keep users motivated. It will integrate with the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, allowing users to visualize their progress toward goals and adjust strategies as necessary. By encouraging users to set and meet goals, this feature drives motivation and recognizes achievements in sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a new participation goal within the Engagement Goal Setting Feature.

Given a user is logged into the EcoEngagement Hub, when they navigate to the Engagement Goal Setting Feature and input a valid participation goal along with a deadline, then the goal should be saved successfully and reflected in the Engagement Metrics Dashboard.

User views their participation progress against set goals.

Given a user has set participation goals, when they access the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of their progress towards each goal with up-to-date metrics and a percentage completion indicator.

User receives a reminder about their approaching goal deadline.

Given a user has set a participation goal with a deadline, when the user's goal deadline is within 3 days, then an automated reminder notification should be sent to the user’s registered email and displayed in the EcoEngagement Hub notifications.

User adjusts their participation goal based on performance metrics.

Given a user is viewing their progress in the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, when they choose to edit an existing participation goal and input new target metrics, then the changes should be saved, and updated progress should be directly reflected in the dashboard.

User tracks and analyzes the overall engagement levels across the organization.

Given multiple users within an organization have set participation goals, when an admin views the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, then they should see aggregated metrics of user engagement levels, including total contributions and participation rates, along with insights on areas for improvement.

User receives recognition for achieving their participation goal.

Given a user has successfully met their participation goal, when they check the Engagement Goal Setting Feature, then they should see a congratulatory message along with options to share their achievement on the EcoEngagement Hub and social media.

Customizable Metrics Setup

"As a user, I want to customize the metrics on my dashboard so that I can focus on the data that is most relevant to my sustainability goals."

Description

The Customizable Metrics Setup requirement empowers users to tailor the metrics displayed on their Engagement Metrics Dashboard according to their specific needs and priorities. This feature promotes user autonomy by allowing users to select which metrics matter most to them, enhancing the relevance of the data presented. By enabling users to customize their dashboards, EcoTrax fosters a more user-centered experience and helps users focus on the engagement factors that align with their sustainability objectives.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customization of Dashboard Metrics

Given a user is logged into the EcoEngagement Hub, When they access the Customizable Metrics Setup, Then they should be able to select from a list of available metrics to display on their Engagement Metrics Dashboard.

Saving Customized Metrics Preferences

Given a user has selected their preferred metrics, When they save their preferences, Then the system should remember their selections and reflect these metrics on their dashboard during future logins.

Removing Metrics from Dashboard

Given a user has metrics displayed on their dashboard, When they choose to remove a metric through the Customizable Metrics Setup, Then the metric should no longer appear on their dashboard.

Reordering Displayed Metrics

Given a user is managing their dashboard metrics, When they drag and drop to reorder the metrics in the Customizable Metrics Setup, Then the metrics should reflect the new order on their Engagement Metrics Dashboard immediately.

Accessibility of Help Information

Given a user is on the Customizable Metrics Setup page, When they seek assistance, Then relevant help information should be easily accessible, guiding them through the customization process.

Default Metrics Setup upon First Login

Given a new user logs into the EcoEngagement Hub for the first time, When they access their Engagement Metrics Dashboard, Then a default set of common metrics should automatically be displayed until they customize their setup.

Community Challenges

Community Challenges are themed initiatives that encourage users to participate in specific sustainability projects over a defined period. This feature promotes friendly competition and collaboration, motivating SMEs to adopt sustainable practices while tracking their progress against peers, ultimately driving a collective effort towards environmental goals.

Requirements

Challenge Creation Toolkit

"As a sustainability coordinator at a small business, I want to create custom community challenges so that my team can engage in focused sustainability efforts while measuring our progress against others."

Description

The Challenge Creation Toolkit provides users with an intuitive interface to design and launch themed sustainability challenges. It includes customizable templates for challenges along with options for setting timelines, rules, and incentives. This will encourage user engagement by allowing businesses to tailor challenges to their specific goals and operational contexts. The toolkit should also integrate seamlessly with EcoTrax's existing dashboard to track participation, enabling SMEs to foster a sense of community and accountability in their sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

Creating a new sustainability challenge using the Challenge Creation Toolkit.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrax, when they access the Challenge Creation Toolkit, they should see options to choose templates, set timelines, and define rules for their challenge. After completing these fields and clicking 'Launch Challenge', the challenge should be created and appear on the community dashboard.

Integrating the Challenge Creation Toolkit with existing user data and dashboards.

Given a user is in the Challenge Creation Toolkit, when they select a customizable template and set parameters, the integration with their existing dashboard should immediately reflect any updates, including participation metrics and timeline countdowns. The challenge must be visibly linked to their EcoTrax dashboard.

Setting incentives for a newly created challenge.

Given a user is in the Challenge Creation Toolkit, when they create a challenge and select incentive options, the incentives should be clearly displayed as part of the challenge details. Users should be able to confirm that these incentives are associated with the challenge prior to launching it.

Launching a challenge and notifying participants.

Given a user has successfully created a challenge, when they click 'Launch Challenge', all SMEs invited should receive notifications through their EcoTrax account and email detailing the challenge objectives, timeline, and how to participate.

User participation tracking during a challenge.

Given a challenge is active, when users engage with the challenge, their participation should be updated in real-time on the community dashboard, showing metrics such as completed tasks and overall progress against challenge goals.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a team member participating in a community challenge, I want to see my progress and how it compares to my peers so that I can stay motivated and strive for improvement."

Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard provides real-time analytics on the status of ongoing community challenges. This feature allows users to monitor participation levels, track individual and team progress, and view comparative metrics against peers. It enhances user engagement by making achievements visible and rewarding, motivating SMEs to maintain momentum in their sustainability efforts and fostering a spirit of friendly competition.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a community challenge and navigates to the Progress Tracking Dashboard to view real-time analytics on participation levels and progress metrics.

Given that the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select a specific community challenge, then they should see the total participation level and individual progress metrics displayed accurately.

A user compares their team's progress with other teams in the community challenges using the dashboard metrics.

Given that the user is viewing the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select the comparison feature, then they should see a visual representation of their team's progress against at least three other teams.

The dashboard refreshes to reflect real-time data as new progress updates are made by participants in the community challenges.

Given that there are active community challenges, when a user is viewing the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the data should refresh automatically every 5 minutes to display the latest participation metrics.

A user receives notifications through the dashboard about milestones achieved during the community challenge.

Given that the user has completed a milestone in a community challenge, when they return to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a pop-up notification confirming the milestone achievement.

The dashboard allows users to filter progress data based on specific time frames (daily, weekly, monthly).

Given that the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they apply a time filter from the available options, then the displayed metrics should update to reflect the chosen time frame accurately.

User accesses the dashboard on multiple devices (desktop, tablet, mobile) and expects consistent display of information.

Given that the user logs into EcoTrax from different devices, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see the same relevant progress metrics and visual layouts across all devices.

Incentive System Integration

"As a project manager, I want to implement an incentive system for community challenges so that my team feels rewarded for their sustainable practices and participation."

Description

The Incentive System Integration creates a framework for allocating rewards and recognitions based on user participation in community challenges. This could include digital badges, certificates, or even discounts on EcoTrax services. The system is designed to promote user motivation and reinforce positive behaviors related to sustainability initiatives, thereby driving more participation and fostering a culture of recognition within the user community.

Acceptance Criteria

User Participation in Community Challenges Rewards Tracking

Given a user participates in a community challenge, when the challenge period ends, then the user should receive a digital badge and a summary of their contributions to the project via their EcoTrax dashboard.

Award Distribution for Challenge Participation

Given that a community challenge has concluded, when the challenge results are compiled, then the system should automatically allocate rewards such as digital badges and discount vouchers based on participation criteria defined in the challenge.

Notification System for Rewards and Recognitions

Given a user is eligible for an award, when the award is confirmed, then the user should receive an email notification detailing their achievement and the type of reward they will receive, including redemption instructions.

Leaderboards and User Rankings Integration

Given that multiple users have participated in various community challenges, when the leaderboard refreshes, then the system should rank users based on their points accumulated from participation and reward them accordingly.

Configuring Challenge Templates and Reward Structures

Given an admin is creating a new community challenge, when the admin sets up the challenge, then they should be able to define the reward structure, including types of rewards and eligibility criteria in a clear interface.

Tracking User Engagement Over Time

Given a user has participated in multiple community challenges, when they view their engagement statistics, then they should see a detailed report of their participation history and the rewards earned over time on their EcoTrax profile.

Feedback Mechanism for Incentive Program

Given that the incentive system is live, when users complete a challenge and receive rewards, then they should be prompted to provide feedback on the incentive program to ensure continuous improvement.

Reporting and Analytics Features

"As a business owner, I want to generate detailed reports on our community challenge outcomes so that I can present our sustainability achievements to stakeholders and make informed decisions for future initiatives."

Description

The Reporting and Analytics Features will enable users to generate comprehensive reports on community challenge outcomes, showcasing impacts on energy usage, waste reduction, and emissions. This functionality will provide businesses with measurable data to assess the effectiveness of each challenge, helping them to refine future initiatives and demonstrate their sustainability efforts to stakeholders and customers.

Acceptance Criteria

Generation of Reports for Community Challenges Participation

Given a user has participated in a community challenge, when they request a report on the challenge outcomes, then the report should be generated and include metrics on energy usage, waste reduction, and emissions.

User Interface Display of Reporting Metrics

Given a user accesses the Reporting and Analytics dashboard, when they view the community challenge reports, then they should see a visual representation of data (graphs and charts) that clearly indicate their performance compared to the average of peer participants.

Exporting Reports to Different Formats

Given a user has generated a report on community challenge outcomes, when they select the export option, then they should be able to download the report in multiple formats (PDF, Excel, CSV).

Tracking Historical Performance of Community Challenges

Given a user wants to assess their historical performance, when they navigate to the historical reports section, then they should be able to view past community challenge reports and compare their progress across different time periods.

Real-time Analytics Updates in Reporting

Given that a community challenge is ongoing, when a user checks the report during the challenge, then the report should display real-time updates reflecting the most current data related to energy usage, waste reduction, and emissions.

Stakeholder Report Generation for Accountability

Given a user wants to generate a report for stakeholders, when they select stakeholder-specific metrics, then the report should include data that highlights the business's sustainability impact and compliance with environmental goals.

User Feedback Mechanism on Reports

Given a user has accessed a report, when they submit feedback on the report's clarity and usefulness, then the feedback should be recorded for future reporting enhancements.

Social Sharing Capabilities

"As a participant in a community challenge, I want to share my achievements on social media so that I can inspire others and motivate my network to engage in sustainable practices."

Description

Social Sharing Capabilities allow users to share their participation and achievements in community challenges on social media platforms. This feature encourages broader engagement and provides visibility for EcoTrax as users advocate for sustainability practices. By promoting sharing, EcoTrax enhances community involvement and establishes its brand as a leader in sustainability management.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares their participation in a community challenge on Facebook after achieving a milestone.

Given that the user is logged into their EcoTrax account and has completed a milestone in the community challenge, when they click on the 'Share' button, then a post is generated that includes a congratulatory message, the challenge name, and a link back to EcoTrax, allowing the user to customize their message before posting.

User shares a badge earned through a community challenge via Twitter.

Given that the user has earned a badge for completing a specific task in the community challenge, when they select the badge and click the 'Share on Twitter' option, then the tweet should automatically include the badge image, a pre-written message about their achievement, and a link to their EcoTrax profile, allowing the user to add additional comments before posting.

User receives social media engagement notifications for shared achievements.

Given that the user has shared their achievement on social media, when someone likes or comments on that post, then the user should receive a notification within their EcoTrax dashboard indicating the engagement received, ensuring they can track their community impact.

User shares their community challenges and progress on LinkedIn to enhance professional engagement.

Given that the user wants to showcase their participation on LinkedIn, when they click the 'Share on LinkedIn' button after completing a challenge, then a post should be generated that includes a summary of the challenge, the user's contribution, and a prominent EcoTrax logo, allowing the user to modify the text before sharing.

User can view analytics on how many shares their achievements have garnered on various platforms.

Given that the user has shared their achievements on multiple social media platforms, when they navigate to the 'Analytics' section in EcoTrax, then they should see a breakdown of shares, likes, and comments received per platform, helping them understand the reach of their sustainability advocacy.

User can easily revoke the permission to share their data on social media.

Given that the user has previously authorized EcoTrax to share their achievements on social media, when they visit the 'Privacy Settings' section, then they should see an option to revoke permissions for social media sharing, and upon selecting this option, further sharing should be disabled in real-time, with confirmation feedback provided.

Live Q&A Sessions

Live Q&A Sessions are interactive webinars where industry experts and sustainability leaders share insights, answer questions, and discuss innovative practices. This feature allows users to engage directly with thought leaders, enhancing their learning experience while fostering a sense of community and collaboration among stakeholders.

Requirements

Interactive Webinar Platform

"As a user interested in sustainability, I want to participate in live Q&A sessions so that I can gain insights from industry experts and ask questions directly to enhance my understanding and application of sustainability practices within my organization."

Description

The Interactive Webinar Platform requirement involves creating an intuitive and user-friendly interface for hosting live Q&A sessions. This feature should allow users to register for webinars, view speaker bios, and submit questions in real time. It is crucial for facilitating engagement between participants and industry experts, helping to foster a community of like-minded individuals focused on sustainability. The platform should support video streaming, chat functions, and recording options for later access, enhancing the learning experience and ensuring that users can benefit from the sessions even if they could not attend live. Integrations with calendar applications for reminders and seamless accessibility from multiple devices will be essential for maximizing participation and engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User Registration and Webinar Access

Given a user is on the registration page, when they enter valid details and submit their registration, then they should receive a confirmation email and have access to the scheduled webinar.

Real-time Question Submission

Given a user is attending a live webinar, when they submit a question through the chat function, then their question should appear in the moderator's queue in real-time without delays.

Speaker Bio Display during Webinar

Given a user is watching a live webinar, when the speaker's introduction occurs, then the speaker's bio should be displayed on screen for the duration of the introduction.

Webinar Stream Quality

Given a user is watching a live webinar, when the webinar is in progress, then the video and audio quality should be above 720p with no buffering or interruptions for at least 95% of the duration.

Post-Webinar Recording Access

Given a user attended a webinar, when they log into the platform after the event, then they should see a recorded version of the webinar available for viewing within 24 hours.

Calendar Integration for Reminders

Given a user registers for a webinar, when they complete the registration, then an event should automatically be created in their chosen calendar application with reminders set for the webinar.

Speaker Engagement Features

"As a speaker at a live Q&A session, I want to engage with the audience through polls and highlighted questions so that I can tailor my presentation to the interests and needs of participants, making the session more interactive and impactful."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing features that allow speakers to interact with the audience during live Q&A sessions. Capabilities should include the ability to highlight specific questions, conduct polls, and utilize real-time feedback mechanisms to gauge audience understanding and interest. These features will help maintain a dynamic and engaging atmosphere during sessions, encouraging more active participation from users and making the content more relatable and relevant. This functionality supports the overall goal of enhancing user satisfaction and provides speakers with insights that can inform their presentations and content delivery.

Acceptance Criteria

User Engagement During Live Q&A Sessions

Given a live Q&A session is underway, when a user submits a question, then the speaker can highlight that question to ensure it receives attention from the audience.

Polling Functionality for Audience Insight

Given a live Q&A session, when the speaker initiates a poll, then all users should be able to respond in real-time, and the results should be displayed instantly to all participants.

Real-Time Feedback Mechanism Implementation

Given a live Q&A session, when a user provides feedback through a rating system, then the feedback should be recorded and visible to the speaker for immediate reference during the session.

Highlighting Specific Questions by the Speaker

Given multiple questions are submitted during a Q&A session, when the speaker selects a question to answer, then that question should be visually distinguished for all participants as the current question being addressed.

Dynamic Content Adaptation Based on Interaction

Given real-time data from audience interactions, when the session progresses, then the speaker should be able to adjust their content dynamically based on the audience's engagement level and preferences as indicated by the polls and feedback received.

Post-Session Summarization of Engagement Insights

Given a completed live Q&A session, when the session concludes, then a report summarizing audience engagement metrics, including most highlighted questions and poll results, should be generated and made accessible to the speaker.

Speaker Control Dashboard for Engagement Tools

Given the speaker's control dashboard is active during a live session, when the speaker wants to use any engagement tools (polls, questions highlighting), then they should be able to access and utilize these tools seamlessly without technical issues.

On-Demand Access to Recordings

"As a user who may not always be able to attend live Q&A sessions, I want to access recordings of past sessions so that I can learn from the discussions and insights shared by speakers at my convenience."

Description

The On-Demand Access to Recordings requirement involves enabling users to access recorded sessions after the live event. This feature is essential for ensuring that users who were unable to attend live can still benefit from the expertise shared during the sessions. The implementation should include a user-friendly library where users can browse previous Q&A recordings, categorized by topics, date, and speakers. Additionally, users should have the option to leave comments or questions on the recorded sessions, fostering an ongoing dialogue and community interaction even after the live event has concluded.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for specific recorded Q&A sessions related to energy efficiency.

Given the user is on the On-Demand Access screen, when they enter a relevant keyword in the search bar, then the system should display only those recordings that match the keyword within 2 seconds.

User browses recordings by categories such as topic, date, and speakers.

Given the user is on the On-Demand Access screen, when they select a category filter for 'Air Quality' and 'Speaker X', then only recordings that fall under these categories should be shown within 3 seconds.

User watches a recording and provides feedback in the form of comments or questions.

Given the user has selected a recorded Q&A session to watch, when they submit a comment or question, then the comment should be saved and displayed in the user interface, and acknowledged with a confirmation message within 2 seconds.

User accesses the library after an event has ended.

Given the user is a registered participant, when they navigate to the On-Demand Access library, then they should see all recordings available for the past month with appropriate timestamps and metadata displayed.

User experiences buffering while watching a recording.

Given the user is watching a recording, when there is a buffering event, then the system should provide an estimated reload time and allow the user to choose to continue watching or pause the recording, ensuring user experience quality.

User receives a notification for new recordings added to the library.

Given a user has opted-in for notifications, when a new Q&A session recording is uploaded, then the user should receive an email notification with a link to the recording within 1 hour of its upload.

Admin manages and categorizes recordings post-event.

Given the admin user is logged in, when they upload a new recording, then they should have the option to assign categories and tags which should be reflected immediately in the public facing library section.

Recognition Badges

Recognition Badges are gamification elements that reward users for their contributions, such as sharing resources or participating in discussions. This feature incentivizes engagement and participation, building a vibrant community where users feel valued for their input and are motivated to take actionable steps towards sustainability.

Requirements

Badge Creation Engine

"As a community manager, I want to create customizable recognition badges so that I can incentivize user participation and celebrate their contributions to sustainability efforts."

Description

The Badge Creation Engine is a backend component that enables administrators to design and define recognition badges within the EcoTrax platform. This includes functionalities for customizing badge criteria, visual designs, and the rules for earning badges based on user actions such as sharing resources, participating in discussions, or achieving sustainability goals. This requirement is essential for creating a personalized engagement experience for users, motivating them to actively contribute to the community and pursue sustainable practices through visible rewards. It integrates seamlessly with existing user management and participation tracking systems, ensuring that badges are awarded automatically when criteria are met. The expected outcome is an engaging user environment that enhances participation rates and fosters a culture of sustainability among users.

Acceptance Criteria

As an EcoTrax administrator, I want to create a recognition badge for users who share resources within the platform, so that I can incentivize knowledge sharing and resource contribution.

Given that an administrator is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when they navigate to the Badge Creation Engine and input criteria for sharing resources, then a new badge should be created and visible in the badge catalog.

As a user, I want to receive notifications when I earn a recognition badge, so that I feel acknowledged for my contributions to the EcoTrax community.

Given that a user has met the criteria for a recognition badge, when the badge is awarded, then the user should receive a notification via email and in-app alert confirming the badge earned.

As an EcoTrax administrator, I want to customize the visual design of the recognition badges, so that they align with our brand identity and enhance user engagement.

Given that an administrator is in the Badge Creation Engine, when they select a design template and customize the badge's color and icon, then the changes should be saved and instantly previewed in the badge creation interface.

As an EcoTrax user, I want to see a leaderboard of users with the most badges, so that I can be motivated to participate more and earn rewards.

Given that the Badge Creation Engine is integrated with the user participation tracking system, when a user accesses the leaderboard, then they should see a ranked list of users along with the total number of badges each user has earned.

As an EcoTrax administrator, I want to set rules for earning badges based on user actions, so that we can guide users in achieving sustainability goals.

Given that an administrator is in the Badge Creation Engine, when they define specific user actions and thresholds for earning badges, then those rules should be saved and immediately applied to user accounts who meet the criteria.

As a user, I want to view the badges I have earned, so that I can track my contributions and progress in the EcoTrax community.

Given that a user is logged into their EcoTrax account, when they navigate to their profile, then they should be able to view all badges they have earned along with the criteria for each badge.

As an EcoTrax administrator, I want to ensure that the Badge Creation Engine integrates seamlessly with existing user management systems, so that badge awards are automated based on user activity.

Given that the Badge Creation Engine is developed, when a user performs an action that meets the badge criteria, then the system should automatically award the badge without requiring manual intervention from the administrator.

Badge Award Notification System

"As a user, I want to receive notifications whenever I earn a badge so that I feel recognized for my contributions and motivated to continue participating."

Description

The Badge Award Notification System is a feature that sends timely notifications to users whenever they earn a recognition badge. This system will include both in-app notifications and email alerts to ensure users are promptly informed about their achievements. The notifications should be appealing and encourage further engagement, perhaps suggesting additional actions users can take to earn more badges. This requirement plays a crucial role in maintaining user interest and motivation by acknowledging their contributions as soon as they occur. The system will integrate with the existing messaging framework within EcoTrax, and the notifications will be customizable to align with the overall branding of the EcoTrax platform. The expected outcome is an enhanced user experience that keeps users informed and engaged, leading to increased community activity.

Acceptance Criteria

User earns a badge by completing a sustainability challenge and thus triggers the badge award notification system.

Given a user completes a sustainability challenge, When the challenge is validated, Then an in-app notification and an email alert should be sent immediately to inform the user of the badge awarded.

User receives a badge notification and interacts with the notification to explore further opportunities for earning additional badges.

Given the user receives a badge notification, When the user clicks on the notification, Then they should be redirected to a page listing other tasks and challenges available for earning more badges.

User customizes the badge notification settings to control how they receive alerts about earned badges.

Given the user accesses notification settings, When they enable or disable email and in-app notifications for badge awards, Then their preferences should be saved and reflected in the badge award notification system immediately.

A user earns multiple badges in a short time and expects to receive separate notifications for each badge.

Given a user earns multiple badges in quick succession, When these badges are validated, Then the system should send sequential notifications for each badge earned, ensuring no notifications are missed or combined.

The notification system is tested for performance under high user activity conditions after multiple badge awards.

Given peak user activity where multiple badge awards are triggered, When notifications are generated, Then the system should successfully send notifications to all users without delays or errors within 5 seconds.

A user wants to modify the content and appearance of badge notifications to align with branding specifics.

Given the user accesses notification customization options, When they adjust the notification message and visual elements, Then the system should update notifications to reflect these customizations in real-time for awarded badges.

Badge Display Dashboard

"As a user, I want to see a dashboard displaying my earned badges so that I can showcase my achievements and encourage others to participate in sustainability efforts."

Description

The Badge Display Dashboard will allow users to view their earned recognition badges in a visually appealing and organized manner. It will feature a personal profile section within the EcoTrax application where users can showcase their badges, track their progress towards earning new ones, and share their achievements on social media. This requirement is vital for user motivation as it provides visual proof of their contributions, encouraging competition and motivation within the community. The dashboard will integrate with the user account management system to ensure secure access and accurate presentation of badges. The expected outcome is a user-friendly interface that promotes user pride and fosters community engagement through shared experiences.

Acceptance Criteria

User views their Badge Display Dashboard after logging into their EcoTrax account to check for any newly earned badges and their progress towards future badges.

Given a logged-in user with earned badges, when they navigate to the Badge Display Dashboard, then they should see all their earned badges displayed visually with the option to view details and progress towards next badges.

User attempts to share their earned badges on social media directly from the Badge Display Dashboard.

Given a user viewing their Badge Display Dashboard, when they click the share button on a badge, then a posting interface should appear with a pre-populated message and the option to post to their chosen social media platform.

User checks the security and privacy settings on their Badge Display Dashboard to ensure only authorized users can view their achievements.

Given a logged-in user on the Badge Display Dashboard, when they access privacy settings, then they should be able to see and modify who can view their badge information (public, friends, or private).

User earns a new badge through participation in the community and expects to see it reflected in their Badge Display Dashboard.

Given a logged-in user who has just earned a new badge, when they refresh their Badge Display Dashboard, then the new badge should appear instantly without requiring a logout or manual refresh.

An admin reviews the badge display interface for usability and aesthetics to ensure it meets user expectations.

Given an admin reviewing the Badge Display Dashboard, when they evaluate the design, then they should confirm that the badges are visually appealing and logically arranged, with clear labels and descriptions for each badge.

Participation Metrics Analytics

"As an administrator, I want to access analytics on user participation so that I can refine engagement strategies and better understand what motivates our users."

Description

Participation Metrics Analytics provides backend analytics capabilities to track user engagement related to recognition badge earning activities. This feature will collect and analyze data on the actions taken by users that relate to badges, allowing administrators to gauge participation levels and identify trends. The insights gained from this data can inform future badge criteria and engagement strategies, ensuring they align with user interests and behaviors. This requirement is essential for continuously improving user engagement strategies and optimizing the badge program for maximum effectiveness. The outcome should include detailed reports and visualizations that facilitate data-driven decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User Engagement Insights via Dashboard

Given a user logs into the EcoTrax platform, when they navigate to the Participation Metrics Analytics section, then they should see a dashboard displaying engagement metrics related to recognition badges, including total badges earned, active users, and participation trends over the last quarter.

Generation of Detailed Reports

Given an administrator is in the Participation Metrics Analytics section, when they select the option to generate a report for badge-related user engagement, then the generated report should include data such as user actions, badge types, and timestamps, and should be available for download in PDF format.

Analysis of Participation Trends

Given the Participation Metrics Analytics feature is implemented, when an administrator filters participation data by specific badge criteria or time periods, then the analytics should accurately reflect changes in user engagement and highlight any trends or spikes in participation levels.

Feedback Loop for Badge Criteria

Given the analytics data is available, when an administrator reviews user participation metrics, then they should be able to identify which badges are most and least earned, facilitating adjustments to future badge criteria based on user interests and engagement levels.

Integration with User Activity Logs

Given the recognition badge feature is live, when a user earns a badge, then the event should be logged in the system, capturing the type of badge, the date earned, and the specific activities that led to earning that badge, ensuring comprehensive analytics coverage.

Real-time Analytics Updates

Given the system is operational, when a user participates in activities that can earn badges, then the Participation Metrics Analytics should update in real-time to reflect new participation data, ensuring administrators have access to current engagement levels.

Visual Data Representation

Given an administrator accesses the Participation Metrics Analytics dashboard, when they view the analytics data, then it should include visual representations such as graphs and charts that make it easy to interpret trends in participation and engagement.

Automated Report Generator

The Automated Report Generator simplifies the compliance reporting process by automatically compiling relevant data and generating reports in adherence to specific sustainability regulations. This feature minimizes manual effort, reduces errors, and ensures timely submission of compliance documents, making it a vital asset for Compliance Officers focused on efficiency and accuracy.

Requirements

Data Source Integration

"As a Compliance Officer, I want the Automated Report Generator to automatically pull data from multiple sources so that I can ensure accurate and timely reporting with minimal manual intervention."

Description

The Data Source Integration requirement involves connecting EcoTrax with various sustainability data sources such as energy meters, waste management systems, and emissions tracking tools. This integration is crucial to ensure the Automated Report Generator has access to real-time, accurate, and relevant data needed for compliance reporting. By automating the data collection process from these sources, it minimizes errors associated with manual data entry and enhances the reliability of the reports generated. Additionally, seamless integration with APIs and IoT sensors enhances the user experience by providing up-to-date information, thereby increasing the overall efficiency of sustainability management for SMEs.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Data Retrieval from Energy Meters

Given a connected energy meter, when the data source integration is active, then the system must automatically retrieve real-time energy consumption data every 15 minutes without manual intervention, ensuring no data loss during retrieval.

Integration with Waste Management Systems

Given a configured waste management system API, when the Data Source Integration is established, then the system should successfully pull waste generation data and display it accurately in the dashboard within 5 minutes of the data being updated in the source system.

Real-Time Emissions Tracking

Given that emissions tracking tools are integrated, when an emissions data event occurs, then the system should record and reflect this event in the reporting dashboard within 1 minute, providing real-time updates for users monitoring emissions.

Error Handling in Data Sources

Given a disconnection or failure in any data source, when the system attempts to retrieve data, then it must log the error and notify the user of the specific source that is unavailable, ensuring users are aware of data retrieval issues promptly.

API Integration for Compliance Reporting

Given that EcoTrax connects with the relevant regulatory body API for compliance reporting, when the report is prepared, then the system must format and submit the report through the API by the specified compliance deadline without data discrepancies.

Data Validation Prior to Report Generation

Given that data is sourced from various integrations, when the Automated Report Generator begins compiling reports, then it must validate all incoming data against predefined thresholds and flag any discrepancies for user review before finalizing the report.

User Interface for Real-Time Data Monitoring

Given that real-time data is being collected from various sources, when a user accesses the dashboard, then they should be able to view updated metrics on energy, waste, and emissions within 30 seconds of the latest data retrieval, ensuring a timely and responsive user experience.

Customizable Report Templates

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to customize report templates in the Automated Report Generator so that I can produce reports that best fit our company’s specific compliance requirements and presentation preferences."

Description

The Customizable Report Templates requirement allows users to create and configure report templates to meet their specific compliance needs and preferences. This flexibility is essential for ensuring that the reports generated via the Automated Report Generator are tailored to various regulatory requirements and stakeholder expectations. Users can select different metrics, visualizations, and formatting options, enabling them to highlight the most relevant data for their organization. By providing customizable templates, the feature enhances user satisfaction and helps businesses present their sustainability efforts effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new report template for sustainability compliance that includes selected metrics and visualizations based on recent regulatory changes.

Given a user with access to the report template section, when they select metrics and visualizations, then they must be able to save the template without errors and the template should appear in the user’s template library.

A compliance officer modifies an existing report template to include additional data visualizations as per stakeholder feedback.

Given a user accesses an existing report template, when they add new visualizations and save the changes, then the updated template should correctly display the new visualizations when generated.

A user requests a generated report from a customized template for quarterly sustainability compliance documentation.

Given a user has selected a customization template for the report, when they initiate the report generation, then the report should compile and display data accurately according to the selected template specifications.

The system allows a user to use a variety of formatting options to customize the appearance of their report templates.

Given a user is in the report template editor, when they apply different formatting options like font size, color, and chart styles, then the changes should visually reflect in the preview and be saved correctly.

User exports a generated report based on a customizable template to a selected file format (e.g., PDF, Excel).

Given a user has successfully generated a report, when they choose to export the report, then the system should provide options to save in at least two different formats with all data intact and properly formatted.

A user needs to delete an existing report template that is no longer in use.

Given a user selects an existing report template, when they initiate the delete action, then the template should be removed from their library and not appear in future selections.

Scheduled Report Generation

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to schedule the Automated Report Generator to create reports automatically so that I can meet compliance deadlines without additional manual effort."

Description

The Scheduled Report Generation requirement provides users with the ability to set schedules for automatically generating compliance reports at specified intervals. This functionality ensures that users can plan and automate their reporting processes without needing to manually trigger report generation. By allowing compliance reports to be generated on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis, EcoTrax helps Compliance Officers stay organized and ensures that deadlines for submissions are consistently met. This feature significantly reduces the risk of late submissions and enhances overall operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

Scheduled Report Generation for Daily Compliance Reports

Given the user has logged into EcoTrax and configured report settings for daily generation, When the scheduled time arrives, Then the system should automatically generate the compliance report without any manual intervention.

Scheduled Report Generation for Weekly Compliance Reports

Given the user has selected weekly report generation frequency in the settings, When the scheduled time for the weekly report arrives, Then the report is generated and sent via email to the configured Compliance Officer addresses.

Scheduled Report Generation for Monthly Compliance Reports

Given the user has scheduled monthly reports in the EcoTrax system, When the first day of the month arrives, Then the system generates the monthly compliance report and saves it in the designated cloud storage.

Error Handling During Scheduled Report Generation

Given the system is attempting to generate a scheduled report, When an error occurs (e.g., data source is unavailable), Then the system should log the error, notify the user via email, and attempt to regenerate the report after a predefined interval.

User Notification for Scheduled Reports

Given the reports are generated as per the schedule, When a report is successfully generated, Then the user receives a notification in the EcoTrax dashboard and via email confirming the successful report generation and availability.

Customization of Report Content in Scheduled Reports

Given the user has access to the report settings, When the user selects specific data fields to include in the scheduled report, Then the generated report should reflect the user's selections accurately in the final output.

Audit Trail for Scheduled Report Generation

Given the scheduled report generation feature is used, When a report is generated, Then an audit log entry is created that includes the timestamp, user details, and the report type generated, ensuring a complete trace of actions.

Real-Time Data Validation

"As a Compliance Officer, I want the Automated Report Generator to validate incoming data in real-time so that I can quickly address any discrepancies and ensure accurate reporting."

Description

The Real-Time Data Validation requirement ensures that the data inputted into the Automated Report Generator is accurate and complies with defined parameters and standards. This functionality includes checks and alerts for any discrepancies or errors in the data received from various sources. By implementing this requirement, EcoTrax facilitates a high level of data integrity and reliability for compliance reporting. Real-time feedback on data issues allows Compliance Officers to rectify problems immediately, resulting in fewer errors in the final reports and enhancing the overall trust in the system.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-Time Data Accuracy Verification during Report Generation

Given data input into the Automated Report Generator, when the data is validated, then all values must comply with the predefined parameters and standards without discrepancies.

Alert Mechanism for Data Discrepancies

Given an instance of data input that deviates from established parameters, when validation occurs, then an alert must be generated promptly notifying the Compliance Officer of the issue.

Historical Data Comparison for Anomaly Detection

Given a data set from previous reports, when new data is validated, then the system must compare it against historical data to identify and flag any significant deviations.

User Access Control for Data Validation Reports

Given multiple users, when a validation report is generated, then only users with compliance roles must have access to view and edit the data validation results.

Feedback Loop for Data Corrections

Given validation alerts for data discrepancies, when a compliance officer views the alerts, then the system must provide actionable feedback and suggestions for correcting the identified issues.

Real-Time Dashboard Updates for Compliance Monitoring

Given real-time validation processes, when discrepancies arise, then the dashboard must reflect the current validation status and alert users immediately.

Collaboration Features

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to collaborate with my team using the Automated Report Generator so that we can efficiently prepare compliance reports together and incorporate everyone's insights."

Description

The Collaboration Features requirement enables multiple users to work together within the Automated Report Generator, allowing for efficient teamwork in preparing compliance reports. This includes features such as shared access, comment threads, and version tracking for documents. By facilitating collaboration, EcoTrax enhances communication among team members involved in sustainability reporting and ensures that all contributors can input their insights and make necessary edits effectively. This feature is crucial for organizations where implementations of sustainability practices often involve cross-departmental efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Collaboration among team members in preparing compliance reports using EcoTrax's Automated Report Generator during a quarterly sustainability reporting cycle.

Given multiple users with access to the Automated Report Generator, when one user makes comments on a document, then all other users should be able to see those comments in real-time.

A Compliance Officer integrates input from different departments into a sustainability report using the Collaboration Features of EcoTrax.

Given a version tracking feature is implemented, when a user submits a new version of a report, then the previous versions should be accessible and marked with a timestamp and editor's name.

Multiple users from different departments are working together to finalize a compliance report before submission with EcoTrax.

Given shared access to a compliance report, when one user edits a section of the report, then all other users should receive a notification of the change via email and within the application.

Collaboration among team members through comment threads in the Automated Report Generator during compliance report preparation.

Given a comment thread is initiated on a specific section of the report, when other users reply to the comment, then the original commenter should receive a notification of the new response.

Users are tracking the contributions and changes made to a compliance report through the collaboration features of EcoTrax.

Given the systems are in place for versioning, when a user selects the version history, then a list detailing all modifications, including who made each change, should be displayed.

Compliance reports are being collaboratively prepared just before regulatory deadlines using EcoTrax's Automated Report Generator.

Given the automated report generation is active, when all collaborating users agree on a final draft, then the report should be generated automatically without any errors and ready for submission.

Training new team members on using the collaboration features within EcoTrax's Automated Report Generator.

Given a new user begins to use the system, when they access the help section, then comprehensive user guidelines and tutorials for using collaboration features should be readily available.

Dynamic Compliance Tracker

The Dynamic Compliance Tracker offers real-time monitoring of compliance metrics against established regulations and standards. By providing immediate feedback, users can swiftly identify potential non-compliance issues and address them proactively. This feature enhances transparency and keeps SMEs informed about their compliance status, ultimately reducing the risk of penalties.

Requirements

Real-time Compliance Alerts

"As a compliance manager, I want to receive real-time alerts for any compliance metric deviations so that I can take immediate action to resolve issues before they lead to penalties."

Description

The Real-time Compliance Alerts requirement focuses on providing instantaneous notifications to users when compliance metrics fall below acceptable thresholds or when regulations change. This feature enhances user engagement and proactive management by allowing businesses to address compliance issues before they escalate. By utilizing push notifications, email alerts, and dashboard prompts, users will receive timely information that is critical for maintaining adherence to regulations. Increased awareness and rapid response capabilities significantly reduce the risk of penalties and support businesses in sustainable operations.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives notification when the compliance metric for energy consumption exceeds the specified threshold.

Given the user's compliance metric thresholds are set, when the energy consumption exceeds the threshold, then the user receives a push notification and an email alert.

User receives notifications when a new regulation is enacted that affects their compliance status.

Given there is a change in relevant regulations, when a new regulation is released, then the user receives a notification on their dashboard and an email outlining the changes.

User can view a log of all compliance alerts received in the last 30 days.

Given the user navigates to the compliance alerts section, when the user requests to view past alerts, then the system displays a chronological log of all compliance alerts received in the last 30 days.

User can customize the thresholds for receiving compliance alerts based on their business needs.

Given the user is in the alert settings section, when the user adjusts the compliance thresholds, then the system successfully saves the new thresholds, and the user receives a confirmation message.

User can disable specific types of compliance alerts if desired.

Given the user is in the alert settings section, when the user opts to disable alerts for energy consumption, then the system stops sending notifications for energy compliance metrics.

User receives immediate feedback when compliance metrics return to acceptable levels after an alert.

Given an alert has been triggered for a compliance metric, when the metric returns to an acceptable level, then the user receives a notification confirming the situation has returned to compliance.

User can access an analytics dashboard showing historical compliance metrics and alerts received.

Given the user navigates to the analytics dashboard, when the user selects the compliance metrics report, then the system displays graphical representations of compliance metrics and alerts received over time.

Regulatory Standards Database

"As a sustainability officer, I want a database of current regulatory standards so that I can ensure our compliance tracking aligns with the latest regulations and minimize risks of non-compliance."

Description

The Regulatory Standards Database requirement involves creating a comprehensive and continually updated repository of industry-specific regulations and compliance standards. This database will be seamlessly integrated with EcoTrax, allowing users to reference up-to-date compliance information as they track their sustainability metrics. The feature ensures that businesses remain informed about the latest changes in regulations and can benchmark their performance against standards. By having easy access to this information, SMEs can proactively enhance their compliance strategies and reduce the potential for non-compliance.

Acceptance Criteria

User Accessing the Regulatory Standards Database

Given a user with appropriate permissions, when they access the Regulatory Standards Database, then they should see a comprehensive list of industry-specific regulations and compliance standards that are up-to-date and searchable.

Updating the Regulatory Standards Database

Given a scheduled update process, when new regulations are published, then the Regulatory Standards Database should automatically incorporate these updates within 24 hours of publication, ensuring users have access to the latest compliance information.

User Searching for Specific Compliance Standards

Given a user searching for a specific compliance standard, when they enter keywords in the search function, then the Regulatory Standards Database should return relevant results accurately reflecting the compliance standards related to the entered keywords.

User Benchmarking Performance Against Standards

Given that a user has sustainability metrics logged in EcoTrax, when they select a specific regulation from the Regulatory Standards Database, then the system should provide comparative analytics showing how their metrics measure against that standard.

Notification for Regulatory Changes

Given a change in regulatory standards, when the change occurs, then affected users should receive a notification via email or in-app alert detailing the changes and its implications for their compliance strategy.

Integration with Existing Systems

Given that EcoTrax connects with existing systems, when the user integrates the Regulatory Standards Database, then the process should complete successfully without errors and all relevant data should be displayed accurately in the dashboard.

Interactive Compliance Dashboard

"As a business owner, I want an interactive dashboard that shows my compliance metrics visually so that I can easily identify areas needing attention and track our progress over time."

Description

The Interactive Compliance Dashboard requirement is designed to provide users with an intuitive visual representation of their compliance status and metrics in real time. Through graphs, charts, and heat maps, users can assess their position against compliance targets and regulations easily. This dashboard will allow users to drill down into specific compliance areas, visualize trends over time, and identify areas needing improvement. Enhancing the user experience through interactive elements will foster greater engagement and support strategic planning for sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the compliance dashboard after logging into EcoTrax to assess current compliance metrics.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrax, when they navigate to the Interactive Compliance Dashboard, then they should see up-to-date graphs, charts, and heat maps representing compliance metrics in real time.

A user wants to filter compliance data for a specific regulation to assess its status and historical compliance trend.

Given the user is on the Interactive Compliance Dashboard, when they select a specific regulation from the filter options, then the dashboard should update to display only relevant metrics and historical trends for that regulation.

A user identifies a non-compliance trend through the dashboard's visual elements and seeks to understand underlying issues.

Given the user spots a color-coded alert on the dashboard indicating non-compliance, when they click on the alert, then the system should provide detailed insights and recommended actions to address the issue.

The user needs to export compliance data for a specific time period for reporting purposes.

Given the user is on the Interactive Compliance Dashboard, when they select an export option and specify the desired time period, then the system should generate a downloadable report capturing all compliance metrics within that time frame.

A user wants to receive notifications for compliance metric changes from the dashboard.

Given the user is set up with their notification preferences, when a compliance metric changes significantly, then the user should receive an email or in-app notification detailing the change.

An administrator reviews user engagement metrics with the Interactive Compliance Dashboard feature.

Given that an administrator has access to system analytics, when they access the dashboard usage report, then they should see metrics indicating the number of users, frequency of visits, and interactions with dashboard elements over the last month.

Automated Compliance Reporting

"As a compliance officer, I want to automatically generate compliance reports so that I can save time and ensure accuracy when submitting reports to regulators and management."

Description

The Automated Compliance Reporting requirement enables users to generate compliance reports quickly by pulling data directly from the system based on predefined criteria and metrics. This feature automates reporting processes, saving time and reducing the potential for human error. Reports can be customized for external stakeholders, such as regulatory authorities or internal reviews, and can be generated on-demand or scheduled at regular intervals. This functionality not only streamlines operations but also enhances transparency and facilitates better communication with stakeholders regarding compliance status.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a compliance report for the first time using the automated compliance reporting feature to meet an upcoming regulatory deadline.

Given the user has selected the compliance reporting option and set the necessary parameters, when they click the 'Generate Report' button, then a report is generated and available for download within 2 minutes, accurately reflecting the specified metrics and criteria.

A user schedules a weekly compliance report to be sent to their mailbox automatically every Monday at 9 AM.

Given the user sets a schedule for the compliance report and provides their email address, when the scheduled time arrives, then the compliance report is emailed to the user with the correct data for the last week.

An internal auditor requires a customized compliance report that includes a specific set of metrics and periods for their review meeting.

Given the auditor accesses the report customization options, when they select their desired metrics and time period, and click 'Generate Report', then a report is produced that adheres to their specifications and is free of errors or omissions.

A user needs to pull a compliance report detailing energy usage for the last quarter for presentation to stakeholders.

Given the user selects the 'Quarterly Energy Usage Report' from the report templates, when they submit the request, then the report should be generated within 3 minutes and accurately represent the energy usage data for the last quarter without any discrepancies.

The system administrator wants to review the automated reporting functionality to ensure it meets compliance requirements before a regulatory audit.

Given the administrator runs a series of tests on the automated report generation process, when they assess each report for accuracy, format, and timeliness, then all generated reports should meet compliance standards as per established regulations.

A user encounters an error while generating a compliance report and wants to report this issue to support.

Given the user attempts to generate a report and an error occurs, when the user clicks on the 'Report Issue' button, then they should be able to submit their feedback successfully and receive confirmation that their report has been received within 10 minutes.

The finance department needs a compliance report on waste management expenditures for the last financial year for budgeting purposes.

Given the finance team selects the 'Waste Management Expenditure Report' from the reporting features, when they generate the report, then it should be completed and delivered to them in under 5 minutes, encompassing comprehensive and accurate financial data for the last financial year.

User Role-Based Access Control

"As an IT administrator, I want to implement role-based access control so that I can ensure users only have access to the data and functionalities necessary for their job, enhancing security and compliance."

Description

The User Role-Based Access Control requirement ensures that users can access only the data and functionalities relevant to their roles within the organization. This feature enhances system security and streamlines the user experience by providing tailored information based on the user's position, whether it's compliance officer, manager, or executive. By implementing granular permissions and access levels, organizations can ensure data confidentiality and integrity while meeting their operational needs and regulatory obligations.

Acceptance Criteria

User with the role of Compliance Officer attempts to access compliance metrics within the Dynamic Compliance Tracker.

Given the user is logged in with the Compliance Officer role, When they navigate to the Dynamic Compliance Tracker, Then they should have access to compliance metrics that are relevant to their role and not see irrelevant data.

User with the role of Manager attempts to modify compliance settings in the system.

Given the user is logged in with the Manager role, When they attempt to access the compliance settings page, Then they should be restricted from accessing this feature and receive an appropriate error message due to insufficient permissions.

User with the role of Executive attempts to generate a report using the Dynamic Compliance Tracker dashboard.

Given the user is logged in with the Executive role, When they access the report generation feature on the dashboard, Then they should successfully generate a high-level compliance report reflecting all necessary metrics relevant to decision-making.

An admin user modifies the permissions for the Compliance Officer role in the User Role-Based Access Control settings.

Given the admin user has access to modify roles, When they add new permissions to the Compliance Officer role, Then the Compliance Officer should immediately be able to access the newly granted permissions without logging out.

User with the role of Compliance Officer receives a notification regarding a compliance issue specific to their access level.

Given the Compliance Officer is logged in, When a new compliance issue arises, Then they should receive an immediate alert that is tailored to their specific responsibilities and access rights.

User with the role of Executive attempts to access sensitive data available only to the Compliance Officer.

Given the user is logged in as an Executive, When they attempt to access sensitive data restricted to the Compliance Officer, Then they should be denied access and informed of their permission level without seeing any of the restricted data.

The system logs all access attempts to sensitive data by different user roles.

Given any user attempts to access sensitive data, When the access attempt occurs, Then the system should log the user's role, date, time, and whether access was granted or denied in the activity log for auditing purposes.

Regulatory Update Alerts

Regulatory Update Alerts notify users of changes in sustainability regulations and standards that affect their reporting requirements. This proactive feature ensures Compliance Officers stay informed of new legal obligations, allowing them to adapt their strategies and remain compliant without unnecessary downtime, safeguarding their organization from potential compliance pitfalls.

Requirements

Real-Time Notification System

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to receive real-time notifications about regulatory changes so that I can ensure our company stays compliant without missing critical updates."

Description

The Real-Time Notification System is designed to promptly alert users of any changes in sustainability regulations that impact reporting requirements. This feature will aggregate updates from various regulatory databases and deliver push notifications directly to users through the EcoTrax dashboard and mobile app. The benefit of this functionality lies in its ability to provide immediate visibility of compliance obligations, empowering Compliance Officers to react swiftly to regulatory changes. Integration with existing notification systems will ensure users receive a multi-channel alert system, thus enhancing user engagement and compliance accuracy.

Acceptance Criteria

Notification of Regulatory Changes Through the EcoTrax Dashboard

Given a user is logged into the EcoTrax dashboard, when a regulatory change occurs, then the user receives a real-time push notification within 5 minutes of the update being available.

Receiving Alerts on Mobile App

Given a user has enabled notifications on the EcoTrax mobile app, when a regulatory update is published, then the user receives a mobile push notification that includes a summary and link to more details.

Integration with Existing Notification Systems

Given the EcoTrax system is integrated with third-party notification tools, when a regulatory update occurs, then the notification is also sent through email and SMS within 10 minutes of the update.

User Interface for Notification Management

Given a user accesses the settings page in the EcoTrax application, when they select notification preferences, then they can toggle options for receiving alerts via the dashboard, mobile app, email, or SMS, and save these preferences successfully.

Historical Record of Notifications

Given a user has received notifications for regulatory updates, when they access the notifications history section, then they can view a chronological list of all received notifications along with timestamps and content summaries.

User Feedback on Notifications

Given a user receives a regulatory update notification, when they interact with the alert, then they are prompted to provide feedback on the alert's relevance and effectiveness, which is collected for future improvements.

Multi-Language Support for Notifications

Given the EcoTrax platform supports multiple languages, when a regulatory update notification is sent, then the notification is delivered in the user's preferred language as set in their profile settings.

Customizable Alert Settings

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to customize my alert settings so that I only receive the most relevant regulatory updates without being overwhelmed by notifications."

Description

Customizable Alert Settings allow users to tailor the notification preferences according to their specific needs and priorities. Users will be able to choose the type of regulations they wish to be alerted about, the format of notifications (email, SMS, app notifications), and the frequency of updates. This flexibility will help reduce notification overload and ensure that users receive information that is most relevant to their roles. By integrating these settings into the user profile, EcoTrax enhances user experience, ensuring that each Compliance Officer can manage their alerts effectively, thus improving decision-making efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Alert Preferences

Given a user is logged into their EcoTrax account, when they navigate to the Alert Settings page, then they can select the types of regulations they wish to be notified about, choose the notification format, and set the frequency of updates.

User Receives Alerts Based on Custom Settings

Given a user has customized their alert preferences, when a relevant regulatory update occurs, then the user receives a notification in their chosen format (email, SMS, app notification) reflecting their selected frequency.

User Modifies Existing Alert Preferences

Given a user is on the Alert Settings page, when they modify their existing alert preferences and save the changes, then the system should update the alert settings accordingly without errors and notify the user that the changes were successful.

User Sees Default Notification Settings

Given a new user is creating their EcoTrax profile, when they reach the Alert Settings section, then they should see default notification preferences pre-selected to ensure they are immediately equipped with basic alert functionalities.

User Accesses Help Information for Alert Settings

Given a user is on the Alert Settings page, when they click on the help icon, then they should see a pop-up displaying information on how to customize their alert preferences with examples of each type of notification available.

User Receives Confirmation of Saved Settings

Given a user has customized and saved their alert preferences, when they click on the save button, then they should receive a confirmation message stating that their preferences have been successfully updated.

User Experiences No Overload of Notifications

Given a user has set a specific frequency for notifications, when regulatory updates occur more frequently than the selected frequency, then the user should receive notifications only as per their set frequency, avoiding notification overload.

Regulatory Compliance Dashboard

"As a Compliance Officer, I want a dashboard that summarizes my compliance status and highlights urgent tasks related to new regulations so that I can prioritize my actions effectively."

Description

The Regulatory Compliance Dashboard will provide an overview of current compliance statuses and highlight areas needing attention in relation to the latest regulatory changes. This feature will visually represent data and track changes over time, allowing Compliance Officers to see trends and assess their organization's preparedness for upcoming regulations. The dashboard will aggregate historical compliance data and integrate it with real-time updates, giving users actionable insights for strategic planning. This comprehensive view is crucial for effectively managing compliance risks and ensuring strategic alignment with regulatory expectations.

Acceptance Criteria

Compliance Officer receives a notification about a new regulatory update that impacts their current reporting requirements.

Given the Compliance Officer receives a regulatory update notification, when they access the Regulatory Compliance Dashboard, then they must see the new regulation reflected in the dashboard along with an explanation of its impact on existing compliance strategies.

Compliance Officer reviews the dashboard for current compliance status regarding recent regulations.

Given the Compliance Officer opens the Regulatory Compliance Dashboard, when they view the current compliance status, then they should see a clear visual representation indicating compliance levels for each relevant regulation in the last six months.

Compliance Officer analyzes trends in compliance data over time through the dashboard.

Given the Compliance Officer uses the trend analysis feature, when they select a specific regulatory area, then they must be able to view historical compliance data and a visual trend graph over the past two years to observe performance changes.

Compliance Officer needs to assess preparedness for upcoming regulations.

Given the Compliance Officer accesses the Regulatory Compliance Dashboard, when they navigate to the upcoming regulations section, then they should find a checklist of preparation tasks and required actions for each upcoming regulation listed.

Compliance Officer integrates historical compliance data with real-time updates on the dashboard.

Given the Compliance Officer is on the Regulatory Compliance Dashboard, when they check the historical compliance data section, then the data displayed must be seamlessly integrated with real-time updates and reflect the changes within 24 hours of the new regulation notifications.

Compliance Officer wants to understand the implications of a compliance gap.

Given that there is a compliance gap identified in the dashboard, when the Compliance Officer clicks on the gap alert, then a detailed report must be generated that explains the gap, including potential risks, legal obligations, and recommendations for remediation.

Compliance Officer seeks to distribute a compliance update report to stakeholders.

Given the Compliance Officer has generated a compliance update report from the Regulatory Compliance Dashboard, when they click the share button, then the report must be sent to all designated stakeholders via email, confirming successful delivery.

Regulatory Change Log

"As a Compliance Officer, I want a change log of all regulatory updates to easily track historical changes and their impacts on compliance so that I can ensure our practices remain aligned with regulations."

Description

The Regulatory Change Log will maintain an organized record of all changes in regulations that users have been notified about, along with timestamps and details about each change. This feature will serve as both a historical reference and a compliance tracking mechanism, providing audit capabilities for the organization. By implementing this log, EcoTrax ensures users can review past changes and understand the impact of each on compliance actions. This could be critical during audits or internal reviews, providing transparency and accountability in the compliance processes.

Acceptance Criteria

Users receive a notification when a new sustainability regulation is published that affects their reporting requirements.

Given that a new regulation is published, when the Compliance Officer logs into EcoTrax, then they should see an immediate notification on their dashboard indicating the regulatory change with a link to the Regulatory Change Log.

The Regulatory Change Log is accessible and displays changes chronologically for users.

Given that the Compliance Officer navigates to the Regulatory Change Log, when they view the log, then they should see a well-organized list of all regulatory changes including timestamps and details for each change.

Users can filter the Regulatory Change Log to view changes by date or type of regulation.

Given that the Compliance Officer is on the Regulatory Change Log page, when they select filters for date range or type of regulation, then the displayed log should refresh to show only the relevant changes under the selected filters.

The Regulatory Change Log allows users to export data for audits or internal reviews.

Given that the Compliance Officer is viewing the Regulatory Change Log, when they click on the export button, then they should receive a downloadable file in CSV format containing all logged changes with their details.

The system correctly timestamps each regulatory change when a notification is generated.

Given a regulatory change, when the notification is sent to users, then the timestamp recorded in the Regulatory Change Log should match the exact time the notification was generated.

Compliance Officers are able to search through the Regulatory Change Log for specific regulations.

Given that the Compliance Officer accesses the Regulatory Change Log, when they use the search functionality to enter a specific keyword or regulation name, then the log should display all relevant entries that match the search criteria.

Users receive a summary of the implications of each regulatory change listed in the log.

Given that the Compliance Officer views an entry in the Regulatory Change Log, when they click on that entry, then they should see a detailed summary of the change and its implications for compliance reporting.

AI-Powered Predictive Compliance Tool

"As a Compliance Officer, I want an AI tool that predicts potential compliance risks based on regulatory trends so that I can adapt our strategies in advance."

Description

The AI-Powered Predictive Compliance Tool analyzes historical compliance data alongside regulatory trends to forecast potential compliance risks. By leveraging machine learning algorithms, this tool will provide insights and risk assessments based on patterns from prior regulatory changes. Users can utilize these predictions to proactively adjust their compliance strategies before regulations take effect. This innovative feature positions EcoTrax at the forefront of sustainability management by enabling SMEs to adopt a proactive rather than reactive compliance approach, thus reducing risks and associated costs.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification regarding a major regulatory change affecting their sustainability compliance requirements.

Given the Compliance Officer has been using the AI-Powered Predictive Compliance Tool, when a regulatory change occurs, then the user receives a real-time alert via email and in-app notification.

User reviews the predictions generated by the tool based on historical compliance data and regulatory changes.

Given the AI-Powered Predictive Compliance Tool has access to historical data, when the user requests insights on potential compliance risks, then the tool displays predictions that are 90% accurate based on past regulatory trends.

User adjusts their compliance strategy based on the risk assessments provided by the tool.

Given the Compliance Officer receives a composite risk assessment from the predictive tool, when they implement changes to their compliance strategy, then all adjustments are documented and flagged in the compliance report.

User accesses a dashboard that displays insights from the AI-Powered Predictive Compliance Tool.

Given the Compliance Officer is logged into EcoTrax, when they navigate to the compliance dashboard, then they can view a comprehensive report that includes historical data analysis and future compliance forecasts.

User evaluates the tool's effectiveness in predicting compliance risks over a quarter.

Given that the Compliance Officer has utilized the AI-Powered Predictive Compliance Tool for three months, when they compare the tool's predictions to actual outcomes, then the tool should show at least an 85% correlation with actual compliance incidents.

User needs to customize notification settings for compliance alerts.

Given the Compliance Officer is auficaitsb to customize notifications, when they access notification settings in EcoTrax, then they should be able to choose between different categories of alerts (major changes, minor updates, etc.) and save these preferences successfully.

Audit Preparedness Dashboard

The Audit Preparedness Dashboard organizes all compliance documentation and data in an easily accessible format for upcoming audits. This feature provides a comprehensive view of compliance documentation, enabling Compliance Officers to conduct self-assessments and ensure they are audit-ready. It reduces audit stress by streamlining the preparation process and enhancing overall compliance confidence.

Requirements

Real-time Compliance Metrics

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to view real-time compliance metrics on the Audit Preparedness Dashboard so that I can monitor my organization's sustainability performance and take necessary actions before audits."

Description

This requirement focuses on providing real-time tracking and visualization of compliance metrics related to energy usage, waste management, and emissions reporting. The functionality should enable Compliance Officers to monitor key performance indicators (KPIs) seamlessly and access all relevant data from the Audit Preparedness Dashboard. Integration with IoT sensors will ensure that data is not only current but also accurate, empowering users to take immediate action where necessary. This ultimately enhances compliance readiness and supports proactive management of sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time tracking of compliance metrics for energy usage during an internal audit preparation process.

Given the Compliance Officer is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when viewing the Audit Preparedness Dashboard, then the dashboard should display real-time energy usage metrics sourced from IoT sensors, updating at least every 5 minutes.

Monitoring waste management compliance metrics leading up to a scheduled compliance audit.

Given the Compliance Officer can access the Audit Preparedness Dashboard, when reviewing waste management KPIs, then the dashboard should show accurate and up-to-date waste management data, with a timestamp indicating the last data update within the last hour.

Visualizing emissions reporting metrics during a self-assessment by Compliance Officers.

Given the Compliance Officer is preparing for a self-assessment, when they select the emissions reporting section of the dashboard, then the system should display visual metrics for emissions compliance along with historical comparisons and trends for the past 12 months.

Evaluating overall compliance readiness status prior to an external audit.

Given the Compliance Officer is preparing for an external audit, when they click on the 'Compliance Readiness' summary on the dashboard, then they should see an aggregated score that reflects the real-time status of all compliance metrics related to energy, waste, and emissions, with a clear action plan for any missed KPIs.

Receiving alerts for non-compliance in real-time as data is collected from IoT sensors.

Given that the Compliance Officer is monitoring the compliance dashboard, when an IoT sensor detects a non-compliance issue, then the dashboard should immediately indicate the specific area of non-compliance and suggest corrective actions within 2 minutes of detection.

Integrating external data sources to enrich compliance metrics presented in the dashboard.

Given the Compliance Officer wants a comprehensive view of compliance metrics, when they select to integrate external data sources, then the system should successfully connect and display additional relevant metrics without degrading the performance of the dashboard.

Document Upload and Storage System

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to upload and categorize compliance documents in the Audit Preparedness Dashboard so that I can quickly access and present them during audits without unnecessary delays."

Description

A robust document upload and storage system is needed to allow Compliance Officers to upload, store, and categorize all compliance-related documents directly within the Audit Preparedness Dashboard. This feature will streamline the documentation process, reducing the time spent searching for files and ensuring easy access during audits. The system should support various file types (e.g., PDFs, images, spreadsheets) and provide tagging functionality for improved organization and retrieval of documents, significantly reducing audit stress and improving efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

Document Upload Functionality for Compliance Documents

Given a Compliance Officer in the Audit Preparedness Dashboard, when they upload a compliance document, then the document should be successfully stored in the system with the correct file type and accessible from the dashboard.

Categorization and Tagging of Uploaded Documents

Given a Compliance Officer uploads a document, when they categorize and tag the document, then the system should allow for multiple tags and categories to be assigned and displayed correctly in the dashboard.

Support for Multiple File Types During Upload

Given a Compliance Officer attempts to upload a document, when the file type is one of the supported formats (PDF, image, spreadsheet), then the document should be accepted and stored without errors.

Accessibility of Uploaded Documents for Self-Assessment

Given a Compliance Officer is preparing for an audit, when they access the Audit Preparedness Dashboard, then all uploaded documents should be easily accessible and retrievable within a few clicks.

Error Handling for Unsupported File Types

Given a Compliance Officer tries to upload an unsupported file type, when they attempt the upload, then the system should display an appropriate error message indicating the file type is not supported and provide guidance on acceptable formats.

Audit-Ready Document Review Process

Given an upcoming audit, when a Compliance Officer reviews the documents in the system, then they should be able to mark documents as 'audit-ready' or 'needs review' within the dashboard for tracking purposes.

Version Control for Uploaded Documents

Given a Compliance Officer uploads a new version of an existing document, when they upload the file, then the system should save it as a new version, keeping the previous versions accessible and indicating the latest version in the dashboard.

Automated Compliance Alerts

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to receive automated alerts for compliance deadlines so that I can ensure my organization remains compliant and is fully prepared for upcoming audits."

Description

This requirement entails the creation of an automated alert system that notifies Compliance Officers of impending compliance deadlines, missing documentation, or upcoming audits. These alerts should be customizable based on specific regulatory requirements or internal deadlines. By integrating this feature, users can ensure that they remain proactive regarding compliance issues, therefore enhancing their overall audit preparedness and minimizing potential penalties for non-compliance.

Acceptance Criteria

Compliance officers need to set up automated compliance alerts for various regulatory requirements to ensure timely notifications about deadlines and documentation.

Given that a compliance officer has access to the automated compliance alert system, When they configure alerts for regulatory requirements, Then the system should send notifications at specified intervals before each deadline (e.g., 30, 15, and 7 days prior).

During an upcoming audit, compliance officers must receive an alert about missing documentation to ensure readiness and avoid penalties.

Given that there are documents required for compliance, When the automated alert system detects that a required document is missing, Then it should instantly notify the compliance officer via email and in-app notification, indicating which document is missing.

Compliance officers need a customizable alert system that allows them to adjust notification settings for specific regulations according to their needs.

Given that a compliance officer is in the alert configuration section, When they select a regulatory requirement and set custom notification preferences, Then those preferences should be saved and notifications should reflect the customized settings during the next alert cycle.

After configuring alerts, compliance officers want to test the alert functionality to ensure that notifications are received as expected.

Given that a compliance officer has set up alerts, When they trigger a test alert, Then the system should send a notification to the compliance officer's designated email and within the application promptly upon triggering.

Compliance officers need to review past alerts to analyze their compliance readiness over time.

Given that the compliance officer wants to review historical alerts, When they access the alert history dashboard, Then they should see a log of all past alerts including dates, types of alerts, and resolutions for the past compliance periods.

In the event of regulatory changes, compliance officers want to be notified to adjust their compliance strategies promptly.

Given that there is a change in compliance regulations, When the compliance officer subscribes to updates, Then the automated alert system should inform them of any changes that may be relevant to their compliance status and suggested actions.

Self-assessment Checklist

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to use a self-assessment checklist in the Audit Preparedness Dashboard so that I can evaluate my organization's readiness for audits and address any compliance gaps proactively."

Description

The self-assessment checklist feature will allow Compliance Officers to perform preliminary audits using a structured, user-friendly interface. This checklist will cover all critical compliance aspects and provide guidance on what documentation is needed. Facilitating self-assessments will empower organizations to identify compliance gaps ahead of external audits, boosting confidence and ensuring that all necessary preparations are made.

Acceptance Criteria

Self-assessment checklist is accessed by Compliance Officers for preliminary audits.

Given a Compliance Officer is logged into the EcoTrax system, when they navigate to the Audit Preparedness Dashboard and select the Self-assessment Checklist, then the checklist should load successfully and display all critical compliance aspects in an organized manner.

Compliance Officers complete the self-assessment checklist and submit their findings.

Given a Compliance Officer has completed the Self-assessment Checklist, when they click on the 'Submit' button, then their responses should be saved successfully and a confirmation message should be displayed indicating that the checklist has been submitted for review.

Compliance documentation needed for the self-assessment is displayed alongside each checklist item.

Given a Compliance Officer is reviewing the Self-assessment Checklist, when they hover over or click on any checklist item, then the relevant documentation and guidance required for that item should be clearly displayed, allowing the officer to understand what is needed to proceed.

Notifications are sent to Compliance Officers prior to upcoming audits.

Given an upcoming external audit has been scheduled, when the audit date is within 30 days, then all Compliance Officers assigned to the checklist should receive an automated notification reminding them to complete their self-assessment checklist.

Compliance Officers can view generated reports based on the completed self-assessment checklists.

Given a Compliance Officer has completed the Self-assessment Checklist, when they navigate to the Reporting section of the Audit Preparedness Dashboard, then they should be able to view comprehensive reports summarizing their findings and identified compliance gaps.

Self-assessment checklist allows for tracking revisions and updates within the checklist.

Given a Compliance Officer makes changes to any responses in the Self-assessment Checklist, when they save the changes, then the system should log the revision with a timestamp and display the version history of the checklist to the user.

The self-assessment checklist includes a scoring mechanism for compliance evaluation.

Given a Compliance Officer is filling out the Self-assessment Checklist, when they complete the checklist items, then they should receive an overall compliance score ranging from 0% to 100% based on their responses, providing an immediate assessment of their compliance status.

Audit History Log

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to access an audit history log within the Audit Preparedness Dashboard so that I can review past compliance actions and provide accurate information during audits."

Description

An audit history log must be incorporated to provide a clear record of all compliance-related activities related to the Audit Preparedness Dashboard. This log will track changes to documents, self-assessments completed, and notifications sent for compliance deadlines. By retaining a comprehensive history, Compliance Officers can reference past actions and decisions, which can prove invaluable during external audits and enhance transparency and accountability in compliance activities.

Acceptance Criteria

Audit History Log demonstrates the capability to capture and display all compliance-related activities performed by Compliance Officers within the Audit Preparedness Dashboard.

Given a Compliance Officer accesses the Audit Preparedness Dashboard, When they review the Audit History Log, Then they should see a chronological record of all changes made to compliance documentation, self-assessments completed, and compliance notifications sent, with timestamps and user information.

Compliance Officers need to ensure they are informed of all recent actions captured in the Audit History Log.

Given a Compliance Officer logs into the system, When they navigate to the Audit History Log section, Then they should receive a notification for any new entries added to the log since their last login, ensuring they are aware of the most current compliance activities.

Ensuring the integrity of the Audit History Log requires that all entries are tamper-proof and securely stored.

Given that an entry is added to the Audit History Log, When a Compliance Officer attempts to edit or delete an existing log entry, Then they should receive an error message indicating that log entries are immutable, thereby maintaining a complete and accurate audit trail.

Compliance Officers should be able to filter the Audit History Log entries to streamline their review process.

Given that the Compliance Officer is viewing the Audit History Log, When they apply filters based on date range, action type, or user, Then the log should dynamically update to display only the relevant entries based on the applied filters.

For transparency and accountability, Compliance Officers need to export the Audit History Log documentation in multiple formats.

Given a Compliance Officer is viewing the Audit History Log, When they select the option to export the log, Then they should be able to choose to export the log as a PDF, Excel, or CSV file, ensuring flexibility in how they present compliance data.

It’s crucial for Compliance Officers to validate that the Audit History Log is correctly populated following relevant system actions.

Given a Compliance Officer performs a compliance-related action (e.g., updating a document or completing a self-assessment), When they check the Audit History Log afterwards, Then the log should accurately reflect the specific action taken, along with user details and timestamps.

Compliance History Archive

The Compliance History Archive securely stores past compliance reports and documentation, allowing easy access for future reference or audits. This feature supports data retention policies and simplifies the retrieval of historical information, enabling users to track compliance trends over time. For Compliance Officers, it provides valuable insights into past performance and changing standards.

Requirements

Secure Data Storage

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to ensure that all stored compliance records are secure so that I can protect sensitive information from unauthorized access and maintain compliance with data protection regulations."

Description

The Secure Data Storage requirement entails the implementation of robust encryption protocols and secure access controls to ensure that all compliance reports and documentation stored in the Compliance History Archive are protected from unauthorized access and data breaches. This functionality will enhance users' trust in the system by providing a secure environment for sensitive compliance information while maintaining the legal standards required for data storage in various regions. Additionally, secure access must be integrated with user authentication systems to allow only authorized users to access specific reports, ensuring that compliance data is handled with the utmost confidentiality and integrity.

Acceptance Criteria

User Access Control for Compliance Reports

Given that a user attempts to access a compliance report, When the user provides authentication credentials, Then the system should grant access only to authorized users based on their role, denying access to unauthorized users.

Data Encryption Verification

Given that compliance reports are stored in the Compliance History Archive, When a security audit is conducted, Then all reports must be verifiably encrypted using industry-standard encryption protocols at rest and in transit.

Audit Trail Functionality

Given that a compliance report is accessed, When a user opens, modifies, or deletes a report, Then the system should log the user's ID, action taken, and timestamp to maintain an auditable trail of all interactions with the report.

Data Retention Compliance

Given the data retention policy, When compliance reports exceed the defined retention period, Then the system should automatically archive or delete the reports in accordance with established legal standards and provide an alert to administrators.

Access Control Notifications

Given that an unauthorized access attempt is detected, When the system logs the event, Then it should generate an alert notification to the Compliance Officer and log the details of the attempt for review.

User Feedback on Access Experience

Given that a user has accessed the Compliance History Archive, When they complete their session, Then the system should prompt for feedback on their access experience to identify potential areas for improvement.

Reporting and Analytics Tools

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to generate customizable reports from past compliance data so that I can analyze trends and improve our future compliance strategies."

Description

The Reporting and Analytics Tools requirement involves the development of advanced reporting and analytical capabilities within the Compliance History Archive. Users should be able to generate custom reports based on historical compliance data, along with visualizations that make trends and patterns easily identifiable. This functionality will allow users to analyze their compliance performance over time, make informed decisions, and proactively address any areas of concern, enhancing overall compliance management. The tool should also support exporting reports in various formats (PDF, Excel) for ease of sharing with stakeholders.

Acceptance Criteria

User is a Compliance Officer who needs to generate a custom report on historical compliance data to prepare for an upcoming audit.

Given that the user has selected the 'Compliance History Archive', When the user chooses the 'Generate Report' option and filters the data by date range and compliance type, Then a report should be generated that includes all relevant historical data and is visually represented with charts and graphs.

User wants to visualize compliance trends over the past year to identify areas of improvement.

Given that the user is viewing the Compliance History Archive, When the user selects the 'Trend Visualization' feature for the last 12 months, Then the system should display a dashboard with graphical representations of compliance performance trends, highlighting key metrics and outliers.

User needs to export the compliance report generated for external stakeholders.

Given that a custom compliance report has been generated and displayed on the screen, When the user selects the 'Export' option and chooses the PDF format, Then the system should successfully create and download a PDF version of the report without any loss of data or formatting.

User wants to compare compliance performance across different periods to assess improvements or declines.

Given that the user is using the Reporting and Analytics Tools, When the user selects specific time periods for comparison, Then the system should generate a comparative report showing side-by-side analysis of compliance performance metrics for the selected periods.

User is accessing past compliance reports for a specific compliance standard and needs to retrieve them quickly.

Given that the user is in the Compliance History Archive, When the user searches for compliance reports by entering a specific compliance standard, Then the system should return all relevant reports in a list, sorted by date, within 5 seconds.

User wants to ensure data retention policies are being adhered to by checking the age of stored reports.

Given that the user has accessed the Compliance History Archive, When the user selects the 'Data Retention Policy Check' option, Then the system should display alerts for any compliance reports that are approaching the end of their retention period.

User requires a summary of insights drawn from historical compliance data.

Given that the user is in the Compliance History Archive, When the user selects the 'Insights Summary' option, Then the system should analyze the historical data and present a summary of insights, including recurrent compliance issues and success rates over time.

Audit Trail Logging

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to track all interactions with compliance documents so that I can provide a clear audit trail during compliance reviews and maintain accountability."

Description

The Audit Trail Logging requirement focuses on creating a detailed and secure logging system that tracks all interactions with the Compliance History Archive. This includes logging who accessed or altered documents, time stamps of access, and any changes made to records. A comprehensive audit trail will facilitate accountability and provide valuable insights during audits, ensuring compliance with regulations and internal policies. This feature will help organizations maintain integrity in their compliance processes and provide transparency to auditors.

Acceptance Criteria

Audit Trail Logging for Document Access and Modification Tracking

Given the Compliance History Archive is accessed, when a user views or modifies a document, then the system must log the user ID, timestamp, document ID, and action performed (viewed or modified).

Audit Trail Logging Security and Integrity Validation

Given log entries are generated, when an audit is performed, then all log entries must be securely stored and protected from unauthorized access or alterations.

Audit Trail Reporting Functionality

Given recorded audit trails exist, when a compliance officer requests a report on document access, then the system should generate a summary report that includes user interactions and timestamps for each document over a specific timeframe.

Audit Trail Notification System for Changes

Given a document is modified in the Compliance History Archive, when the change occurs, then the system must notify designated compliance officers with the details of the modification, including who made the change and when.

Audit Trail Visualization in Compliance Dashboard

Given audit trail logs are available, when the compliance dashboard is accessed, then the system must visually display key metrics of document interactions, such as the number of accesses per document and recent modifications, in an easy-to-understand format.

Audit Trail Performance under Load Conditions

Given multiple users are accessing and modifying documents concurrently, when assessing system performance, then the audit trail logging system must log all interactions without delay or data loss, meeting defined performance benchmarks.

Audit Trail Compliance with Data Retention Policies

Given the organization has defined data retention policies, when the audit trail logs are generated, then the system must ensure that log data is retained for the required period as per compliance regulations and policies.

User-Friendly Interface

"As a Compliance Officer, I want an intuitive interface for accessing compliance records so that I can quickly find the information I need without navigating through complicated menus."

Description

The User-Friendly Interface requirement outlines the need for an intuitive and easy-to-navigate user interface for the Compliance History Archive. The design should prioritize user experience, allowing seamless access to compliance documents and historical data retrieval with minimal training. Features should include search functionalities, filtering options, and a streamlined layout to enhance user interaction while ensuring that all necessary information is readily accessible to users. A user-friendly interface will improve productivity and foster user engagement with the system.

Acceptance Criteria

User is a Compliance Officer accessing the Compliance History Archive to retrieve a specific compliance report from the previous quarter for an upcoming audit.

Given that the user is logged in and on the Compliance History Archive page, when the user enters the report date in the search field, then the system should display the corresponding compliance report within 5 seconds.

A user is attempting to filter compliance reports by specific criteria such as date range, compliance type, and status to analyze trends over time.

Given that the user is on the Compliance History Archive page, when the user selects specific filters and clicks 'Apply', then the system should refresh the displayed reports to show only those that meet the selected criteria.

As a new employee in the Compliance department, a user is learning to navigate the Compliance History Archive without prior training.

Given that the new employee accesses the Compliance History Archive for the first time, when they follow the onboarding tutorial, then they should be able to locate and retrieve a compliance report within 3 minutes of starting the tutorial.

A user wants to audit past compliance performance and needs to view a visual representation of compliance trends over the last year.

Given that the user is on the Compliance History Archive dashboard, when they click on the 'Trends' tab, then the system should display a graphical representation of compliance performance trends for the past year with filtering options for different compliance categories.

A Compliance Officer needs to quickly access archived reports to prepare for a quarterly review meeting.

Given that the Compliance Officer is on the main dashboard, when they select the 'Recently Accessed Reports' section, then the system should display the last 10 compliance reports accessed by the user.

A user is searching for compliance documents but is unsure of the exact report name or details.

Given that the user is on the Compliance History Archive page, when they use the search functionality with partial report names or keywords, then the system should return a list of compliant reports that match the search criteria with a relevance ranking.

Access Control Management

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to configure user access levels based on roles so that I can control who can see and edit compliance records, preventing unauthorized access."

Description

The Access Control Management requirement aims to establish granular control over which users can view, edit, or manage compliance documents in the Compliance History Archive. This involves setting user roles and permissions to ensure that only authorized personnel can make changes to compliance records. Implementing a role-based access control system will help protect sensitive information while allowing team members to collaborate effectively on compliance-related tasks. This feature is crucial for adhering to the principle of least privilege, which enhances data security.

Acceptance Criteria

User Access Verification for Compliance Documents

Given that a user is assigned a specific role, when they attempt to access a compliance document, then they should only be able to view the document if their role has the necessary permissions, otherwise access should be denied.

Role Modification Impact Assessment

Given that a compliance officer modifies a user's role, when the role change is saved, then the user should automatically have their permissions updated according to the new role without any manual intervention.

Audit Trail of Access Changes

Given that changes to user roles or permissions are made, when the changes are saved, then an audit log should be created capturing the details of the change, including the user's previous and new roles, and the timestamp of the change.

Multiple User Role Assignment

Given an administrator is setting up roles for multiple users, when they configure roles, then the system should allow for bulk assignment of roles to users while maintaining accuracy and integrity of individual permissions.

Unauthorized Access Attempt Notification

Given that a user attempts to access a compliance document without the appropriate permissions, when the access is denied, then a notification should be logged, and the user should receive a message about their unauthorized access attempt.

Role-Based Permission Hierarchy

Given that different roles have varying levels of access, when a user is assigned a role, then the system should enforce a hierarchy of permissions that clearly defines what actions each role can perform on compliance documents.

Integration with Existing User Management Systems

Given that the Access Control Management feature is implemented, when it integrates with existing user management systems, then it should accurately reflect current users and their roles without duplicating accounts or conflicting permissions.

Data Retention Policy Integration

"As a Compliance Officer, I want the system to automatically handle document retention and deletion according to our policies so that I can ensure compliance with regulations without manual oversight."

Description

The Data Retention Policy Integration requirement focuses on the automatic implementation of data retention policies that comply with legal and regulatory requirements for document retention. The system should be capable of archiving or purging documents based on specified criteria, such as expiration dates or compliance history retention needs. This feature will streamline compliance activities and ensure that businesses meet their obligations regarding data retention, thereby mitigating risks associated with non-compliance and old data maintenance.

Acceptance Criteria

Automatic Archiving of Expired Documents based on Retention Policy

Given a document in the Compliance History Archive that has reached its expiration date, when the system processes data retention policies, then the document should be automatically archived and marked as inactive in the system.

User Access to Historical Compliance Reports

Given a Compliance Officer seeking past compliance reports, when they search for a specific report within the Compliance History Archive, then the system should return the appropriate historical compliance report in less than 3 seconds.

Compliance History Retention Criteria Management

Given an administrator configuring retention policies, when they define the retention criteria for compliance documents in the system, then the criteria should be saved correctly and applied to all relevant documents based on the specified expiration dates.

Generating Alerts for Document Purging

Given a document that is eligible for purging based on the defined retention policy, when the purge date approaches, then the system should generate an alert to the Compliance Officer 30 days in advance of the scheduled purge.

Audit Trail of Archived and Purged Documents

Given an action has been taken on a document (archived or purged), when the Compliance Officer views the audit logs, then they should see an entry that includes the document ID, action taken, date, and user responsible.

Notifications and Alerts System

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to receive alerts about compliance deadlines and updates so that I can ensure we meet all regulatory requirements on time."

Description

The Notifications and Alerts System requirement includes developing a feature that sends timely notifications to users regarding compliance deadlines, updates to compliance standards, and changes in the status of archived documents. This will help users stay informed about critical compliance-related activities and foster proactive management of compliance tasks. The notifications can be integrated with email and mobile alerts to ensure users receive important information wherever they are, thereby enhancing compliance awareness and prompt action.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives timely notifications for upcoming compliance deadlines.

Given a compliance deadline is approaching, when the deadline is within 7 days, then the user should receive an email notification and a mobile alert informing them of the upcoming compliance deadline.

User is notified of updates to compliance standards relevant to their industry.

Given there is an update to compliance standards, when the update is published, then all users subscribed to that standard should receive an email notification detailing the changes within 24 hours of the publication.

Users get alerts when changes occur in the status of archived compliance documents.

Given a compliance document's status changes (e.g., reviewed, approved, or rejected), when the change occurs, then the user who requested the status update should receive a notification via email and mobile alert immediately.

Historical compliance report retrieval is facilitated through notifications.

Given a user accesses the Compliance History Archive, when they have not retrieved a compliance report within the last 12 months, then the user should receive a reminder notification via email indicating they may want to review their historical compliance data.

Users can customize their notification preferences based on the type of alerts they wish to receive.

Given a user wants to set their notification preferences, when they access the settings within the Notifications and Alerts System, then they should be able to select which types of notifications (deadlines, updates, document status) they want to receive and through which channels (email, mobile) before saving the preferences.

Compliance Officers track trends based on alert history.

Given a Compliance Officer wants to evaluate past notifications, when they access the reporting dashboard, then they should be able to view a historical log of received notifications, filtered by type and date range, to identify trends in compliance management.

Interactive Compliance Checklist

The Interactive Compliance Checklist provides a step-by-step guide to ensure all necessary actions are completed for compliance reporting. Users can track their progress against requirements in real-time, enhancing accountability and ensuring no critical step is overlooked. This feature simplifies compliance management, making it easier for Compliance Officers to meet deadlines.

Requirements

Real-time Progress Tracking

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to see real-time updates on my compliance checklist progress so that I can manage my tasks more effectively and ensure all necessary actions are completed on time."

Description

The Real-time Progress Tracking requirement allows users to monitor their compliance tasks as they complete them. This functionality includes visual progress indicators, notifications for overdue tasks, and the ability to generate reports on completed actions. By providing a dynamic and interactive platform for tracking compliance activities, this requirement enhances visibility and accountability for Compliance Officers, ensuring that all steps are being followed accurately and deadlines are met effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Compliance Officer utilizes the Interactive Compliance Checklist to monitor the progress of compliance tasks during a quarterly reporting cycle.

Given the Compliance Officer is logged into EcoTrax, when they navigate to the Interactive Compliance Checklist, then they should see a visual progress indicator reflecting the percentage of completed tasks and identify any overdue tasks clearly highlighted.

A Compliance Officer reviews the real-time notifications for overdue tasks within the Interactive Compliance Checklist feature before a compliance deadline.

Given that a task is overdue, when the Compliance Officer accesses their notifications, then they should receive an alert detailing the overdue task and the specific deadline that was missed.

A Compliance Officer generates a report for completed compliance actions at the end of the monthly reporting period.

Given the Compliance Officer selects the report generation option on the Interactive Compliance Checklist, when they request the report, then a downloadable report should be generated outlining all completed actions with timestamps and assigned personnel.

A user finishes a compliance task and marks it as complete using the Interactive Compliance Checklist in EcoTrax.

Given a user has completed a compliance task, when they mark the task as complete, then the progress indicator should update immediately to reflect the new percentage of completed tasks and the task should disappear from the list of pending tasks.

Compliance Officer applies filters to view specific compliance tasks in the Interactive Compliance Checklist for a particular time frame.

Given the Compliance Officer wants to view tasks for a specific month, when they apply the date filter in the Interactive Compliance Checklist, then only tasks that fall within the selected time frame should be displayed.

A Compliance Officer personalizes their dashboard to include the Interactive Compliance Checklist for easy access.

Given the Compliance Officer wants to customize their dashboard, when they add the Interactive Compliance Checklist widget, then the checklist should appear on their dashboard, allowing quick access without additional navigation.

The Compliance Officer collaborates with team members on specific compliance tasks listed in the Interactive Compliance Checklist.

Given two or more users are assigned to a compliance task, when one user comments on the task, then all assigned users should receive a notification of the comment and be able to view the discussion thread within the task's details.

Task Assignment and Role Management

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to assign specific compliance tasks to my team members so that I can ensure everyone understands their responsibilities and completes their tasks on time."

Description

The Task Assignment and Role Management requirement enables Compliance Officers to assign specific compliance tasks to team members based on their roles and responsibilities within the organization. This feature includes functionality for defining user roles, assigning tasks, and tracking accountability for each task. By simplifying the delegation of responsibilities and clarifying roles, it helps teams work together more efficiently and ensures that nothing critical is overlooked during the compliance process.

Acceptance Criteria

Task Assignment by Compliance Officers during Team Meeting

Given a Compliance Officer is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when they navigate to the 'Task Assignment' section, then they should be able to assign compliance tasks to any team member based on their pre-defined roles.

Role Definition and Management

Given a Compliance Officer wants to define user roles, when they access the 'Role Management' feature, then they should be able to create, edit, and delete user roles without any errors.

Tracking Assigned Tasks Progress

Given a Compliance Officer has assigned tasks to team members, when they view the 'Task Overview' dashboard, then they should be able to see real-time updates on the status of each assigned task.

Notifications for Task Deadlines

Given a Compliance Officer has assigned tasks with specific deadlines, when the deadline approaches, then all team members assigned to the tasks should receive automated reminders via email and in-app notifications.

Escalation of Overdue Tasks

Given a task assigned to a team member has not been completed by its deadline, when the Compliance Officer checks the 'Overdue Tasks' report, then they should be able to see which tasks are overdue and have the option to escalate them to higher management.

Role-Based Access Control

Given different user roles have been established within the EcoTrax platform, when a user attempts to access features not permitted by their role, then they should receive a notification indicating insufficient permissions to access that feature.

Audit Trail for Task Assignments

Given tasks are assigned within the EcoTrax platform, when a Compliance Officer reviews the task assignment history, then they should see a complete audit trail including timestamps, user actions, and changes made to task assignments.

Automated Compliance Updates

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to receive automated notifications about compliance deadlines and updates so that I can stay informed and proactive about changing regulations."

Description

The Automated Compliance Updates requirement will send notifications and reminders to users for compliance deadlines and updates based on regulatory changes. This feature will integrate with compliance databases to ensure users are always informed about relevant regulations, enhancing their ability to comply and reducing the risk of penalties. By automating updates, this requirement simplifies compliance management and keeps users proactive in their compliance efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification for a compliance deadline approaching in 7 days.

Given a compliance deadline is set for a task, when 7 days remain until the deadline, then the user should receive a notification via email and in-app alert.

User is informed of a regulatory change impacting their compliance process.

Given a regulatory change occurs in the compliance database, when the user logs into the EcoTrax platform, then they should see a prominent alert banner indicating the regulatory change and its implications.

User receives reminders for compliance updates on a monthly basis.

Given the compliance timeline includes monthly updates, when a month has passed since the last reminder, then the user should receive a reminder notification via email and app alert.

User can view a history of compliance notifications and updates.

Given the user has received several notifications, when they access the compliance notifications history section, then they should see a chronological list of all notifications with corresponding dates and times.

User updates compliance tasks based on notifications received.

Given the user has received notifications regarding compliance tasks, when they mark tasks as complete in the Interactive Compliance Checklist, then the status of those tasks should reflect as 'Completed' in both the checklist and notifications history.

User can customize notification settings for compliance updates.

Given the user accesses notification settings, when they adjust preferences for frequency and type of notifications, then the system should save these settings and reflect them in subsequent notifications.

User receives an error notification when compliance updates fail to sync with the compliance database.

Given a failure occurs in syncing compliance updates with the database, when the user attempts to check for updates, then they should receive an error notification explaining the issue and guidance on next steps.

Interactive Document Repository

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to have a centralized repository for all compliance documents so that I can easily access and manage the files I need for compliance reporting."

Description

The Interactive Document Repository requirement provides a centralized location for storing and accessing all compliance-related documents. Users can upload, categorize, and easily retrieve documents relevant to compliance tasks. This feature improves efficiency by minimizing the time spent searching for documents and ensures that all necessary files are readily accessible during compliance checks and audits, thereby enhancing accuracy and organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a compliance-related document to the Interactive Document Repository.

Given a user is logged into EcoTrax, when they upload a document, then the document should be stored in the repository with the correct categorization and timestamp, and the user should receive a confirmation message.

User retrieves a document from the Interactive Document Repository for compliance reporting.

Given a user is in the repository, when they search for a specific document, then they should be able to find it within 30 seconds using keywords, and the document should display the correct metadata including date of upload and category.

User categorizes documents in the Interactive Document Repository.

Given a user uploads a document, when they assign a category, then the document should be displayed under the selected category and be accessible via the category filter.

User deletes a compliance-related document from the Interactive Document Repository.

Given a user has permission to edit documents, when they delete a document from the repository, then the document should no longer be accessible, and a confirmation prompt should appear before deletion.

User accesses the Interactive Document Repository during a compliance audit.

Given an auditor is logged into the system, when they access the repository, then they should see all documents relevant to their audit criteria, sorted by relevance and date, with no missing documents appearing in error.

User updates the metadata of a document in the Interactive Document Repository.

Given a user is managing a document, when they update its metadata, then the changes should be saved immediately, and the updated information should reflect in the document details.

Multiple users upload documents concurrently to the Interactive Document Repository.

Given multiple users are logged in and uploading documents, when the uploads are completed, then all documents should be successfully stored without errors, and each user should receive a confirmation message tailored to their upload.

Customizable Compliance Reporting

"As a Compliance Officer, I want to create customizable compliance reports so that I can present the data in a format that is most useful for my management and stakeholders."

Description

The Customizable Compliance Reporting requirement allows users to generate compliance reports tailored to their specific needs. Users can select the criteria for reporting, including time periods, completed tasks, and outstanding actions. This flexibility in reporting enhances the utility of generated documents for different stakeholders, enabling Compliance Officers to present data in a way that supports management decision-making and demonstrates compliance effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Interactive Compliance Checklist for Generating Custom Reports

Given a Compliance Officer is on the Customizable Compliance Reporting page, when they select the criteria for reporting and click 'Generate Report', then a report that meets all selected criteria is created without errors.

Flexibility in Time Period Selection

Given a user is creating a compliance report, when they select a custom time period from the provided options, then the report accurately reflects data only within the selected time frame.

Tracking Outstanding Actions in Reports

Given a Compliance Officer generates a compliance report, when the report is viewed, then it clearly highlights all outstanding actions along with their due dates and responsible parties.

User Interface Intuitiveness

Given a new user accesses the Interactive Compliance Checklist for the first time, when they navigate through the checklist, then they can complete the checklist tasks without external help or needing a manual.

Compatibility with Various Stakeholders

Given a Compliance Officer has generated a compliance report, when they share it with different stakeholders (e.g., management, legal, regulatory bodies), then the report is easily understandable and serves the specific needs of each stakeholder group.

Validation of Completed Tasks

Given a Compliance Officer selects completed tasks for the report, when they generate the report, then the report accurately indicates which tasks have been completed and ensures all completed tasks are included.

Error Handling During Report Generation

Given a Compliance Officer is generating a report, when there is an issue such as missing data or an invalid selection, then the system provides a clear error message indicating the problem and how to resolve it.

Efficiency Overview

The Efficiency Overview feature presents a holistic view of resource utilization across energy, waste, and emissions in an intuitive dashboard. By highlighting key performance indicators (KPIs), users can quickly grasp their organization's efficiency metrics, allowing Operations Managers to identify areas that require immediate attention. This streamlined visualization enhances strategic decision-making and fosters an proactive approach to resource optimization.

Requirements

Real-Time Data Integration

"As an Operations Manager, I want real-time integration of data from IoT sensors so that I can monitor our energy, waste, and emissions immediately, leading to quicker strategic decisions."

Description

The Real-Time Data Integration requirement ensures that EcoTrax can seamlessly connect and communicate with various IoT sensors and existing systems used by SMEs for monitoring energy, waste, and emissions. This capability allows for the continuous flow of accurate data into the EcoTrax platform, enabling the system to provide up-to-the-minute analytics and performance feedback. It is crucial for enhancing the user experience by delivering real-time insights and facilitating immediate action on sustainability measures. By integrating data from multiple sources, users can make informed decisions that drive efficiency and compliance with sustainability regulations.

Acceptance Criteria

Integrating IoT sensors for energy monitoring.

Given that IoT energy sensors are connected, when the EcoTrax platform receives data from these sensors, then the energy consumption metrics should update in real-time on the dashboard.

Real-time data flow from waste management systems.

Given that a waste management system is linked to EcoTrax, when waste data is logged, then the analytics dashboard should reflect the updated waste metrics within 1 minute.

Connecting emissions data from various sources.

Given that emissions data sources are integrated, when the EcoTrax platform retrieves this data, then the emissions performance indicators should accurately display the latest metrics without any data lag.

User accessing efficiency overview dashboard.

Given the user is on the Efficiency Overview dashboard, when the user requests real-time updates, then the dashboard should refresh automatically every 30 seconds to reflect the latest integrated data.

Verifying system integration capabilities with third-party software.

Given that third-party software is aligned with EcoTrax, when the data is transferred between these systems, then the integration should occur without errors and maintain data integrity.

Monitoring and analyzing KPI changes in real-time.

Given that integrated data is streaming, when a user analyzes the KPI metrics, then any fluctuations should be visible within the dashboard in real-time, enabling prompt action from users.

Ensuring data accuracy during peak usage.

Given that EcoTrax is handling data from multiple sources, when the system experiences peak usage, then the data accuracy should remain above 95% as verified against source data.

KPI Customization Dashboard

"As an Operations Manager, I want to customize the KPIs displayed on my dashboard so that I can focus on the metrics that matter most to my organization's sustainability goals."

Description

The KPI Customization Dashboard requirement allows users to define and customize the key performance indicators (KPIs) that they wish to monitor in the EcoTrax platform. Users can select from predefined metrics or input their own, enabling organizations to tailor their sustainability monitoring efforts to align with specific goals and strategies. This feature enhances user engagement and ensures that the displayed metrics are relevant to their operational needs, thereby providing targeted insights for decision-making and strategic planning. By enabling customization, EcoTrax can cater to diverse business needs and drive user satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

KPI Selection and Customization Process

Given an Operations Manager accesses the KPI Customization Dashboard, When they select from the predefined metrics and input a custom metric, Then the selected metrics should be saved accurately in the user's profile and displayed on the Efficiency Overview dashboard.

Validation of Selected KPIs

Given an Operations Manager has saved custom KPIs, When they return to the KPI Customization Dashboard, Then the saved KPIs should be listed correctly, and any changes made will reflect on the Efficiency Overview dashboard immediately.

Metrics Display Consistency

Given multiple users with different customized KPIs, When they access the Efficiency Overview dashboard, Then each user should see their respective KPIs displayed accurately according to their custom settings without any overlap or error.

User Access and Permissions Validation

Given an Operations Manager modifies KPI settings, When another user with restricted access views the KPI Customization Dashboard, Then they should only see the KPIs allowed by their permission level, with no access to modify the settings.

Custom KPI Data Integration

Given that the Operations Manager has selected a custom KPI that integrates with IoT data sources, When real-time data is received from the sensor, Then the KPI should update dynamically on the Efficiency Overview dashboard without delay.

User Feedback Mechanism

Given an Operations Manager interacts with the KPI Customization Dashboard, When they submit feedback on the usability of the customization feature, Then their feedback should be recorded in the system for future improvements and can be accessed by the development team.

Error Handling for Invalid Inputs

Given an Operations Manager inputs an invalid custom KPI format, When they attempt to save, Then an error message should be displayed indicating the issue, and no changes should be saved until the error is resolved.

Automated Reporting Tools

"As an Operations Manager, I want automated reporting tools so that I can easily generate compliance reports without spending excessive time on manual data compilation."

Description

The Automated Reporting Tools requirement streamlines the generation of reports on resource utilization, emissions, and compliance for SMEs. This feature enables users to automate the creation of detailed reports, reducing manual effort and ensuring accuracy. By providing templates and customizable options, users can generate reports that meet regulatory requirements and serve internal visibility purposes. This capability not only saves time but also supports organizations in demonstrating their sustainability efforts to stakeholders and regulatory bodies, ultimately facilitating continuous improvement and accountability.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Reporting for Monthly Sustainability Reports

Given that the user has selected the 'Automated Reporting' feature, when they choose the 'Monthly Sustainability Report' template and input the required parameters, then the system should generate and present the report within 30 seconds, accessible for download in PDF format.

Customizable Reporting Templates

Given that the user is on the reporting dashboard, when they customize a reporting template by modifying at least 3 fields (e.g., date range, KPIs included, report format), then the system must save the template and allow the user to generate a report based on the customized settings without losing data integrity.

Real-time Data Integration in Reports

Given that the system is connected to at least one IoT sensor for monitoring resource utilization, when the user generates a report, then the report should reflect the most recent data pulled from the IoT sensor, ensuring that it is updated within 1 minute of the most recent data submission.

Regulatory Compliance Reporting

Given that the user needs to submit a compliance report to a regulatory body, when they select the 'Regulatory Compliance Report' template, then the system should ensure that all required fields are pre-filled according to the latest regulations and alert the user if any mandatory information is missing before generating the report.

Stakeholder Report Generation

Given that an Operations Manager is preparing a stakeholder report, when they use the reporting tool to include multiple KPIs and comparative metrics, then the generated report must include visual charts and graphs to enhance understanding, and the layout must be printed-friendly, passing a layout check for presentation.

Audit Trail for Reports Generated

Given that the user has generated a report, when they view the report history, then the system must display an audit trail that includes timestamps, report types created, and user identification for each report generated over the last 12 months.

Predictive Analytics Engine

"As an Operations Manager, I want predictive analytics capabilities so that I can foresee potential inefficiencies and address them before they impact our sustainability performance."

Description

The Predictive Analytics Engine requirement equips EcoTrax with the capability to analyze historical data and forecast future trends in sustainability metrics. This feature employs advanced algorithms and machine learning techniques to identify patterns and suggest proactive strategies for resource optimization and waste reduction. By embracing predictive analytics, organizations can anticipate issues, enhance operational efficiency, and make data-driven decisions that align with their sustainability objectives. This feature positions EcoTrax as a leader in intelligent sustainability management, offering users valuable insights into future performance trends.

Acceptance Criteria

Efficiency Overview Dashboard Access for Operations Managers

Given an Operations Manager is logged into EcoTrax, when they navigate to the Efficiency Overview feature, then they should see an intuitive dashboard displaying real-time KPIs for energy, waste, and emissions utilization.

Data Integration for Predictive Analytics Engine

Given that EcoTrax is connected to IoT sensors and existing systems, when data is collected for at least 30 days, then the Predictive Analytics Engine should successfully analyze the historical data and prepare forecasts for future trends.

Proactive Strategy Recommendations from Predictive Analytics

Given that the Predictive Analytics Engine has analyzed historical data, when the results are generated, then it should provide at least three actionable strategies for resource optimization and waste reduction based on identified patterns.

User Feedback on Predictive Analytics Accuracy

Given that Operations Managers have used the predictive insights for one month, when they provide feedback on the accuracy and relevance of the analytics, then 80% of the feedback should indicate that the predictions were accurate and helpful.

Efficiency Improvement Tracking Post-Implementation

Given that the Predictive Analytics Engine is in use, when comparing operational data before and after implementation, then there should be at least a 10% improvement in efficiency metrics related to energy use and waste generation after three months.

Predictive Analytics Alerts for Resource Optimization

Given the predictive analytics engine is functioning, when a potential resource issue is identified, then the system should send an automated alert to the Operations Manager within 24 hours of detection, detailing the anticipated issue and recommended actions.

User Training Completion for Predictive Analytics Tools

Given that training sessions are held for the Predictive Analytics feature, when the training is completed, then at least 90% of participants should report confidence in using the tool for operational decision-making.

Enhanced User Access Controls

"As an Administrator, I want enhanced user access controls so that I can ensure that sensitive sustainability data is protected while allowing team members to collaborate effectively."

Description

The Enhanced User Access Controls requirement provides a robust framework for managing user permissions and access levels within the EcoTrax platform. This feature allows administrators to define roles and restrict access to sensitive data based on user responsibilities, ensuring data privacy and security. By implementing strong access controls, organizations can safeguard their proprietary information and compliance data while fostering collaboration among team members. This feature is critical for promoting responsible data usage and protecting the integrity of sustainability metrics reported in the system.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role Creation and Management in EcoTrax for Enhanced Access Control

Given an administrator is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when they create a new user role with specific permissions, then the role should be successfully saved and allow the administrator to assign users to it with the defined access level.

Access Restriction Based on User Roles in EcoTrax

Given a user is assigned a specific role with limited access, when they attempt to access a restricted data feature, then the system should display an access denied message and prevent any data access.

Audit Trail Functionality for User Access in EcoTrax

Given the Enhanced User Access Controls are implemented, when an administrator views the audit trail, then they should see a complete log of user access attempts, including successful and denied attempts, timestamp, and user details.

User Permission Adjustment in EcoTrax

Given an administrator has access to user management settings, when they modify a user's permissions, then the changes should be reflected in real-time and the user should be notified of the updated access rights.

Role-Based Dashboard Customization in EcoTrax

Given a user logs into EcoTrax, when their assigned role is loaded, then they should see a dashboard customized to their access level, displaying only relevant KPIs and metrics according to their permissions.

Testing the Compliance of Enhanced User Access Controls

Given the Enhanced User Access Controls are in place, when a compliance audit is conducted, then the system should demonstrate proper user access management in alignment with data security regulations.

Mobile Accessibility

"As an Operations Manager, I want to access EcoTrax on my mobile device so that I can manage sustainability initiatives while I am away from the office."

Description

The Mobile Accessibility requirement enables users to access the EcoTrax platform and its features via mobile devices. This feature enhances user flexibility, allowing Operations Managers and teams to monitor sustainability metrics and respond to alerts anytime and anywhere. By providing a mobile-friendly interface, EcoTrax caters to the increasingly on-the-go lifestyle of modern business professionals. This accessibility aids in driving engagement and ensures that users are equipped to make timely decisions that affect sustainability practices in real-time.

Acceptance Criteria

Operations Managers need to access the EcoTrax platform while on-site at a manufacturing facility to monitor energy consumption alerts.

Given an Operations Manager is logged into the EcoTrax mobile application, when they access the Efficiency Overview dashboard, then they should see real-time data on energy consumption and alerts for any anomalies.

Team members wish to review their weekly sustainability metrics during a remote team meeting using their mobile devices.

Given a team member is connected to the internet, when they open the EcoTrax mobile application and navigate to the Efficiency Overview feature, then they should be able to view and filter sustainability metrics for the past week without any loading delays.

An Operations Manager needs to analyze waste management KPIs while traveling to a business conference.

Given the Operations Manager has accessed the EcoTrax mobile application, when they click on the waste management section of the Efficiency Overview, then they should be able to view a detailed breakdown of waste metrics and trends for the last month.

A user is setting up notifications for emissions thresholds through the EcoTrax mobile app while commuting.

Given the user is logged into their EcoTrax mobile app, when they navigate to the notifications settings, then they should successfully create, edit, and save a notification for specific emissions thresholds without errors.

Several users attempt to access the EcoTrax platform simultaneously on mobile to ensure system capacity.

Given multiple users are logging into the EcoTrax mobile application at the same time, when the users attempt to access the Efficiency Overview, then the application should perform with a response time of less than 3 seconds for all users.

An Operations Manager needs to compare energy efficiency across different departments using the mobile interface.

Given the Operations Manager is using the EcoTrax mobile application, when they select different departments from a dropdown menu in the Efficiency Overview, then they should be able to view side-by-side comparisons of energy efficiency metrics for each selected department.

Actionable Insights

Actionable Insights transform raw data into clear, prioritized recommendations for resource optimization. This feature analyzes current performance against industry benchmarks and past metrics, offering tailored strategies that are easy to implement. By empowering users to take targeted actions, this feature supports the continuous improvement of sustainability initiatives, ultimately driving cost savings and environmental impact.

Requirements

Data Integration

"As an SME manager, I want EcoTrax to connect with my existing IoT devices so that I can easily collect data needed for sustainability analytics without manual input."

Description

The Data Integration requirement facilitates seamless communication between EcoTrax and various IoT sensors and existing systems used by SMEs. This integration allows for the automatic collection and aggregation of sustainability-related data, ensuring real-time updates and accuracy. By enabling compatibility with multiple data sources, it enhances the functionality of Actionable Insights by providing a comprehensive view of performance metrics. The successful implementation of this requirement will result in a smoother user experience, as the system will readily display the most up-to-date information for analysis and decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Data is collected from multiple IoT sensors placed across the SME's premises and integrated into the EcoTrax platform.

Given the IoT sensors are active and reporting, when the EcoTrax system retrieves the data, then all sustainability metrics from these sensors should be displayed accurately in the dashboard within 5 seconds.

An SME conducts a weekly review of its sustainability performance using EcoTrax after integrating all relevant data sources.

Given that the data integration is complete, when the user requests the performance report, then the report should reflect real-time updates and include analytics from all connected data sources, without any data discrepancies.

A user wants to assess historical performance metrics to make informed decisions about resource optimization based on past data.

Given that the integration has pulled historical data into EcoTrax, when the user selects the historical data analysis function, then the system should display charts and graphs representing at least 12 months of past performance data correctly.

A user has set up alerts based on data trends from the connected IoT sensors to maintain sustainability goals.

Given that the data integration is functioning correctly, when a predefined threshold is triggered by the sensor data, then the user should receive an alert notification via email and within the app within 2 minutes of the threshold breach.

The SME implements a new IoT sensor for waste management that needs to be integrated with EcoTrax's existing data system.

Given the new sensor is installed and configured, when it starts transmitting data, then the EcoTrax platform should automatically recognize and include this new sensor data in the analytics within one hour of its activation.

An administrator wants to ensure that the integration system can handle large volumes of data during peak usage times.

Given that the system is operational, when subjected to peak data loads of over 10,000 data points per minute, then the EcoTrax platform should maintain a response time of less than 4 seconds for data retrieval operations.

A user is troubleshooting connectivity issues between EcoTrax and an existing system that provides energy consumption data.

Given potential connectivity issues, when the user performs a test on the data integration module, then the system should provide a clear diagnostic report indicating successful connections or specific failures within 3 minutes of the test.

User Customization

"As a sustainability officer, I want to customize my dashboard in EcoTrax so that I can focus on the metrics that matter most to my organization’s sustainability goals."

Description

The User Customization requirement allows users to tailor the Actionable Insights dashboard according to their specific preferences and organizational goals. Users can select metrics to prioritize, visualization types, and notifications that align with their sustainability initiatives. By providing customization options, this feature enhances user engagement and ensures that the insights are relevant and actionable. The ability to personalize the dashboard facilitates a better user experience and encourages ongoing interaction with the data, ultimately fostering a culture of continuous improvement in sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to customize the Actionable Insights dashboard to focus on waste reduction metrics for their organization, selecting specific metrics to prioritize and visualization preferences.

Given the user is on the dashboard customization page, When the user selects waste reduction metrics and chooses their preferred visualization type, Then the dashboard should reflect these selections and prioritize these metrics accordingly.

User receives notifications from the Actionable Insights dashboard regarding performance updates and actionable steps relevant to their selected metrics.

Given the user has selected notification preferences for their dashboard, When there is an update on the performance of the selected metrics, Then the user should receive an email or in-app notification as specified in their preferences.

User wants to revert to the default settings of the Actionable Insights dashboard after previously customizing it.

Given the user has customized the dashboard settings, When the user selects the 'Reset to Default' option, Then the dashboard should revert to the original default layout and metric settings.

User customizes the dashboard to include both energy consumption and emissions metrics for monitoring performance.

Given the user is in the dashboard customization section, When the user selects both energy and emissions metrics to display, Then the dashboard should show both selected metrics with appropriate visualizations as chosen by the user.

User is utilizing the Actionable Insights dashboard for the first time and wants to know how to customize it according to their needs.

Given the user is logging into the Actionable Insights dashboard for the first time, When the user clicks on the 'Help' or 'Tutorial' section, Then the user should receive guidance on how to effectively customize their dashboard based on their objectives.

User wants to save their customized dashboard settings for future use while ensuring they are applied consistently.

Given the user has made customizations to their dashboard, When the user clicks the 'Save' button, Then the customized settings should be saved and applied every time the user logs into the dashboard thereafter.

Benchmarking Analysis

"As a business leader, I want EcoTrax to provide benchmarking data so that I can understand how my company’s sustainability performance compares to others in my industry."

Description

The Benchmarking Analysis requirement enables EcoTrax to compare the SME's performance against industry standards and best practices. This feature will involve collecting data from reliable external sources to create relevant benchmarks that users can reference. By visualizing where the SME stands in relation to peers, users can identify areas for improvement and growth. This requirement is vital for empowering decision-makers with insights that are not only reflective of internal performance but also contextualized within the broader industry. This relevant comparison aids in strategic planning for enhanced sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Benchmarking Analysis dashboard to assess their sustainability performance against industry standards.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrax, when they select the 'Benchmarking Analysis' feature, then they should see a dashboard displaying visual comparisons between their performance and relevant industry benchmarks across multiple metrics.

User is receiving actionable recommendations based on their Benchmarking Analysis results.

Given the user has accessed the Benchmarking Analysis, when the system analyzes their data against benchmarks, then it provides at least three specific, tailored recommendations for improvement based on the results.

User attempts to export the Benchmarking Analysis report for further analysis.

Given the user is on the Benchmarking Analysis page, when they click the 'Export Report' button, then they should receive a downloadable report in PDF format containing the benchmarking data and visualizations.

User is reviewing a historical comparison over the last year to track improvements in sustainability performance.

Given the user has historical data available, when they select the 'Yearly Comparison' option, then they should see a graphical representation of performance changes over the past year alongside the industry benchmarks.

User accesses the Benchmarking Analysis feature for the first time and needs guidance.

Given the user is accessing the Benchmarking Analysis for the first time, when they enter the feature, then they should see a tutorial overlay explaining the key components and functionalities of the dashboard.

User needs to compare results with a specific competitor within their industry.

Given the user is viewing their Benchmarking Analysis, when they input a competitor's name in the comparison field, then the system should fetch and display the competitor's benchmarking data alongside their own performance metrics.

User requires validation of the data sources used for establishing benchmarks.

Given the user wants to know the source of the benchmarking data, when they click on the 'Data Sources' link, then they should see a list of reputable sources and standards used to compile the benchmarks.

Automated Reporting

"As an operations manager, I want EcoTrax to automatically generate performance reports so that I can focus on analysis rather than data collection and reporting tasks."

Description

The Automated Reporting requirement allows EcoTrax to generate periodic reports on sustainability performance without manual intervention. This feature will pull data from ongoing analyses and summarize insights into a visually engaging format that can be shared with stakeholders. By automating the reporting process, this functionality saves time and resources for SMEs, ensuring regular updates on sustainability metrics. The expected outcome is improved transparency and communication of sustainability efforts both internally and externally, enhancing the organization’s credibility in sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

Generating a Monthly Sustainability Report for Stakeholders

Given that the user has set up the automated reporting feature and scheduled a monthly report, when the report generation is triggered, then the system should produce a report that includes metrics on energy consumption, waste management, and carbon emissions presented in a visually engaging format, ready for download.

User Customization of Report Contents

Given that the user has access to the report customization settings, when the user selects specific metrics to include in the report, then the generated report should reflect the user's selections without including any non-selected metrics.

Sending Automated Reports to Stakeholders

Given that the automated reporting feature has been configured for email distribution, when a report is generated, then the system should automatically send the report to the specified email addresses of stakeholders with a confirmation flag sent to the user who initiated the report.

Reviewing Performance Metrics Against Benchmarks

Given that the automated report includes industry benchmarks, when the user accesses the report, then they should see a clear comparison of their performance metrics against the benchmarks, highlighted visually to indicate areas of improvement or commendation.

Ensuring Data Accuracy in Reports

Given that the data for the report comes from connected IoT sensors and databases, when the report is generated, then the information presented in the report must match the latest available data from the source systems with an accuracy of 95% or higher.

Accessibility of Generated Reports

Given that the user has generated a report, when they attempt to access the report through the EcoTrax framework, then the report should be accessible from the user's dashboard with appropriate permissions in place, ensuring only authorized users can view sensitive data.

Predictive Analytics

"As a data analyst, I want EcoTrax to analyze past performance data so that I can predict future sustainability outcomes and implement strategies effectively."

Description

The Predictive Analytics requirement introduces machine learning algorithms to forecast future sustainability performance based on historical data trends. This feature will provide users with insights on potential future outcomes, enabling proactive decision-making and strategy refinement. By identifying patterns in resource optimization and emissions reduction, users can predict the effectiveness of proposed initiatives before implementation. This requirement is crucial for users looking to leverage data for strategic planning, making EcoTrax a powerful tool in driving sustainable business practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Predictive Analytics feature to forecast future sustainability performance for their organization based on historical data trends.

Given a user has historical data available, when they select the Predictive Analytics feature, then they should be presented with a forecast report that outlines predicted outcomes for resource optimization and emissions reduction.

User inputs their current resources and emissions data to receive predictive insights.

Given a user enters current data on resource usage and emissions, when they run the predictive analysis, then they should receive tailored recommendations for improvement based on the analysis.

User reviews the effectiveness of proposed sustainability initiatives through the Predictive Analytics feature.

Given a user has proposed initiatives, when they evaluate these through the Predictive Analytics, then they should see a predicted success rate of these initiatives compared to historical data and benchmarks.

User integrates IoT sensor data into the Predictive Analytics for real-time insights.

Given the integration of IoT sensors with EcoTrax, when the user reviews predictive analytics, then it should reflect real-time data trends in the forecasts provided.

User compares their organization’s performance with industry benchmarks through the Predictive Analytics feature.

Given the user wants to assess their performance against industry standards, when they use the Predictive Analytics feature, then they should see their metrics compared to relevant industry benchmarks provided as part of the analysis.

User uses the predictive analytics insights to form a strategy for upcoming sustainability initiatives.

Given the predictive analytics insights are available, when the user creates a strategy based on these insights, then they should be able to save this strategy for future reference and implementation.

Goal Setting Tracker

The Goal Setting Tracker allows users to establish specific, measurable goals for resource efficiency based on the Scorecard's evaluation. This feature facilitates tracking progress towards these goals over time, providing visual indicators of success and areas where further improvements are needed. By promoting accountability and motivating teams, this tool cultivates a culture of proactive resource management.

Requirements

Goal Definition Interface

"As a sustainability manager, I want to define specific and measurable goals for resource efficiency so that I can track progress and make informed decisions about our sustainability initiatives."

Description

The Goal Definition Interface allows users to create, edit, and delete specific and measurable sustainability goals related to energy, waste, and emissions based on the insights derived from the Scorecard. This feature is crucial for establishing personalized objectives aligned with the overall sustainability strategy of the organization. It will include predefined templates for common goals, customizable metrics, and the ability to set deadlines and accountability for team members. The integration with real-time analytics ensures users can see the potential impact of their goals immediately, fostering a data-driven approach to sustainability management.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects 'Create New Goal' from the Goal Definition Interface and inputs details for a new sustainability goal.

Given the user is on the Goal Definition Interface, when they click 'Create New Goal' and fill in all required fields (goal title, type, measurement metrics, deadline), then the new goal should be saved and displayed in the user's goal list.

User edits an existing sustainability goal in the Goal Definition Interface.

Given the user selects an existing goal from their goal list, when they update the fields and click 'Save', then the changes should be reflected in the goal list immediately and persist after a page refresh.

User attempts to set a deadline for a sustainability goal that is in the past.

Given the user is on the Goal Definition Interface, when they input a past date as the goal deadline and submit, then an error message should be displayed indicating that the deadline cannot be in the past.

User deletes a sustainability goal from the Goal Definition Interface.

Given the user selects a goal from their goal list and clicks 'Delete', when they confirm the deletion, then the goal should be removed from the list and not retrievable thereafter.

User views predefined templates for common sustainability goals in the Goal Definition Interface.

Given the user is on the Goal Definition Interface, when they click on 'Predefined Templates', then a list of common templates should be displayed for selection, with details on each template's metrics and deadlines.

User integrates the Goal Definition Interface with real-time analytics to assess the impact of their goals.

Given the user has set a new sustainability goal, when they access the real-time analytics section, then the system should display projected impacts based on the goal they set, including potential savings and reductions in emissions.

User assigns accountability for a sustainability goal to a team member.

Given the user creates a new goal in the Goal Definition Interface, when they assign it to a specific team member, then the team member should receive a notification and see the goal listed under their assigned responsibilities.

Progress Visualization Dashboard

"As a team leader, I want to visualize our progress towards sustainability goals so that I can motivate my team and make necessary adjustments to our strategies."

Description

The Progress Visualization Dashboard provides users with a graphical representation of their sustainability goals and progress over time. This feature includes various visualization options such as graphs, charts, and gauges that update in real-time to reflect current performance against set targets. It also highlights areas of success and aspects needing attention, thereby facilitating a focused approach to resource management. The dashboard plays a key role in promoting transparency and keeping teams motivated by showcasing achievements while also identifying opportunities for improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Progress Visualization Dashboard to assess their current performance against sustainability goals set within the Goal Setting Tracker feature.

Given a user is logged into EcoTrax, when they navigate to the Progress Visualization Dashboard, then the dashboard displays a graphical representation of sustainability goals and real-time progress metrics.

A user sets a new sustainability goal through the Goal Setting Tracker and wants to visualize this goal's progress in the Progress Visualization Dashboard.

Given a user creates a new goal in the Goal Setting Tracker, when they open the Progress Visualization Dashboard, then the new goal is reflected in the dashboard with a clear graphical representation and an initial progress indicator.

A user wants to evaluate which sustainability targets they have successfully met and which are still in progress.

Given a user accesses the Progress Visualization Dashboard, when they view the dashboard, then it highlights successfully met targets and areas needing attention using distinct color codes or indicators.

User seeks to understand the historical performance of their sustainability metrics over a specific time frame using the Progress Visualization Dashboard.

Given a user is on the Progress Visualization Dashboard, when they select a time frame for analysis, then the dashboard updates to display historical trends in sustainability metrics for the selected period.

A user requires real-time updates on their progress towards sustainability goals displayed on the dashboard during a team meeting.

Given that sustainability goals are being tracked in real-time, when any metric changes occur due to new data inputs, then the Progress Visualization Dashboard automatically refreshes to reflect these changes without requiring a page reload.

A user wants to download a report of their progress metrics for external presentation purposes after assessing their dashboard.

Given a user has evaluated their progress on the dashboard, when they select the download option, then a formatted report summarizing their progress metrics is generated and can be downloaded in PDF format.

A user interacts with the dashboard and wants to drill down into specific metrics to gain deeper insights into resource efficiency.

Given a user is on the Progress Visualization Dashboard, when they click on a specific metric or visual, then the dashboard shows detailed insights relevant to that metric, including historical data and comparative analytics.

Accountability Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications about my responsibilities related to sustainability goals so that I stay accountable and ensure we meet our targets."

Description

The Accountability Notifications feature sends automated reminders and alerts to team members regarding their specific roles and responsibilities related to sustainability goals. Users can set frequency and type of notifications based on their preferences, which keeps everyone aligned and accountable for achieving their designated objectives. This feature not only supports the goal-setting process but also fosters a culture of accountability within the organization, making it more likely that teams will meet their sustainability targets.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members receive notifications about their sustainability goals before the deadlines to ensure accountability and prompt action.

Given a user has set specific sustainability goals and notification preferences, when the scheduled time for a notification arrives, then the user should receive an automated alert via their chosen communication channel (email, app notification, etc.).

Users can customize the frequency and type of notifications they receive regarding their responsibilities.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they select the frequency (daily, weekly, monthly) and type of notifications (reminder, update, deadline), then the system should save these preferences and adjust notifications accordingly.

Notifications are generated and sent out without delays or errors, ensuring all team members are informed promptly.

Given a user has set up their notification preferences, when the notification schedule triggers, then all team members assigned to sustainability goals should receive their notifications within 5 minutes.

Notifications can be marked as read or snoozed by the users to manage their action items effectively.

Given a user receives a notification, when they choose to mark it as read or snooze it for later, then the system should reflect this status change accurately in the notification log.

Users can view a log of all past notifications to track which reminders they received and their responses.

Given that notifications have been sent, when a user accesses the notification history section, then they should see a list of all notifications sent, including timestamps and user responses (read, snoozed, ignored).

System administrators can configure default notification settings for new users to ensure consistency across the organization.

Given an administrator is in the settings configuration area, when they set default notification preferences for new users, then all newly created user accounts should inherit these default settings unless the user customizes them.

The system provides analytics on notification effectiveness to help improve engagement levels among team members.

Given the system has been in operation for a period, when an administrator accesses the notification analytics dashboard, then they should see metrics such as open rates, engagement levels, and follow-up actions taken by users.

Performance Reporting Tools

"As a program director, I want to generate reports on our sustainability performance so that I can present our achievements and impact to stakeholders effectively."

Description

The Performance Reporting Tools enable users to generate detailed reports on sustainability goals and achievements. These tools will facilitate the extraction of data related to progress on goals, resource usage, and compliance with sustainability standards. Users can customize reports for different timelines, metrics, and stakeholders, allowing for comprehensive analysis and presentation of sustainability performance. This feature is essential for demonstrating accountability to stakeholders and for strategic planning in sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a performance report for the first quarter, applying specific filters for resource usage and sustainability goals.

Given the user has access to the Performance Reporting Tool, when they select the first quarter and apply filters for resource usage and sustainability goals, then the report should generate accurately reflecting the selected parameters and data.

User customizes a performance report to include multiple metrics and stakeholders, ensuring the report meets the different needs of its audience.

Given the user is utilizing the Performance Reporting Tool, when they customize the report to include at least three different sustainability metrics and select at least two stakeholders for distribution, then the report should be generated with all selected metrics visible and prepared for the specified stakeholders.

A user reviews a generated report to ensure it accurately reflects the progress towards set sustainability goals and resource usage compliance.

Given the user has generated a sustainability report, when they compare the report data against the predefined goals and compliance standards, then the report should show an accurate representation of progress and adherence to those standards.

User attempts to export a performance report in different formats (PDF, CSV) for presentation to stakeholders.

Given the user has generated a report, when they choose to export the report in PDF or CSV format, then the report should download successfully in the selected format without data loss or formatting errors.

A user seeks to view historical performance reports to analyze trends over different periods.

Given the user is using the Performance Reporting Tool, when they navigate to the historical reports section, then they should have access to all past reports with the ability to filter by date range and sustainability goals.

User checks the generated report against compliance standards to ensure it meets regulatory requirements.

Given the user has generated a report, when they reference the compliance checklist against the report data, then all required compliance criteria should be met without any discrepancies or missing information.

A user schedules automated report generation and delivery to designated stakeholders.

Given the user is setting up report automation, when they configure scheduling parameters and select recipients, then the system should successfully schedule and send the report automatically to the chosen stakeholders at the designated intervals.

Integration with Existing Systems

"As an IT manager, I want EcoTrax to integrate with our existing systems so that we can streamline data management and enhance our sustainability tracking."

Description

The Integration with Existing Systems allows users to seamlessly connect EcoTrax with their organization's current software tools, such as ERP and CRM systems. This feature facilitates the automatic import and export of relevant data, ensuring that sustainability goals are based on the most recent information available. By offering easy integration, this requirement helps users leverage existing data infrastructure, promoting efficiency and reducing the redundancy of data entry. The integration is key to creating a comprehensive overview of resource management efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with ERP Systems for Data Synchronization

Given the user has connected EcoTrax to their ERP system, when the user initiates a data sync, then the latest data on resource usage is accurately pulled into EcoTrax within five minutes and all discrepancies are flagged for review.

User Access Control for System Integration

Given the system administrator is setting up the integration, when they configure user roles, then the defined access permissions restrict unauthorized users from changing integration settings or accessing sensitive data from connected systems.

Real-time Data Import from CRM Systems

Given that EcoTrax is linked to the organization's CRM, when a new customer interaction is logged, then relevant sustainability metrics are automatically updated in EcoTrax without manual intervention, reflecting the latest customer engagement data.

Error Handling during Data Transfer

Given a data import operation is underway, when an error occurs in transferring data from the existing system to EcoTrax, then the system logs the error details and notifies the user with actionable steps to resolve the issue.

Validation of Data Consistency Post-Integration

Given the EcoTrax integration is successfully set up, when the user compares the data from EcoTrax with that of the connected systems, then 95% of the data fields should match with no more than 5% variance attributable to timing differences or system latency.

User Notifications for Integration Status Updates

Given the integration has been active for one week, when a scheduled check occurs, then the user receives a notification summarizing the integration status, including any issues encountered or successful updates made during that period.

User Access Controls

"As an administrator, I want to set user access levels within EcoTrax so that I can control who can manage and view sustainability data, ensuring security and collaboration."

Description

User Access Controls provide the ability to define who can view, edit, or manage sustainability goals and reports within EcoTrax. Administrators can set different access levels for various roles, ensuring that sensitive information is protected while still allowing collaboration among team members. This feature is vital for maintaining the integrity of data while fostering an open environment for communication and teamwork. Effective user access management supports regulatory compliance and enhances data security.

Acceptance Criteria

As an administrator, I need to grant access to the Goal Setting Tracker feature so that team members can set and manage their sustainability goals based on their roles within the organization.

Given that I am logged in as an administrator, when I navigate to the User Access Controls and select a user role, then I should be able to assign 'view', 'edit', or 'manage' permissions for the Goal Setting Tracker.

As a team member, I want to access the Goal Setting Tracker to view the sustainability goals established by my role so that I can monitor my progress and contributions.

Given that I am logged in as a team member with 'view' access to the Goal Setting Tracker, when I access the feature, then I should be able to see all the sustainability goals assigned to my role without any editing capabilities.

As an administrator, I need to review and audit user access levels to maintain data security and ensure compliance with internal policies and regulations.

Given that I am logged in as an administrator, when I access the User Access Controls audit log, then I should be able to see a complete history of all changes made to user access levels, including timestamps and user details.

As a user with 'edit' access to the Goal Setting Tracker, I need to update my assigned sustainability goals so that they remain relevant and achievable.

Given that I am logged in as a user with 'edit' access to the Goal Setting Tracker, when I modify the sustainability goals and save the changes, then the updates should be reflected in the tracker and visible to all relevant team members immediately.

As an administrator, I want to revoke access to the Goal Setting Tracker for a specific user to ensure that sensitive information is only accessible to authorized personnel.

Given that I am logged in as an administrator, when I select a user and choose to revoke their access to the Goal Setting Tracker, then the user should no longer be able to view or edit any goals in the system.

As a user, I want to receive a notification when my access level changes so that I am aware of my permissions and can take necessary actions if needed.

Given that my user access level changes, when the change is saved by an administrator, then I should receive an instant notification indicating my new access level and relevant permissions for the Goal Setting Tracker.

Cost-Saving Calculator

The Cost-Saving Calculator estimates the financial impact of proposed resource optimization strategies. Users can visualize potential cost reductions from energy savings, waste reductions, and emissions mitigations, reinforcing the business case for sustainability initiatives. By illustrating fiscal benefits alongside environmental advantages, this feature supports Financial Analysts and Operations Managers in justifying investments in sustainable practices.

Requirements

Dynamic Data Input

"As a Financial Analyst, I want to input my company's current resource usage data so that I can accurately calculate potential cost savings from proposed optimization strategies."

Description

The Cost-Saving Calculator must support dynamic data input from users, allowing them to enter variable factors such as energy consumption, waste production, and emissions data in real-time. This functionality is crucial as it enables users to see immediate updates to their cost-saving estimates based on customized inputs. It enhances user engagement by providing a tailored experience that reflects their specific business scenarios. The feature must also validate input data to ensure accuracy and reliability of calculations, ultimately reinforcing user trust in the results provided by the calculator.

Acceptance Criteria

Dynamic user input for cost-saving calculations based on real-time data entry.

Given the user is on the Cost-Saving Calculator page, when they input variable factors such as energy consumption, waste production, and emissions data, then the calculator shall immediately update the cost-saving estimates displayed on the dashboard.

Validation of user inputs to ensure the integrity of calculations.

Given the user inputs variable data into the Cost-Saving Calculator, when they submit the data, then the application shall validate the inputs, ensuring they are within acceptable ranges and formats before proceeding with calculations.

User experience focusing on engagement through tailored feedback.

Given a user has entered their resource data, when the calculations are performed, then the response shall provide tailored suggestions for potential savings, enhancing user engagement and decision-making.

System behavior when no input data is provided by the user.

Given the user accesses the Cost-Saving Calculator without entering any data, when they attempt to calculate savings, then the system shall prompt them to enter valid data and display an error message indicating that inputs are required.

Compatibility with diverse input devices for accessibility.

Given the user is accessing the Cost-Saving Calculator on different devices (desktop, tablet, mobile), when they input their data, then the interface shall properly adapt to each device, maintaining functionality and usability across platforms.

Real-time updates reflecting multiple scenario analyses.

Given the user has provided data for multiple resource categories, when they adjust any single category, then all relevant cost-saving estimates shall reflect real-time updates, allowing for dynamic scenario comparisons.

Seamless integration with existing IoT systems for automatic data fetching.

Given the user's existing IoT systems are connected with EcoTrax, when the user initiates a cost-saving analysis, then the system shall automatically fetch and incorporate relevant data into the Cost-Saving Calculator without additional input.

Visual Cost Savings Projections

"As an Operations Manager, I want to see visual projections of cost savings so that I can present a compelling business case for our sustainability initiatives to stakeholders."

Description

The Cost-Saving Calculator should provide interactive visualizations that illustrate potential cost savings over time, based on the data entered by users. This includes charts and graphs that depict trends in cost savings and the relationship between resource optimization efforts and fiscal outcomes. By integrating visual analytics, users can better comprehend the financial impacts of sustainability initiatives, making it easier to persuade stakeholders and secure funding for proposed plans. This requirement will ensure that users can both visualize and quantify the fiscal benefits of sustainability efforts, enhancing the overall value proposition of EcoTrax.

Acceptance Criteria

User inputs various resource optimization strategies into the Cost-Saving Calculator to visualize potential savings.

Given the user has entered resource optimization data, when they run the Cost-Saving Calculator, then the application displays interactive charts that illustrate projected cost savings over time.

A Financial Analyst reviews the visual cost savings projections to present findings in a stakeholder meeting.

Given the cost savings projections are displayed, when the Financial Analyst accesses the reports, then they can export the visualizations in PDF format without data loss.

An Operations Manager wants to compare different optimization strategies and their financial impacts using the Cost-Saving Calculator.

Given multiple strategies have been entered, when the user selects the comparison feature, then the calculator should display a side-by-side comparison of cost savings between strategies using bar graphs.

A user updates input data related to resource optimization efforts and expects to see immediate changes in projected savings.

Given the user has updated the input data, when they click on the refresh button, then the visualizations should update in real-time to reflect the new data.

The Cost-Saving Calculator is used by an organization to track the effectiveness of past sustainability initiatives over time.

Given historical data is provided, when the calculator generates a report, then it includes a timeline view showing actual vs projected savings outcomes over the reporting period.

A stakeholder is interested in the environmental impact alongside cost savings captured in the Cost-Saving Calculator.

Given the user is in the visualization mode, when they toggle the insights option, then the application displays environmental impact metrics alongside financial projections in an integrated view.

Report Generation and Export

"As a Financial Analyst, I want to generate and export detailed reports of cost-saving estimates so that I can share the data with our executive team for informed decision-making."

Description

The feature should enable users to generate detailed reports of their cost-saving calculations, including the underlying data and projections. These reports should be easily exportable in various formats (such as PDF, Excel, etc.), allowing users to share findings with colleagues and decision-makers. The ability to generate reports will enhance the utility of the Cost-Saving Calculator by supporting stakeholders in understanding the financial impact of sustainability practices, thus aiding in strategic decision-making and fostering transparent communication in the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Users generate a detailed report after completing their cost-saving calculations through the Cost-Saving Calculator.

Given the user has completed a cost-saving calculation, when they select the 'Generate Report' option, then a detailed report should be created that includes all related data and projections.

Users need to export their generated report in multiple file formats to share with stakeholders.

Given the report has been generated, when the user selects the 'Export' option, then the report must be available for download in at least PDF and Excel formats.

Financial Analysts want to ensure the accuracy of data in the exported report.

Given the user can generate a report, when they review the exported file, then the data within the report must match the values calculated in the Cost-Saving Calculator without discrepancies.

Operations Managers require a summary of the cost-saving inputs and outputs presented in the report for strategic meetings.

Given the report has been generated, when the user views the report, then it must include a summary section highlighting key cost-saving metrics alongside visual representations (such as charts or graphs).

Users want to customize the content of the report before generating it.

Given the user is customizing their report, when they apply filters or select specific data points, then the generated report must reflect only the selected inputs and metrics per the user's specifications.

Users expect to see a confirmation message after successfully generating and exporting a report.

Given the user completes the exporting process, when the export is successful, then a confirmation message must appear indicating the successful export and providing a link to access the report.

Users seek to generate reports for different time periods of their cost-saving calculations.

Given the user is in the report generation interface, when they select a specific time period for their cost-saving data, then the generated report must reflect the calculations relevant to that selected time frame.

Scenario Comparison Tool

"As an Operations Manager, I want to compare multiple sustainability scenarios so that I can identify the most cost-effective strategy for our organization."

Description

The Cost-Saving Calculator must include a scenario comparison tool that allows users to evaluate different resource optimization strategies side-by-side. Users should be able to input multiple scenarios, such as varying levels of energy efficiency measures or waste reduction techniques, and compare the respective projected cost savings. This feature not only empowers users to analyze the potential impact of various strategies but also supports informed decision-making. By facilitating a comparative analysis, users can select the most beneficial sustainability initiatives for their organizations, optimizing both environmental and financial outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to compare two different energy efficiency measures in the Cost-Saving Calculator to determine the better investment for their organization.

Given the user has accessed the Cost-Saving Calculator, when they input two distinct energy efficiency scenarios with specific parameters, then the tool should display a side-by-side comparison of projected cost savings for each scenario.

A user needs to analyze multiple waste reduction techniques to evaluate their financial impacts using the scenario comparison tool.

Given the user has selected the scenario comparison tool, when they input at least three different waste reduction scenarios, then the tool should generate a visual comparison chart showing potential cost reductions for each technique.

The financial analyst wants to validate the accuracy of the projected savings generated by the scenario comparison tool under various emission mitigation strategies.

Given the user has entered various emission mitigation scenarios, when they run the comparison, then the output should align with the predefined savings metrics and provide clear documentation of the calculations used.

An operations manager is interested in assessing the overall financial impact of combining energy efficiency and waste reduction strategies using the scenario comparison tool.

Given the user has selected both energy efficiency and waste reduction scenarios, when they initiate the comparison, then the tool should provide an aggregated summary of projected savings combining both strategies for easier decision-making.

A user is testing the responsiveness of the scenario comparison tool with varying input scenarios simultaneously.

Given the user has input multiple scenarios at one time, when they request a comparison, then the system should respond within 5 seconds, displaying all results without errors or data loss.

A financial analyst wants to clearly understand the impact of scenario parameters on projected savings before finalizing investments.

Given the user has adjusted the parameters of a scenario, when they view the comparison results, then the system should dynamically update and reflect any changes in the projected cost savings immediately, ensuring real-time analysis.

The operations team wants to ensure that all scenarios can be saved and revisited for further analysis.

Given the user has completed a scenario comparison, when they select the option to save the scenarios, then the system should successfully store the configurations and allow the user to retrieve them at a later time without data loss.

Integration with IoT Data Sources

"As a Financial Analyst, I want the calculator to automatically pull data from our IoT sensors so that I can ensure the cost-saving estimates are based on the most accurate and up-to-date information available."

Description

To maximize accuracy, the Cost-Saving Calculator should integrate with existing IoT sensors and data sources used by the organization. This integration will allow for real-time data acquisition regarding energy consumption, waste generation, and related metrics, facilitating automatic updates to the calculator without manual data entry. This requirement is critical as it reduces the burden on users and enhances the accuracy of the cost-saving estimates, ensuring that the calculations are based on the most current and relevant data available, thus fostering proactive decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Cost-Saving Calculator at the beginning of a financial quarter to evaluate resource optimization strategies based on real-time IoT data inputs from energy consumption sensors.

Given the user accesses the Cost-Saving Calculator, when the IoT sensors transmit real-time data, then the calculator should display updated metrics reflecting the current energy consumption with a margin of error of less than 2%.

An Operations Manager wants to review cost savings from waste reduction strategies. They open the Cost-Saving Calculator to see the metrics updated from waste generation IoT data.

Given the Operations Manager navigates to the waste reduction section of the Cost-Saving Calculator, when the IoT waste data is received, then the system should show an updated potential cost savings value that adjusts automatically without manual input.

A Financial Analyst prepares a quarterly report on sustainability initiatives by reviewing the estimates from the Cost-Saving Calculator, sourced from the integrated IoT data.

Given the Financial Analyst requests the report, when all IoT sensors are functioning properly, then the cost savings estimates should present a complete report of the last quarter with real-time adjustments, and the report should be exportable in both PDF and Excel formats.

An SME owner wants to ensure the Cost-Saving Calculator is pulling accurate data from their IoT sensors to justify investment in new energy-efficient equipment.

Given the SME owner checks the integration settings in the Cost-Saving Calculator, when the integration is validated, then the system should confirm successful data flow from the IoT sensors with timestamps and data accuracy logs available for review.

A user is troubleshooting data discrepancies in the Cost-Saving Calculator, suspecting issues with the IoT data feed.

Given the user encounters a discrepancy in cost-saving estimates, when the user reviews the data inputs section, then the calculator should provide an error report indicating any gaps or errors in the incoming data from the IoT sensors.

Benchmark Comparison Tool

The Benchmark Comparison Tool enables users to compare their organization's resource efficiency metrics against industry standards and peer SMEs. By providing insights into how they stand relative to others, users can identify areas for improvement and set realistic, competitive goals. This feature fosters a sense of community while driving innovation and excellence in sustainability practices.

Requirements

Resource Efficiency Metrics Input

"As an SME sustainability manager, I want to enter and track my organization's resource efficiency metrics so that I can compare them against industry benchmarks and identify areas for improvement."

Description

This requirement entails the implementation of a system for users to input and track specific resource efficiency metrics such as energy consumption, waste generated, and emission levels. It should support integration with IoT devices for real-time data collection, allowing for up-to-date insights. The goal is to provide users with a comprehensive view of their sustainability performance, enabling them to make informed decisions and take corrective actions when necessary. By facilitating accurate and reliable data entry, this feature enhances the overall utility of the Benchmark Comparison Tool, allowing businesses to compare their metrics against industry standards effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can input resource efficiency metrics into the EcoTrax system through an intuitive user interface.

Given that a user is logged into the EcoTrax system, When the user navigates to the resource input section and enters their energy consumption, waste generated, and emission levels, Then the system should save the data and display a confirmation message indicating successful entry.

The system retrieves and displays real-time data from integrated IoT devices for resource efficiency metrics.

Given that IoT devices are properly configured and connected to the EcoTrax system, When the user views the dashboard for resource efficiency metrics, Then the system should display real-time data reflecting the latest inputs from the IoT devices.

Users can compare their resource efficiency metrics against industry standards using the Benchmark Comparison Tool.

Given that the user has successfully input their resource efficiency metrics, When the user accesses the Benchmark Comparison Tool, Then the system should display a comparison of their metrics against relevant industry standards and peer SMEs' metrics.

Users can edit previously input resource efficiency metrics and save changes without losing data integrity.

Given that a user has previously entered resource efficiency metrics, When the user revisits the input form, edits the previously entered figures, and saves the changes, Then the system should update the records and maintain data integrity, with a confirmation message displayed.

The system provides feedback on areas for improvement based on the user’s input metrics.

Given that the user has entered resource efficiency metrics into the EcoTrax system, When the user requests feedback on their sustainability performance, Then the system should analyze the metrics and provide actionable insights on improvement areas compared to industry benchmarks.

Industry Benchmark Database

"As a user, I want access to an up-to-date database of industry benchmarks for resource efficiency so that I can see how my organization compares to others in my sector."

Description

This requirement involves creating a comprehensive database of industry benchmarks for various resource efficiency metrics relevant to SMEs. The database should be continually updated with data from credible sources and provide users with the ability to filter and search for benchmarks by industry, region, and metric. This functionality is crucial for the Benchmark Comparison Tool, as it enables users to assess their performance against relevant standards, promoting transparency and accountability in sustainability practices. By having access to an up-to-date benchmark database, users can set realistic improvement goals and track their progress effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User Accessing Industry Benchmarks for Resource Efficiency

Given a user with access to the Benchmark Comparison Tool, when they search for benchmarks by industry and region, then the system should return a list of relevant benchmarks based on their criteria.

Updating the Benchmark Database with New Data

Given that new credible data sources are available, when an administrator updates the benchmark database, then all relevant metrics should reflect the latest available data within 24 hours.

Filtering Benchmarks by Resource Metric

Given a user on the Benchmark Comparison Tool, when they apply filters to search for specific resource efficiency metrics, then the system should display only the benchmarks that meet the selected criteria.

Assessing User Performance Against Industry Standards

Given that a user has input their resource efficiency data, when they compare it against the specified industry benchmarks, then the system should clearly indicate whether their performance meets, exceeds, or falls below industry standards.

Generating Performance Improvement Goals

Given a user has access to industry benchmarks, when they view their performance results in comparison to the benchmarks, then the system should suggest at least three specific, measurable improvement goals based on identified gaps.

User Interface for Benchmark Comparison Tool

Given that a user is navigating the Benchmark Comparison Tool, when they access the benchmark database, then the interface should be intuitive, allowing easy navigation and access to all features without additional training.

Database Security and Compliance Checks

Given the need for data security, when the benchmark database receives updates, then it should comply with all applicable data protection regulations to ensure user data integrity and confidentiality.

Peer Comparison Feature

"As a sustainability officer, I want to compare my organization's resource efficiency metrics with those of my peers so that I can identify best practices and enhance our sustainability efforts."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing a feature that allows users to compare their resource efficiency metrics with those of peer SMEs. Users should be able to select specific peers or groups within the system and view comparative performance analytics. This functionality encourages a community-driven approach to sustainability, enabling organizations to learn from each other and motivate improvements. The peer comparison feature should be intuitive and provide visual analytics, such as charts and graphs, to represent data clearly and promote user engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a peer comparison by selecting specific peers or groups from the Benchmark Comparison Tool dashboard.

Given the user has access to the Benchmark Comparison Tool, when they select a peer or group and click 'Compare', then the system should display a comparative analytics dashboard tailored to the selected peers, including charts and graphs for resource efficiency metrics.

User views the comparative performance analytics for their organization against selected peer SMEs.

Given the user has successfully selected their peers, when they view the comparison dashboard, then the dashboard should clearly display their organization metrics side-by-side with peer metrics, allowing for easy identification of performance gaps and improvement areas.

User wants to filter peers by industry or size to make meaningful comparisons.

Given the user is on the peer selection screen, when they apply filters for industry or organization size and then select peers, then the system should return a list of peers that match those criteria, facilitating more relevant comparisons.

User requires a detailed breakdown of the comparative analytics to understand specific performance metrics.

Given the user is viewing the comparative analytics dashboard, when they click on a specific metric, then the system should display a detailed breakdown, including definitions, benchmarks, and historical performance data for both the user’s organization and the selected peers.

User wants to save their peer comparison selections for future access.

Given the user has selected peers for comparison, when they choose the 'Save Comparison' option, then the system should allow them to name the comparison and save it, enabling quick access to the selected peers for future comparisons.

Users desire to export the comparative performance analytics for reporting purposes.

Given the user is satisfied with the comparison analytics displayed, when they select the 'Export' feature, then the system should allow them to download the data in multiple formats (e.g., CSV, PDF) for easy sharing and reporting.

User wants to receive alerts for peer performance changes over time.

Given the user has set up a comparison with selected peers, when there is a significant change in any peers' performance metrics, then the system should notify the user with an alert that includes the details of the change and its impact on their position.

Goal Setting and Tracking

"As an SME owner, I want to set and track sustainability goals based on my performance compared to industry benchmarks so that I can improve our sustainability initiatives effectively."

Description

This requirement entails creating a functionality within the Benchmark Comparison Tool that allows users to set custom sustainability goals based on their comparative analysis against benchmarks and peer metrics. Users should be able to define specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound (SMART) goals and track their progress over time. This enhancement is essential for fostering accountability and continuous improvement among users, as it encourages them to strive for higher performance levels while making sustainability a strategic focus in their operations.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a new sustainability goal based on current benchmarks and peer metrics.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrax, when they access the Benchmark Comparison Tool, then they should be able to set a new SMART sustainability goal based on the comparative analysis.

User tracks the progress of their sustainability goals over time.

Given the user has set a sustainability goal, when they view the progress tracking section, then they should see a visual representation of their progress towards that goal in a clear and intuitive format.

User receives notifications related to their sustainability goals deadlines or milestones.

Given the user has set a specific deadline for their sustainability goal, when the deadline approaches, then they should receive an automated notification reminding them of the upcoming deadline.

User edits an existing sustainability goal to reflect updated objectives or metrics.

Given the user has an existing sustainability goal, when they select the option to edit that goal, then they should be able to modify the goal's parameters (specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, time-bound).

User compares their sustainability goals with peer companies within the Benchmark Comparison Tool.

Given the user has set sustainability goals, when they navigate to the peer comparison section, then they should be able to see how their goals align or differ from those of similar-sized companies in their industry.

User generates a report showcasing progress on sustainability goals for internal stakeholders.

Given the user wants to share their progress, when they select the report generation option, then they should receive a downloadable report detailing their goals, progress, and any relevant metrics compared to benchmarks.

User acknowledges the completion of a sustainability goal and sets a new one.

Given the user has achieved a sustainability goal, when they confirm the completion, then they should be prompted to set a new goal immediately or adjust the current one based on their ongoing objectives.

Visual Analytics Dashboard

"As a user, I want a visual analytics dashboard to see my resource efficiency metrics and benchmark comparisons at a glance so that I can quickly identify areas for improvement."

Description

This requirement involves the development of a visual analytics dashboard that provides users with an overview of their resource efficiency metrics alongside benchmarking data. The dashboard should present key performance indicators (KPIs) in a visually appealing format, utilizing graphs, charts, and data visualization techniques to make complex data easily understood. Users should have the ability to customize their dashboard views, focusing on the metrics that matter most to them. This feature enhances the user experience and facilitates quicker decision-making regarding sustainability practices and strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

Users access the visual analytics dashboard to view their resource efficiency metrics and benchmarking data after a month of data collection.

Given the user has logged into the EcoTrax platform, when they navigate to the Visual Analytics Dashboard, then they should see an up-to-date overview of their resource efficiency metrics and benchmarking data presented in graphs and charts.

A user customizes their dashboard by removing unnecessary metrics and adding preferred KPIs relevant to their sustainability initiatives.

Given the user is on the Visual Analytics Dashboard, when they select and rearrange the dashboard widgets according to their preferences, then the dashboard should reflect these changes upon refresh or re-login without any data loss.

The visual analytics dashboard must display real-time data updates as new metrics are collected from IoT sensors.

Given that IoT sensors are continuously feeding data into the EcoTrax system, when a new data point is captured, then the corresponding graph or chart on the Visual Analytics Dashboard should automatically update within a 5-second window to reflect the latest information.

Users compare their own efficiency metrics against an average of their peer SMEs in the benchmarking tool provided within the dashboard.

Given that the user has their resource efficiency metrics displayed, when they select the benchmarking option, then the dashboard should present a side-by-side comparison against industry averages and key peer SMEs metrics clearly.

The visual analytics dashboard is accessed by multiple users from the same organization at the same time without performance degradation.

Given that multiple users are logged into the EcoTrax platform from the same account, when they simultaneously access the Visual Analytics Dashboard, then the dashboard should maintain performance with no lag or downtime for any user.

Users print or export their customized dashboard view for presentations or reports.

Given the user has customized their dashboard, when they choose to print or export the dashboard as a PDF, then the exported document should accurately reflect all visual elements and widget configurations present on the screen at the time of export.

User receives educational tooltips when hovering over various metrics on the dashboard to understand them better.

Given that the user is viewing metrics on the Visual Analytics Dashboard, when they hover over any specific KPI or chart, then a tooltip with a brief explanation of the metric and its importance should appear, ensuring all users understand the data presented.

Progress Reporting Dashboard

The Progress Reporting Dashboard offers a dynamic overview of ongoing improvements and the implementation status of recommended strategies. Users can easily gauge the effectiveness of their actions in real-time, allowing for adjustments to be made as necessary. This feature enhances accountability and encourages transparency, ensuring that all stakeholders are aligned in their sustainability objectives.

Requirements

Data Visualization Tools

"As a sustainability manager, I want to visualize my sustainability metrics in various formats so that I can easily analyze performance trends and communicate results to stakeholders effectively."

Description

The Data Visualization Tools requirement involves providing users with the capability to generate customized charts, graphs, and infographics based on their sustainability data. This feature is essential for users to effectively present their metrics in an easily digestible format, allowing for quick insights into their performance trends. With interactive elements, users can drill down into specific data points to identify areas needing improvement and assess the impact of their sustainability strategies. Integrating seamlessly with the Progress Reporting Dashboard, this component enhances decision-making, aligns stakeholders on progress, and ultimately drives accountability in sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Progress Reporting Dashboard to generate a customized chart summarizing their quarterly energy consumption data.

Given user has logged into the EcoTrax platform, when they select 'Generate Chart' on the dashboard and choose 'Quarterly Energy Consumption', then the system should display a line chart representing the selected data over the specified quarter.

User utilizes interactive elements on the dashboard to drill down into specific months of their energy data.

Given user has generated a monthly energy consumption chart, when they click on a specific month, then the system should provide a detailed view of energy usage and any anomalies for that month.

User creates a graph comparing waste generation across different departments.

Given user is on the Data Visualization Tools section, when they select 'Compare Departments' and input relevant settings, then the system should generate a bar graph showing waste data for each department.

User embeds generated infographics into a report for stakeholders.

Given user has completed creating an infographic, when they select 'Embed in Report', then the system should provide a code snippet or direct link that can be used to insert the infographic into existing reporting documents.

User wants to assess the impact of sustainability strategies on emissions over the year.

Given user has access to the emissions data, when they generate an overview chart, then the system should display a comparative line chart showing emissions before and after implementing sustainability strategies throughout the year.

User resets customized chart options and checks the data visualization tools functionality.

Given user is viewing the Data Visualization Tools, when they click 'Reset Options', then the system should clear all user inputs and return to the default settings without any errors.

Real-time Notification System

"As a sustainability officer, I want to receive real-time notifications on critical changes in my sustainability metrics so that I can take immediate corrective action and ensure compliance with regulations."

Description

The Real-time Notification System requirement ensures that users receive timely alerts regarding significant changes in their sustainability metrics, such as spikes in emissions or waste levels. This proactive feature enables users to react swiftly to potential issues, facilitating immediate action in their sustainability practices. By integrating with IoT sensors, the notification system keeps users informed of their sustainability status at all times. This capability not only enhances accountability but also drives continuous improvement and helps to maintain compliance with environmental regulations.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives notifications for emission spikes after integrating IoT sensors with the EcoTrax system.

Given the user has configured their sustainability thresholds in the settings, when an emission spike occurs, then the user receives an instant notification via their preferred communication channel (email, SMS, app notification).

User modifies their sustainability thresholds and expects notifications to update accordingly.

Given the user has changed their emission threshold in the settings, when the threshold is saved, then notifications should reflect the new threshold as soon as a relevant change is detected.

User checks the history of notifications to review past alerts for emissions and waste levels.

Given the user accesses the notification history section, when they select a date range, then they should see all notifications corresponding to those dates, including details of the event and the time it occurred.

User experiences a system downtime event and expects to receive a notification once the system is back online.

Given the EcoTrax system was temporarily down, when the system is fully operational again, then all users should receive a notification indicating the system status change.

User wants to customize notification settings to receive alerts only for critical updates.

Given the user navigates to the notification settings, when they toggle the option to prioritize critical alerts, then they only receive notifications for significant changes that exceed a predefined threshold.

User expects real-time feedback on their notifications to ensure they are actionable and relevant.

Given the user has recently received a notification about a spike in waste levels, when they check the real-time dashboard, then the dashboard updates reflect the new waste metrics and suggested actions immediately.

User integrates multiple IoT devices and anticipates receiving notifications from all devices.

Given the user has added multiple IoT sensors to track various sustainability metrics, when any of these sensors detects an anomaly, then the user should receive individual notifications per device for each specific metric impacted.

User Roles and Permissions Management

"As an administrator, I want to manage user roles and permissions so that I can ensure data security and appropriate access for all users in the organization."

Description

The User Roles and Permissions Management requirement allows administrators to define specific roles and permissions within EcoTrax, ensuring that users have appropriate access to data and features based on their responsibilities. This is vital for maintaining data security and integrity while ensuring that users can effectively collaborate. By customizing access levels, this feature supports compliance with data governance policies and fosters a cooperative environment among stakeholders working towards shared sustainability objectives.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role Assignment for Project Initiation

Given an administrator is logged into EcoTrax, When they navigate to the User Roles section and select the option to create a new role, Then they should be able to assign permissions for viewing and editing the Progress Reporting Dashboard, and these permissions should be correctly reflected in the user profiles.

Permission Restriction on Data Visibility

Given a user with restricted permissions is accessing EcoTrax, When they attempt to view data in the Progress Reporting Dashboard, Then they should receive an error message indicating lack of access to the requested data.

Role-Based Access Control Testing

Given various users with different roles (admin, manager, user), When they log into EcoTrax, Then they should each see a customized interface based on their assigned permissions, reflecting access to relevant features and data.

Audit Log for Role Changes

Given an administrator has modified user roles or permissions, When the changes are saved, Then an entry should be created in the audit log detailing the changes made, including user ID, timestamp, and specific modifications.

View User Permissions Summary

Given an administrator navigates to the User Management section, When they request to see a summary of user roles and permissions, Then a clear and organized report should be displayed, showing all users along with their assigned roles and access levels.

Real-Time Updates of Permission Changes

Given an administrator updates a user's access rights, When the change is saved, Then the user's session should dynamically reflect the new permissions without needing to log out and back in.

Benchmarking Analytics

"As a business owner, I want to compare my sustainability metrics with industry benchmarks so that I can understand my performance and identify areas for improvement."

Description

The Benchmarking Analytics requirement provides users with the ability to compare their sustainability performance against industry standards or similar organizations. This feature offers valuable insights into where users stand relative to their peers and highlights areas for improvement. By understanding performance benchmarks, users can set realistic goals and adopt best practices, driving overall sustainability initiatives. Integrating with the Progress Reporting Dashboard, benchmarking analytics fosters a culture of competitive improvement among users.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Benchmarking Analytics feature from the Progress Reporting Dashboard to evaluate their sustainability performance against industry standards.

Given the user is authenticated and has accessed the Progress Reporting Dashboard, when they select the Benchmarking Analytics feature, then they should see a comparative analysis of their sustainability metrics against defined industry benchmarks.

User reviews detailed breakdowns of sustainability performance across various categories in the Benchmarking Analytics feature.

Given the user has successfully accessed the Benchmarking Analytics, when they navigate to different categories (energy, waste, emissions), then they should be presented with clear visual graphs and percentage comparisons for each category.

User sets realistic sustainability goals based on the insights received from Benchmarking Analytics.

Given the user has analyzed their performance using Benchmarking Analytics, when they opt to set sustainability goals, then the goals should be aligned with recommended improvements indicated by the analytics, and these goals should be saved successfully in the user's profile.

User shares benchmarking results with stakeholders through the Progress Reporting Dashboard.

Given the user has accessed their benchmarking results, when they click on the 'Share Report' button, then a shareable link or export option should be generated, allowing the user to distribute the information easily.

User adjusts their sustainability strategies based on insights from the Benchmarking Analytics feature.

Given the user identifies areas for improvement through benchmarking insights, when they decide to adjust their current strategies, then the system should allow them to update their strategies and reflect these changes in real-time on the Progress Reporting Dashboard.

User receives notifications about significant changes in industry benchmarks that may affect their sustainability goals.

Given that industry benchmarks are updated, when a significant change occurs, then the user should receive a real-time notification alerting them of this change and its potential impact on their established goals.

User seeks help accessing the Benchmarking Analytics feature via an in-app help guide.

Given the user is on the Benchmarking Analytics page, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then a contextual help guide should appear, detailing how to use the benchmarking features and interpret results effectively.

Predictive Analytics for Strategy Improvement

"As a data analyst, I want to utilize predictive analytics to foresee the impact of my sustainability strategies so that I can improve future planning and achieve better outcomes."

Description

The Predictive Analytics for Strategy Improvement requirement leverages historical data and machine learning algorithms to forecast future sustainability performance based on current actions. This feature enables users to anticipate the outcomes of their strategies and adjust them proactively for better results. As users gain insights into possible future trends, they can make data-driven decisions and optimize their sustainability actions effectively. This capability not only enhances strategic planning but also supports long-term sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Progress Reporting Dashboard on EcoTrax to monitor their sustainability strategy performance over the last quarter.

Given the user is logged in and has accessed the Progress Reporting Dashboard, When they view the performance metrics, Then they should see an accurate representation of their strategy performance including energy savings, waste reduction, and emissions levels for the last quarter with graphical visualizations.

User inputs new sustainability strategies into the Predictive Analytics tool to forecast their future impact.

Given the user has entered several strategies into the Predictive Analytics tool, When they initiate the forecasting process, Then the system should return predictions for energy, waste, and emissions metrics with a confidence level of at least 80% within 5 seconds.

User receives recommendations generated by the Predictive Analytics for optimizing their sustainability strategies.

Given the predictive analytics model has processed historical data, When the user requests strategy recommendations, Then the system should provide at least three actionable suggestions based on forecasted outcomes and user's past performance metrics, with an explanation of how each can lead to improved results.

User reviews the effectiveness of implemented strategies using the Progress Reporting Dashboard.

Given the user is reviewing their implemented sustainability strategies on the dashboard, When they analyze the effectiveness metrics, Then they should be able to assess the percentage improvement in each area (energy, waste, emissions) compared to the previous reporting period, clearly displayed in both numerical and graphical formats.

User leverages the real-time analytics features to adjust their ongoing sustainability strategies.

Given the user is monitoring the real-time analytics on the dashboard, When they identify a strategy underperforming by more than 20%, Then they should be able to edit the strategy directly from the dashboard and save changes, with instant feedback confirming the update.

User collaborates with team members using the Progress Reporting Dashboard to align on sustainability goals.

Given multiple users are collaborating on the Progress Reporting Dashboard, When they add comments or remarks to the performance metrics, Then those comments should be timestamped and visible to all collaborators with notifications to relevant users upon updates.

User checks historical data and trends in the Predictive Analytics feature for long-term strategic planning.

Given the user is accessing historical data within the Predictive Analytics feature, When they select a time range for analysis, Then the system should display the long-term trend data in a clear and accessible manner, enabling the user to visualize past performance and make informed future strategy adjustments.

Custom Recommendations Engine

The Custom Recommendations Engine analyzes unique data points specific to each SME and delivers personalized advice for resource optimization. By considering individual operational nuances and challenges, this feature provides tailored suggestions that align with the specific goals and constraints of the organization. This approach ensures that resources are maximized effectively, addressing user needs on a granular level.

Requirements

Data Integration Capability

"As an SME owner, I want the Custom Recommendations Engine to integrate with my existing systems so that I can receive tailored recommendations based on real-time data without manually inputting information."

Description

The Data Integration Capability requirement enables the Custom Recommendations Engine to seamlessly connect with various data sources including IoT sensors, existing SME systems, and relevant external databases. This functionality is crucial as it ensures that the engine can analyze a comprehensive set of data points, making personalized recommendations based on real-time information. The integration should support various data formats and APIs, allowing for a flexible and robust connection. By enabling this capability, the Custom Recommendations Engine can provide insights that are timely and relevant, contributing to enhanced resource optimization and effective decision-making for SMEs.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with Multiple Data Sources

Given that the Custom Recommendations Engine is set up, when the system attempts to connect to IoT sensors, existing SME systems, and external databases, then all connections should be established successfully without errors, enabling data retrieval.

Support for Diverse Data Formats

Given that various data sources will be used, when data is received by the Custom Recommendations Engine, then the system should accurately process and integrate data in at least five different formats (e.g., JSON, XML, CSV) without loss of information.

Real-Time Data Processing

Given that data is being collected from integrated sources, when new data points are available from sensors or systems, then the Custom Recommendations Engine should update its analytics dashboard within five seconds to reflect the latest information.

API Connectivity and Configuration

Given that the Custom Recommendations Engine utilizes APIs for data integration, when an API connection is established, then it should remain stable with a 99% uptime over a testing period of one month.

Error Handling and Reporting

Given that there may be connectivity issues, when the Custom Recommendations Engine fails to connect to a data source, then it should generate a clear error message and log the incident for further analysis.

User Authorization for Data Access

Given that data integrity is crucial, when a user attempts to access integrated data sources, then the system should enforce role-based access control to ensure only authorized users can access specific data sets.

Performance Benchmarking under Load

Given that the Custom Recommendations Engine will be used by multiple SMEs simultaneously, when load testing is conducted with 100 concurrent users, then the system should maintain a response time of less than 2 seconds for all data retrieval requests.

User Interface for Recommendations

"As an SME employee, I want to easily navigate the dashboard to view the recommendations, so that I can implement improvements quickly and effectively based on the suggestions provided."

Description

The User Interface for Recommendations requirement focuses on designing an intuitive and user-friendly dashboard that presents the analysis and recommendations generated by the Custom Recommendations Engine. This interface should allow users to easily navigate, understand, and implement the suggested strategies for resource optimization. It must be visually appealing and provide clear visualizations of data insights, allowing users to quickly grasp complex information. The importance of this requirement lies in improving user engagement and facilitating informed decision-making, ensuring that SMEs can effectively utilize the tailored advice provided.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the dashboard to view tailored recommendations based on their specific resource usage patterns.

Given that the user is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when they navigate to the Recommendations dashboard, then they should see personalized resource optimization strategies displayed prominently, based on the latest data analysis.

User interacts with visualizations on the dashboard to understand their energy expenditure.

Given that the user is viewing the Recommendations dashboard, when they hover over specific data visualizations, then detailed explanations should appear, offering insights into the significance of those figures and recommendations.

User implements a recommendation from the dashboard to improve resource efficiency.

Given that the user selects a recommendation from the dashboard, when they confirm the implementation of that recommendation, then a confirmation message should be displayed, and the dashboard should update to reflect the changes made towards resource optimization.

User wants to review past recommendations and their outcomes to assess effectiveness.

Given that the user has accessed the Recommendations dashboard, when they navigate to the 'History' section, then they should see a chronological list of past recommendations along with their outcomes and any subsequent actions taken based on those recommendations.

User adjusts the parameters for recommendations to receive more tailored advice.

Given that the user is on the Recommendations dashboard, when they use the filters to adjust their operational parameters, then the dashboard should update in real-time to show new personalized recommendations based on the selected criteria.

User requires assistance with navigating the dashboard and understanding its features.

Given that the user is on the Recommendations dashboard, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then a pop-up should appear providing a tutorial on how to navigate the dashboard and utilize its features effectively.

User wants to receive notifications for new recommendations tailored to their operations.

Given that the user has enabled notifications in their profile settings, when a new recommendation is generated for their organization, then they should receive an email and/or in-app notification alerting them to the new recommendation available on their dashboard.

Feedback Mechanism

"As an SME user, I want to provide feedback on the recommendations I receive so that the Custom Recommendations Engine can improve its advice based on my experiences and needs."

Description

The Feedback Mechanism requirement implements a system within the Custom Recommendations Engine that allows users to provide feedback on the recommendations received. This should include options for users to rate the usefulness and relevance of suggestions and comment on their experiences. The feedback will be analyzed to enhance the recommendation algorithms, ensuring continuous improvement and adaptability of the system. This is critical as it not only increases user satisfaction by incorporating their input but also improves the quality of the recommendations, making them more relevant over time.

Acceptance Criteria

User Inputs Feedback on Recommendations

Given a user receives a recommendation from the Custom Recommendations Engine, when the user provides feedback by rating the usefulness of the recommendation on a scale of 1 to 5 and submits comments, then the feedback should be successfully stored in the system for future analysis.

Feedback Analysis for Recommendations Improvement

Given user feedback has been collected for a set of recommendations, when the feedback data is analyzed, then the analysis should identify at least three distinct patterns or insights that can inform adjustments to the recommendation algorithms.

User Notification of Feedback Impact

Given feedback has been submitted by users, when the recommendation algorithms have been updated based on user input, then users should receive a notification informing them that their feedback has led to improvements in the recommendations they receive.

User Experience Rating for Recommendations

Given a user interacts with the feedback mechanism, when they rate their experience and the quality of recommendations after implementing a suggestion, then the average user experience rating should be calculable and reflect a minimum score of 4 out of 5 for the system to be deemed successful.

Feedback Mechanism Access and Usability

Given the feedback mechanism is integrated within the Custom Recommendations Engine, when users attempt to access the feedback form, then the form should be easily accessible and user-friendly, with no more than two clicks required to provide feedback.

Incorporation of Feedback into Recommendation Cycle

Given a new cycle of recommendations is generated, when the system incorporates user feedback received from previous cycles, then at least 85% of the updated recommendations should reflect changes based on the most recent user feedback.

Machine Learning Algorithm Enhancement

"As a data analyst, I want the algorithms behind the Custom Recommendations Engine to be enhanced over time, so that I can benefit from increasingly accurate and relevant suggestions as the system learns from our data."

Description

The Machine Learning Algorithm Enhancement requirement focuses on developing and fine-tuning the algorithms used by the Custom Recommendations Engine. These enhancements should consider various factors, including historical data trends, user feedback, and industry benchmarks. Implementing advanced machine learning techniques will allow the engine to deliver more accurate and relevant recommendations, ultimately driving higher levels of resource optimization. The importance of this requirement lies in its potential to make the recommendations increasingly effective and tailored to each SME's unique operational context.

Acceptance Criteria

Machine Learning Algorithm Enhancement for personalized resource optimization recommendations based on historical energy consumption data for a specific SME.

Given an SME's historical energy data, when the Custom Recommendations Engine processes the data through the enhanced machine learning algorithm, then it should deliver at least three personalized resource optimization recommendations that show a minimum of 20% predicted improvement in efficiency.

Evaluation of recommendation relevance based on user feedback collected after initial implementation of the Custom Recommendations Engine.

Given user feedback from the first month of using the recommendations, when the feedback is analyzed, then at least 80% of users should report that the recommendations provided are relevant and actionable for their operations.

Performance of the enhanced machine learning algorithm in real-time data analytics to provide actionable insights.

Given real-time IoT data, when the Custom Recommendations Engine utilizes the enhanced algorithm, then it should generate insights within 5 seconds with at least 95% accuracy compared to historical performance benchmarks.

Integration of industry benchmarks into the Custom Recommendations Engine to enhance the quality of suggestions.

Given the inclusion of industry benchmarks, when the Custom Recommendations Engine analyzes an SME's data, then it should provide recommendations that are aligned with at least 90% of the latest industry standards and benchmarks identified.

Tracking the impact of implemented recommendations on resource optimization over a six-month period post-implementation.

Given an SME that has implemented the recommendations, when the resource usage is tracked over six months, then there should be a demonstrable 15% reduction in resource consumption as compared to the baseline measurements taken prior to implementation.

Testing the adaptability of the machine learning algorithms for varying SME sizes and sectors.

Given SMEs of different sizes and sectors, when the Custom Recommendations Engine is deployed, then it should successfully provide tailored recommendations for at least 95% of the tested SMEs, regardless of their operational scope and uniqueness.

Real-time Analytics Reporting

"As a sustainability manager, I want to generate real-time reports on the effectiveness of the recommendations provided, so that I can monitor our progress towards sustainability goals and make necessary adjustments immediately."

Description

The Real-time Analytics Reporting requirement enables the Custom Recommendations Engine to generate on-demand reports that provide insights into the performance of the recommended strategies and the overall sustainability metrics of the SME. This feature should allow users to customize the parameters of the reports and export them in various formats. The benefit of this requirement is that it empowers SMEs to track progress relative to their sustainability goals and make data-driven decisions. By facilitating a clear understanding of performance metrics, this capability aligns well with the product's core objectives of driving cost efficiencies and sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

SME user wants to generate a real-time report to assess their resource optimization strategies after implementing recommendations from the Custom Recommendations Engine.

Given that the SME user is logged into the EcoTrax platform, When they navigate to the Real-time Analytics Reporting section and select the parameters for the report (e.g., date range, resource type), Then they should be able to generate a report that displays insights related to their performance metrics and sustainability goals, with options to export in PDF, CSV, and Excel formats.

An SME user needs to analyze the effectiveness of specific sustainability strategies over the past quarter using real-time analytics reporting.

Given that the user has the necessary permissions, When they request a report for the last quarter focusing on specific sustainability metrics like energy consumption and waste reduction, Then the system should display the generated report accurately reflecting the requested data and proposed strategies, including visual charts for easier interpretation.

An SME user wants to compare the sustainability performance between two different time periods to identify trends and improvements.

Given that the SME user is on the Real-time Analytics Reporting page and has selected two different time periods, When they submit their request for comparison, Then the tool should produce a comparative report highlighting differences in performance metrics and providing actionable insights based on the trends observed.

An SME user aims to customize their real-time analytics report by selecting multiple metrics that align with their business goals.

Given that the user is in the report customization section, When they select various sustainability metrics (e.g., carbon emissions, waste production) and specify their preferences, Then the system should allow them to generate a customized report that displays only the selected metrics, with clear labels and visualization options.

An SME user needs to save specific report configurations for future use to streamline their reporting process.

Given that the user has configured a report with their desired parameters, When they click on the 'Save Configuration' option, Then the system should prompt them to enter a name for the configuration and successfully save it for future access, showing up in a list of saved configurations.

An SME administrator wants to review the user engagement with the reporting tools and analyze usage patterns of the Custom Recommendations Engine.

Given that the administrator has access to the dashboard, When they access the user engagement analytics section, Then they should see detailed statistics on how frequently reports are generated, which metrics are most selected, and the overall user interaction with the Custom Recommendations Engine over time.

Dynamic Trend Maps

Dynamic Trend Maps visually illustrate geographical data related to sustainability initiatives, such as emissions or waste generation, over specified timeframes. This feature empowers users to identify regional patterns and hotspots, making it easier to tailor strategies according to local needs. It enhances user understanding of how sustainability efforts impact different areas, driving targeted actions and improving overall effectiveness.

Requirements

Interactive Data Layer

"As a sustainability manager, I want to access detailed insights by clicking on specific hotspots in the Dynamic Trend Maps so that I can tailor my sustainability strategies and actions to effectively address local issues."

Description

The Interactive Data Layer requirement focuses on developing a robust layer that integrates user interaction capabilities into the Dynamic Trend Maps feature. This layer should allow users to click on specific data points to reveal detailed information, insights, and historical data for particular geographical areas. The functionality should enhance user engagement and facilitate deeper analysis of local sustainability initiatives, enabling businesses to make informed decisions based on real-time, localized data. By implementing this requirement, users will gain a comprehensive view of how different factors influence sustainability metrics within specific regions, leading to targeted actions and improved resource allocation.

Acceptance Criteria

User clicks on a specific data point within the Dynamic Trend Maps to access detailed information.

Given a user is viewing the Dynamic Trend Maps, when they click on a data point, then a pop-up should appear displaying detailed insights and historical data for that geographical area, including emissions and waste metrics over time.

System response times for the Interactive Data Layer when accessing detailed data.

Given a user clicks on a specific data point on the map, when the system processes the request, then the detailed information must be displayed within 2 seconds to ensure a responsive user experience.

Accessibility of detailed data for different user roles.

Given that there are different user roles within EcoTrax, when a user clicks on a data point, then the system should display data according to the user role permissions, ensuring sensitive information is protected and only visible to authorized users.

Visual representation of regional patterns in the Dynamic Trend Maps.

Given the Interactive Data Layer is integrated, when a user loads the Dynamic Trend Maps, then users should see clear visual indications of trends and patterns in emissions and waste generation, using color coding and symbols for easy interpretation.

User capacity to save insights from the Interactive Data Layer.

Given a user has accessed insights from a data point, when they choose to save this information, then the system should allow them to export the insights as a report in various formats (PDF, Excel) for future reference.

User ability to reset map filters.

Given a user has applied filters to the Dynamic Trend Maps, when they click the 'reset' button, then all filters should be removed and the map should revert to its default settings without any delay.

Time-Series Analysis

"As an environmental analyst, I want to analyze changes in emissions and waste generation over time using time-series data on the Dynamic Trend Maps so that I can evaluate the impact of our sustainability initiatives and improve future strategies."

Description

The Time-Series Analysis requirement aims to integrate advanced analytics capabilities into the Dynamic Trend Maps feature, enabling users to visualize and analyze trends over time in emissions and waste data. This functionality should include interactive timelines that allow users to select specific periods and observe changes in sustainability metrics, helping them to identify patterns, correlations, and the effectiveness of implemented initiatives. This requirement is essential in equipping users with tools to assess the impact of their sustainability efforts comprehensively and to strategize future actions based on historical performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a specific timeframe on the interactive timeline to analyze emissions data from January to December of the previous year.

Given the user is on the Dynamic Trend Maps, when they select a timeframe from the interactive timeline, then the emissions data should update to reflect only that selected period.

User is analyzing waste generation data for the past three months to review the effectiveness of new waste management initiatives.

Given the user has selected waste generation data over the last three months, when they view the Dynamic Trend Maps, then trends displayed should accurately represent the waste generation metrics for that selected period.

User wants to compare emissions data between two different regions over the same period to identify regional performance.

Given the user has selected two specific regions on the Dynamic Trend Maps, when they select the same timeframe, then the emissions data for both regions should be visually compared on the map simultaneously.

A business analyst is reviewing historical data to prepare a report on sustainability initiatives for the upcoming board meeting.

Given the business analyst has selected a timeframe of the last two years, when they generate the report, then the Time-Series Analysis feature should include all significant trends and insights from the selected period in the output report.

User receives a notification about new insights based on the latest trends in waste production and emissions data.

Given the user has enabled notifications, when significant trends and changes are detected in the Time-Series Analysis, then the user should receive a notification summarizing the findings and recommendations for action.

User is trying to identify peak pollution periods in a specific region to strategize interventions.

Given the user selects a specific region and timeframe known for high emissions, when they analyze the data, then the Time-Series Analysis should highlight peak pollution periods clearly on the map and provide contextual data for those timestamps.

Customizable Visualization Options

"As a project manager, I want to customize the visualization of sustainability data on the Dynamic Trend Maps so that I can present the information in a way that resonates with different stakeholders and highlights the most relevant information."

Description

The Customizable Visualization Options requirement aims to allow users to personalize their viewing experience within the Dynamic Trend Maps feature. This includes selecting different map types (e.g., heat maps, choropleth maps), adjusting color schemes, and choosing data layers to overlay based on specific sustainability metrics. By providing this customization, users can create tailored visuals that best represent their data and meet their analysis needs, thereby enhancing their understanding and facilitating better communication of sustainability efforts to stakeholders and team members. This requirement will empower users to engage more effectively with the data presented.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a heat map visualization to display carbon emissions data for their region over the past year.

Given the user has selected a heat map visualization type, when the emission data is loaded, then the heat map should display varying intensities of color according to the levels of carbon emissions across the geographical area.

User customizes the color scheme of a choropleth map to highlight areas with significant waste generation.

Given the user chooses a choropleth map and selects a custom color palette, when they apply the changes, then the map should reflect the new color scheme and accurately represent waste generation metrics by area.

User overlays multiple sustainability metrics on a dynamic trend map to analyze relationships between emissions and energy usage.

Given the user overlays both emissions and energy usage data layers on the map, when the layers are rendered, then the user should be able to toggle between layers and see the correct associated data for each layer without any overlaps or inaccuracies.

User saves a customized visualization with specific settings to reuse later without having to reconfigure every time.

Given the user has customized their visualization settings, when they save the visualization, then it should be stored in their profile and retrievable with all settings intact in future sessions.

User shares their customized dynamic trend map with stakeholders via export functionality.

Given the user has configured their trend map, when they choose to export the map, then the export should be in a compatible format (e.g., PDF, PNG) with all visual settings applied accurately, ready for distribution.

User accesses help documentation to understand how to utilize the customizable features of the dynamic trend maps.

Given the user navigates to the help documentation section, when they search for 'customization options', then the system should display relevant guides and examples demonstrating how to implement the visualization features effectively.

User Feedback Integration

"As a product user, I want to provide feedback on the Dynamic Trend Maps feature so that I can contribute to its improvement and ensure it meets our organization’s sustainability tracking needs."

Description

The User Feedback Integration requirement outlines the need to build a feedback mechanism within the Dynamic Trend Maps feature, enabling users to provide insights and suggestions based on their experiences. This could include rating the effectiveness of the data visualization, reporting issues, or suggesting new features. Collecting and analyzing user feedback will be crucial to making continuous improvements to the product and ensuring it remains aligned with users' needs and expectations. This requirement supports the agile approach to product development, fostering a user-centered design philosophy.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback using the feedback mechanism in Dynamic Trend Maps after analyzing regional emissions data during a quarterly review meeting.

Given the user is on the Dynamic Trend Maps interface, when they click the feedback button and enter their comments and rating, then their feedback is successfully submitted and a confirmation message is displayed.

An admin reviews user feedback collected through the Dynamic Trend Maps feedback system to identify common issues and suggestions.

Given the admin is on the feedback review page, when they filter feedback by date and type, then they can see all relevant feedback entries displayed accurately, along with a count of each type of feedback.

Users can report issues they encounter while using the Dynamic Trend Maps feature, contributing to effective bug tracking.

Given a user experiences a problem with the data visualization, when they select the 'Report an Issue' option and provide details, then the issue should be logged in the system with a unique identifier for tracking.

The user feedback integration allows for users to suggest new features related to sustainability metrics on the Dynamic Trend Maps.

Given a user wants to suggest a new feature, when they access the feedback form and submit their suggestion, then the suggestion is recorded and acknowledged with a thank-you message.

Data visualization effectiveness rating is collected from users to assess the usefulness of Dynamic Trend Maps.

Given users rate the effectiveness of the visuals, when they select a rating from 1 to 5 after using the feature, then the system updates the average rating for the data visualization accordingly.

Users receive updates about improvements made based on their feedback regarding the Dynamic Trend Maps feature.

Given there have been updates to the Dynamic Trend Maps based on user feedback, when users log in, then they should see a notification about the changes made and how their feedback contributed.

User feedback is analyzed to determine trends and common pain points within the Dynamic Trend Maps functionality.

Given the feedback is collected, when an analyst generates a report based on user feedback over the last month, then the report highlights at least three recurring trends or issues identified from user responses.

Mobile-Friendly Interface

"As a field officer, I want to access the Dynamic Trend Maps feature on my mobile device so that I can analyze sustainability data while I am out in the field and make immediate adjustments to our efforts."

Description

The Mobile-Friendly Interface requirement is focused on ensuring that the Dynamic Trend Maps feature is accessible and fully functional on mobile devices. This involves developing responsive design elements that adjust to different screen sizes while maintaining usability and interactivity. A mobile-friendly interface will enable users to access real-time sustainability data on-the-go, fostering a culture of sustainability that can be practiced anywhere, thereby enhancing user engagement and facilitating timely decision-making related to sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Dynamic Trend Maps feature on a mobile device while on-site at a sustainability event.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrax on a mobile device, when the user navigates to the Dynamic Trend Maps feature, then the maps should load within 3 seconds and display current data accurately without any visual distortion or loss of functionality.

User reviews historical sustainability data on Dynamic Trend Maps during a team meeting using a tablet.

Given the user is using a tablet, when accessing historical data through Dynamic Trend Maps, then the interface should be completely responsive, allowing for pinch-to-zoom functionalities and the ability to filter data by date and type without any lag.

User attempts to interact with the Dynamic Trend Maps feature while traveling in a bus.

Given the user is on a mobile network with moderate connectivity, when the user taps on a specific region within the map, then the detailed data for that region should be displayed in less than 5 seconds without any error messages.

User shares a screenshot of the Dynamic Trend Maps feature from their smartphone to a colleague.

Given the user captures a screenshot of the Dynamic Trend Maps feature, when the screenshot is shared, then the image should retain the quality, showing all map details clearly without any cut-off or blurriness.

User customizes the view of Dynamic Trend Maps on a mobile device to track their local emissions data.

Given the user is on their mobile device, when the user selects various customization options for the Dynamic Trend Maps, then the changes should be applied immediately, enabling real-time tracking of emissions data specific to the user's region without refreshing the page.

User receives a notification on their mobile device regarding significant changes in local sustainability metrics displayed in Dynamic Trend Maps.

Given the user has enabled push notifications for EcoTrax, when the relevant metrics change beyond a set threshold, then the user should receive an instant notification detailing the changes, ensuring timely awareness of the data.

Time-Lapse Progress Viewer

The Time-Lapse Progress Viewer allows users to create animated sequences of sustainability metrics over selected periods. This feature provides a powerful storytelling tool for Marketing Coordinators, making it easier to communicate progress and changes to stakeholders through engaging visual narratives. By showcasing achievements dynamically, it fosters a deeper connection and understanding of the company's sustainability journey.

Requirements

Dynamic Data Visualization

"As a Marketing Coordinator, I want to create dynamic data visualizations of sustainability metrics so that I can communicate progress effectively to stakeholders and enhance our company’s storytelling around sustainability initiatives."

Description

The Dynamic Data Visualization feature enables users to display real-time sustainability metrics in visually appealing formats, including charts, graphs, and infographics. This requirement enhances the effectiveness of the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer by allowing users to select various metrics and customize their visual representation. The integration of interactive elements will enable users to drill down into specific data points to gain deeper insights into their sustainability efforts. The engaging visuals foster better communication of the sustainability initiatives and results to stakeholders, promoting transparency and accountability, while also supporting data-driven decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer to visualize sustainability metrics for the past quarter to present progress to stakeholders during a quarterly review meeting.

Given the user is on the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer page, when they select the past quarter as the time frame, then the viewer displays animated sequences of sustainability metrics such as energy consumption, waste reduction, and emissions levels in a clear and engaging format.

A Marketing Coordinator wants to showcase the company's sustainability progress at an industry conference using the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer feature.

Given the Marketing Coordinator has selected specific sustainability metrics, when they generate the time-lapse for the selected period, then the visualization must accurately reflect the user's selections and include interactive elements such as tooltips for additional data insights.

The user customizes the visual representation of sustainability metrics to match their company branding before presenting it to stakeholders.

Given the user is on the customization settings of the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer, when they apply their company branding changes, then the visual output must reflect the updated branding elements (color schemes, logotypes, etc.) accurately across all visualizations created.

The user drills down into specific data points within the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer to gain insights on energy usage fluctuations.

Given that the user is interacting with the animated visualization, when they hover over specific data points, then a tooltip should appear showing detailed breakdowns of the metrics for the selected period alongside comparative data.

The user wants to export the visualizations created from the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer to present in a corporate sustainability report.

Given the user has completed their visualizations, when they select the export option, then the system should generate an export file in PDF/PNG format that retains all visual fidelity and data accuracy.

The user tests the responsiveness of the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer on different devices to ensure accessibility for all stakeholders.

Given the user accesses the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer on mobile and desktop environments, when they adjust the screen size, then the visualizations must automatically scale and adapt without losing clarity or functionality.

A user aims to compare sustainability metrics across different time frames to identify trends over time effectively.

Given the user selects multiple time frames in the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer, when they initiate the comparison, then the system must display side-by-side visualizations of the chosen metrics demonstrating percentage changes and trends distinctly.

Custom Time-Lapse Intervals

"As a Marketing Coordinator, I want to select custom time-lapse intervals for the sustainability metrics so that I can effectively showcase specific achievements and timeline shifts relevant to our stakeholders."

Description

The Custom Time-Lapse Intervals requirement allows users to choose specific timeframes for the animated sequences in the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer. This flexibility is crucial for users who wish to highlight particular achievements or shifts in sustainability metrics over different periods, ensuring that presentations are tailored to specific audiences or objectives. By empowering users to define the intervals, this requirement enhances the feature's usability and effectiveness, allowing for better storytelling that aligns with the company's strategic communication goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects custom intervals to showcase specific achievements in sustainability metrics during a quarterly meeting presentation.

Given that a user is in the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer, when they select custom intervals from the date picker, then the system displays the animated sequence for the selected timeframe accurately without errors.

A marketing coordinator needs to demonstrate a significant increase in energy savings over the past year using the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer.

Given that a user is in the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer, when they specify the interval from January 1 to December 31 of the previous year, then the animated sequence should accurately reflect the energy savings trends during that period.

Users want to create a time-lapse animation of waste reduction efforts during a specific campaign.

Given that a user has set the custom interval for the waste reduction campaign, when they initiate the time-lapse playback, then the system should generate and display an animation highlighting the waste reductions achieved during the designated campaign period.

A stakeholder meeting requires a visual summary of sustainability metrics changes over the past three months.

Given that a user chooses a three-month interval starting from the last quarter's end, when they view the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer, then the metrics displayed should accurately reflect the changes in sustainability metrics for that period.

The user needs to adjust the selected timeframes for a presentation to focus on specific events that impacted sustainability metrics.

Given that a user has access to pre-defined intervals and custom date selections, when they select a particular date range using both methods, then the system should correctly merge and animate the sequence based on the user’s selections.

Integration with External Data Sources

"As a Sustainability Analyst, I want the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer to integrate with external data sources so that I can provide a comprehensive and up-to-date portrayal of our sustainability metrics."

Description

The Integration with External Data Sources feature will allow the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer to pull data from third-party platforms, such as energy monitoring systems, waste management software, or greenhouse gas accounting systems. This integration is vital for providing a comprehensive view of sustainability metrics by consolidating data across all relevant areas. It also enhances the accuracy of the visual narratives, ensuring that all information presented is timely and reflects the most current data. This capability promotes a holistic understanding of sustainability efforts and supports the company's commitment to data integrity.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with Energy Monitoring Systems

Given that the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer is configured to integrate with the energy monitoring system, when data is pulled from the external source, then the metrics displayed in the viewer should accurately reflect the most recent energy consumption data without discrepancies.

Integration with Waste Management Software

Given that the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer is set to connect to waste management software, when the data retrieval process is initiated, then the displayed waste metrics should comprehensively represent the latest waste generation and recycling rates from the source system.

Integration with Greenhouse Gas Accounting Systems

Given that the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer is linked to greenhouse gas accounting systems, when data is accessed, then the GHG emissions data visualized should match the values reported by the third-party system in real-time.

Data Accuracy Verification

Given that data is integrated from various external sources, when a sustainability metric is viewed, then the user should be able to verify that the values presented in the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer correspond to the values obtained from the original external data source.

User Interface for Data Integration

Given that the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer is actively integrating with outside data sources, when a user accesses the integration settings, then they should be able to see clear options for configuring each external data source and receive confirmation upon successful connection.

Error Handling for Integration Failures

Given that an attempt to pull data from an external source fails, when this occurs, then the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer should display an error message detailing the failure and suggesting next steps for the user to resolve the issue.

Performance Metrics for Data Loading

Given that the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer is retrieving data from external systems, when the user requests to visualize the progress, then the system load time should not exceed 5 seconds for metrics from any connected data source.

Exportable Reporting Functionality

"As a Marketing Coordinator, I want to export animated sequences of sustainability metrics into various formats so that I can conveniently share reports with stakeholders and present in meetings effectively."

Description

The Exportable Reporting Functionality requirement enables users to export the animated sequences and associated data captured by the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer into various formats such as PDF, PowerPoint, or Excel. This function is essential for facilitating easy sharing of reports with stakeholders, enabling them to review progress independently or present the findings in different formats during meetings. By enhancing the accessibility of the data visualizations, this functionality supports informed discussions on sustainability initiatives and helps communicate the company’s achievements more widely.

Acceptance Criteria

Exporting animated sequences with historical data for stakeholder presentations.

Given that the user has selected a time period and generated an animated sequence in the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer, when the user chooses to export the report, then the system should allow the user to export the sequence in PDF, PowerPoint, or Excel formats without any data loss.

Ensuring accessibility of exported reports for all users.

Given that a user has exported a report, when another user attempts to open the exported PDF, PowerPoint, or Excel file, then the file should be fully accessible without any formatting errors, and all data metrics should be accurate and displayed correctly.

Sharing exported reports via email.

Given that the user has successfully exported a report, when the user selects the option to share the report via email, then the system should attach the exported file to an email template and send it to the specified recipients without errors.

Checking the download speed of exported reports.

Given that a user has initiated an export of a report, when the export process completes, then the system should enable the user to download the file in under 10 seconds for reports of standard sizes.

Ensuring data accuracy in the exported reports.

Given that a user has generated an animated sequence, when the user exports the report, then the data contained within the exported file must match the data shown in the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer for the selected time period accurately.

User notifications during export process.

Given that the user has initiated an export of a report, when the export process is in progress, then the system should display a progress indicator and notify the user upon successful completion or any errors encountered during the export.

User-Friendly Interface Design

"As a user, I want the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer to have a user-friendly interface so that I can easily create and navigate visualizations of sustainability metrics without any technical barriers."

Description

The User-Friendly Interface Design requirement focuses on creating an intuitive and visually appealing interface for the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer. This includes ensuring that user interactions are seamless, and the overall experience is uncomplicated, even for users who may not be tech-savvy. The importance of this requirement lies in its ability to enhance user engagement and satisfaction, encouraging more frequent use of the feature. A well-designed interface will facilitate easy navigation and promote greater exploration of sustainability metrics, ultimately supporting the product's goals of fostering a sustainable culture within SMEs.

Acceptance Criteria

User launches the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer feature from the EcoTrax dashboard to visualize sustainability metrics over the past 6 months.

Given the user is logged into their EcoTrax account, when they select the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer from the dashboard, then the interface should load within 2 seconds and display a timeline of sustainability metrics for the past 6 months.

User interacts with the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer by selecting different time periods to view sustainability metrics.

Given the user is viewing the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer, when they select a different time period (e.g., last month, last year), then the displayed metrics should dynamically update within 3 seconds to reflect the chosen period.

User attempts to navigate the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer without prior technical knowledge of the system.

Given a non-tech-savvy user is exploring the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer, when they hover over different sections of the interface, then tooltips should appear explaining the various metrics clearly and concisely.

User wants to share the animated sequence created by the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer with stakeholders.

Given that the user has completed the animation in the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer, when they click on the 'Share' button, then an email sharing functionality should be presented with pre-filled options to send the animation link to external stakeholders.

User's experience with the interface of the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer feature during their first use.

Given that a new user accesses the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer, when they first interact with the interface, then they should be able to achieve their objective of viewing metrics without any external guidance or tutorials within 5 minutes of use.

User's performance in navigating the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer interface across various metrics.

Given that the user is exploring the different metrics within the Time-Lapse Progress Viewer, when they attempt to access at least 5 different metrics, then they should be able to do so without encountering any errors or confused navigation steps.

Data Drill-Down Interface

The Data Drill-Down Interface enables users to interactively explore sustainability metrics by clicking on specific data points within the visualizations. This feature allows for in-depth analysis of trends and correlations, providing users with detailed insights that inform strategic decisions. By making complex data easily accessible, it enhances the decision-making process and better supports active management of sustainability initiatives.

Requirements

Interactive Data Filtering

"As a sustainability manager, I want to filter data by various metrics so that I can focus on specific areas that need improvement and make more targeted strategic decisions."

Description

The Interactive Data Filtering requirement ensures that users can apply various filters to the sustainability metrics displayed in the Data Drill-Down Interface. This functionality allows users to isolate data by time, type of sustainability metric (e.g., energy, waste, emissions), and geographical location. By enabling such targeted analysis, users can find specific patterns and trends that are relevant to their sustainability initiatives. This feature enhances the overall usability and effectiveness of the data visualization, facilitating better-informed decisions and strategies in sustainability management.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to filter sustainability metrics by date range to analyze energy consumption patterns over the last quarter.

Given a user is on the Data Drill-Down Interface, when they select a date range filter, then the displayed metrics should update to show data only within the specified date range.

User intends to view waste metrics specifically for the month of December to assess compliance with waste reduction goals.

Given a user selects the waste metric and applies a filter for December, when they view the results, then the metrics should accurately reflect waste data for December only.

User is interested in analyzing emissions data across different geographical locations to understand regional performance.

Given a user selects emissions as the metric and applies geographical filters, when they visualize the results, then the display should show emissions data only for the selected locations.

User wants to compare energy and waste metrics to identify any correlations in resource usage.

Given a user selects both energy and waste metrics and applies relevant filters, when they toggle between data views, then the interface should allow for direct comparison between the two selected metrics.

User is looking to filter metrics by both date and geographical location to facilitate detailed reporting for a specific branch.

Given a user applies filters for a particular branch and a specific date range, when they click 'Apply Filters', then the displayed data should reflect only the metrics for that branch and date range combination.

User wants to reset all applied filters to return to the default view of sustainability metrics.

Given a user has applied multiple filters, when they click the 'Reset Filters' button, then all filters should be cleared, and the original data metrics should be displayed.

Visualization Export Options

"As a user, I want to export visualizations to various file formats so that I can easily share insights with my colleagues and include them in reports."

Description

The Visualization Export Options requirement allows users to export the interactive graphs and charts from the Data Drill-Down Interface as image files (PNG, JPEG) or PDF documents. This feature is important for users who need to share insights with stakeholders or include visual data representations in reports. Offering easy export options streamlines the process of generating documentation and enhances collaboration within the organization, enabling teams to present findings more effectively based on real-time data.

Acceptance Criteria

User needs to export a detailed visualization of energy consumption metrics to share with stakeholders during a sustainability meeting.

Given a user is on the Data Drill-Down Interface, when they select an interactive graph and click on the 'Export' button, then the system allows them to choose either PNG, JPEG, or PDF format, and successfully saves the file in the chosen format without errors.

A team member wants to include a specific waste management graph in a quarterly report that they are preparing.

Given the team member is viewing a waste management graph, when they click on the 'Export' option and select PDF, then the system generates a high-quality PDF document of the graph that can be printed or emailed without distortion.

The user intends to export multiple visualizations at once for a comprehensive analysis.

Given the user is on the Data Drill-Down Interface, when they select multiple graphs and click 'Export', then the system provides an option to export all selected graphs as either separate image files or combined into one PDF without loss of data integrity.

A user wants to review the exported files to ensure they meet organizational standards for reporting before distributing them to stakeholders.

Given the user has exported a visualization, when they access the saved file, then the visual output must match the original display in the Data Drill-Down Interface in terms of resolution, color accuracy, and labels.

The finance team requires visual data for regulatory compliance reports that must adhere to specific formatting guidelines.

Given the finance team member exports a visualization, when selecting the PDF option, then the system prompts them to set specific formatting options such as title, date, and footer, which must be included in the exported document.

Real-Time Data Refresh

"As an operations director, I want the data to refresh in real-time so that I can monitor changes immediately and make timely decisions to address any sustainability issues."

Description

The Real-Time Data Refresh requirement ensures that the data displayed in the Data Drill-Down Interface updates automatically as new data comes in from connected IoT sensors and other systems. This functionality is critical as it offers users the most current information regarding their sustainability metrics without requiring manual refreshes. By providing real-time insights, organizations can respond promptly to changes and address issues as they arise, which is vital for effective sustainability management and operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Data Drill-Down Interface and interacts with a specific visualization to monitor real-time energy consumption metrics.

Given the user navigates to the Data Drill-Down Interface, when new data is received from connected IoT sensors, then the displayed energy consumption metric automatically updates within 5 seconds without manual refresh.

A user reviews waste management statistics in the Data Drill-Down Interface and observes real-time data updates as waste disposal events occur.

When a user selects the waste management metric, then the system should refresh and display the updated statistics within 3 seconds of receiving new data from the IoT sensors.

The system administrator configures the real-time data refresh option for the Data Drill-Down Interface and tests its functionality during peak usage hours.

When the system administrator enables real-time data refresh, then the interface must process and reflect updated data without lag or loss of performance for 500 simultaneous users.

A user analyzes emissions data through the Data Drill-Down Interface and expects notifications upon significant changes in metrics.

Given the real-time data refresh is active, when emissions exceed a predefined threshold, then the user should receive an automated alert notification within 2 seconds.

A data analyst logs into the EcoTrax platform during a critical monitoring period to assess the effectiveness of sustainability initiatives.

Once logged in, when the user accesses any sustainability metric via the Data Drill-Down Interface, then all displayed metrics should reflect the latest real-time updates at the moment of access.

Customizable Dashboards

"As a team leader, I want to customize my dashboard layout to focus on the most important metrics so that I can quickly assess our sustainability performance."

Description

The Customizable Dashboards requirement enables users to modify the layout and contents of their dashboards within the Data Drill-Down Interface, allowing them to choose which metrics and visualizations they want to track actively. This feature empowers users to tailor their views according to their specific roles or focus areas within the organization, ensuring that they can access the most relevant data at a glance. Customization fosters a more user-friendly experience and enhances the efficiency of monitoring sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes their dashboard for the first time by selecting various sustainability metrics they want to track, such as energy consumption and waste production, and arranges them according to their preference.

Given that the user is on the Customizable Dashboard page, when they choose and arrange at least three metrics and save the configuration, then the selected metrics should be displayed on their dashboard in the arranged layout upon next login.

A user modifies their existing dashboard by removing a metric and adding a new one relevant to energy efficiency tracking.

Given a user has an existing dashboard, when they remove one metric and add a new metric focused on energy efficiency, then the updated dashboard should reflect these changes immediately without needing to refresh the page.

An administrator reviews multiple user dashboards to ensure alignment with organizational sustainability goals and makes adjustments as necessary.

Given the administrator accesses the user dashboards, when they identify dashboards that do not align with the organizational metrics, then they should be able to reset those dashboards to a standard configuration or communicate necessary changes to users efficiently.

A user accesses the dashboard on a mobile device and customizes it to their preferred layout.

Given the user is on a mobile device, when they access the Customizable Dashboard and modify at least two metrics, then the customized dashboard should display correctly on mobile without sacrificing functionality or readability.

A user wants to compare sustainability metrics from different time periods using the customizable dashboards.

Given that the user has selected multiple metrics from the dashboard, when they switch between different time frames (e.g., weekly, monthly), then the dashboard should update accordingly to reflect the selected metrics for the chosen time periods accurately.

A user seeks assistance in customizing their dashboard and accesses the help feature for guidance.

Given a user clicks on the help feature within the Customizable Dashboard interface, when they view the support materials, then they should find clear and actionable instructions on how to customize their dashboard effectively.

Detailed Insights Pop-Up

"As a data analyst, I want to click on specific metrics to see detailed information and trends so that I can derive deeper insights for our sustainability report."

Description

The Detailed Insights Pop-Up requirement provides users with the ability to click on individual data points within visualizations to access expanded information about that data, including trends, benchmarks, and detailed descriptions. This feature is significant as it adds depth to the analysis process, enabling users to not only view summary metrics but also to delve deep into the context of particular data points, which assists in converting data into actionable insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User clicks on a data point representing energy consumption in the dashboard to view more detailed information.

Given the user is on the Data Drill-Down Interface, when they click on a data point, then a Detailed Insights Pop-Up should display comprehensive data including trends and benchmarks related to the selected point.

User interacts with the waste metrics visualization and selects a data point for detailed analysis during a sustainability review meeting.

Given the user clicks on a specific waste metric data point, when the Detailed Insights Pop-Up appears, then it must include contextual information and historical comparisons for the past 12 months.

User wants to analyze carbon emissions data and needs detailed insights to prepare a report for stakeholders.

Given the user selects a carbon emissions data point, when they access the Detailed Insights Pop-Up, then the pop-up should provide actionable insights and recommendations based on the latest analytics.

User checks the interface on a mobile device to see if the Detailed Insights Pop-Up is functional while working remotely.

Given the user is accessing EcoTrax via a mobile device, when they click on any data point in the Data Drill-Down Interface, then the Detailed Insights Pop-Up should be fully functional and display the correct information without layout issues.

User is conducting a training session to demonstrate the Detailed Insights feature to new employees.

Given the user clicks on multiple data points in succession, when the Detailed Insights Pop-Up is invoked, then each successive click must accurately retrieve and display relevant insights for the selected data point without delays.

User reviews sustainability metrics for compliance reporting and needs to ensure detailed information is accurately populated.

Given the user requests detailed insights on compliance metrics, when the Detailed Insights Pop-Up is displayed, then all information should be accurate, up-to-date, and adhere to compliance standards.

Customizable Dashboards

Customizable Dashboards offer users the ability to personalize their visual representation of sustainability data according to their specific metrics and goals. This feature enhances user experience by allowing individuals and teams to focus on the aspects that matter most to them, facilitating more relevant discussions with stakeholders and ensuring that performance is aligned with organizational priorities.

Requirements

Metric Selection Tool

"As a sustainability manager, I want to select and prioritize the metrics I track in my dashboard so that I can focus on the areas that align with my company's strategic goals."

Description

The Metric Selection Tool empowers users to choose and prioritize the specific sustainability metrics they wish to track on their dashboards. This feature allows users to filter through a comprehensive list of metrics such as energy consumption, waste generation, and emissions output, and select the ones most relevant to their strategies and goals. By personalizing their view, users can optimize engagement with the data that matters most, leading to data-driven decisions that align with their sustainability objectives. The integration of this tool into the EcoTrax platform will enhance user engagement, ensuring that businesses not only monitor but also actively manage their sustainability performance.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to access the Metric Selection Tool on the EcoTrax platform so that I can personalize my dashboard with the sustainability metrics that matter to my organization.

Given that I am logged into the EcoTrax platform, when I navigate to the Metric Selection Tool, then I should see a comprehensive list of sustainability metrics available for selection.

As a user, I want to select multiple sustainability metrics from the Metric Selection Tool to track on my dashboard, ensuring they align with my organization's sustainability goals.

Given that I have accessed the Metric Selection Tool, when I select multiple sustainability metrics and submit my choices, then those metrics should be reflected accurately on my personalized dashboard.

As a user, I want to prioritize the selected metrics in the Metric Selection Tool so that I can focus on the most critical areas of sustainability management.

Given that I am using the Metric Selection Tool, when I drag and drop my selected metrics to reorder them, then the priority order should be saved and displayed correctly on my dashboard.

As a user, I want to remove a selected metric from my dashboard using the Metric Selection Tool, allowing me to keep my dashboard relevant to my needs.

Given that I have selected metrics displayed on my dashboard, when I use the Metric Selection Tool to remove a metric, then that metric should no longer be visible on my dashboard after I save my changes.

As an administrator, I want to ensure that the Metric Selection Tool provides help tooltips for each metric, assisting users in making informed selections.

Given that I am using the Metric Selection Tool, when I hover over a metric name, then a tooltip should appear that provides a brief description of the metric and its significance.

As a user, I want to ensure that my selections in the Metric Selection Tool are automatically saved so that I do not lose my preferences on re-login.

Given that I have selected metrics in the Metric Selection Tool, when I log out and log back into the EcoTrax platform, then my selected metrics should be displayed on my dashboard without the need for re-selection.

Drag-and-Drop Dashboard Customization

"As a data analyst, I want to drag and drop dashboard widgets so that I can customize my view and prioritize the most critical data at my fingertips."

Description

The Drag-and-Drop Dashboard Customization feature allows users to intuitively rearrange and resize widgets within their dashboards by simply dragging and dropping them. This functionality enhances the user experience by offering flexibility and convenience, enabling users to create a dashboard layout that reflects their individual workflows and preferences. The ability to customize the arrangement of data visualizations ensures that critical information is easily accessible, fostering quicker decision-making and more effective communication with stakeholders. This feature will integrate seamlessly with existing dashboard components, allowing for real-time adjustments without any downtime.

Acceptance Criteria

User rearranges widgets in their dashboard to better display relevant sustainability metrics during a team meeting.

Given a user is on the customizable dashboard view, when they drag a widget to a new position and drop it, then the widget should visually update its position on the dashboard without refreshing the page.

User resizes a widget to view more data within their dashboard layout before a reporting deadline.

Given a widget is currently displayed on the dashboard, when the user drags the corner of the widget to resize it, then the widget should resize in real-time while maintaining the data integrity and responsiveness of displayed information.

A user saves their customized dashboard layout after making changes to widget positions and sizes.

Given a user has rearranged and resized multiple widgets on their dashboard, when they click the 'Save' button, then the dashboard layout should be saved correctly, and the user should receive a confirmation message indicating the changes were saved successfully.

User loads their dashboard for the first time and expects the default widget arrangement.

Given a new user accesses EcoTrax for the first time, when they load their dashboard, then the default recommended widget arrangement should be displayed as per predefined settings without any errors.

User attempts to drag a widget beyond the dashboard boundary and expects it to remain within bounds.

Given a widget is being dragged by the user, when the widget reaches the edge of the dashboard viewport, then the widget should not be allowed to be dragged outside of the dashboard boundary and an outline should indicate the boundary limit.

User wants to reset their dashboard to the default layout after making several customized changes.

Given a user has made multiple adjustments to their dashboard layout, when the user clicks the 'Reset to Default' option, then all widgets should revert to the original default arrangement as established in the system settings without affecting saved data or settings.

Real-time Data Integration

"As an operations manager, I want to see real-time updates on my dashboard so that I can immediately respond to issues affecting my company's sustainability metrics."

Description

Real-time Data Integration ensures that the sustainability metrics displayed on the customizable dashboards are updated as events occur. This requirement involves creating APIs that connect to various IoT sensors and other external data sources, allowing users to see live updates on energy usage, waste disposal, and emissions levels. By providing real-time data, users can swiftly respond to fluctuations and trends, making informed decisions that can affect operational efficiency and sustainability initiatives. This feature is vital for maintaining the relevance and actionability of the dashboards, ensuring that users have access to accurate, up-to-the-minute data for insights and reporting.

Acceptance Criteria

User utilizes the customizable dashboard to monitor real-time energy usage during peak hours, checking the response to recent changes in operational schedules.

Given the user has set up their customizable dashboard with the energy usage metric, when the user refreshes the dashboard, then the displayed energy usage data should reflect live updates within a maximum of 5 seconds of actual data changes.

Stakeholders engage in a discussion meeting using the customized dashboard to analyze waste disposal trends over the past month and how it impacts operational decisions.

Given the user has selected the waste disposal metric on the dashboard, when the user views the dashboard, then the data for waste disposal should be accurate and provide comprehensive historical data for at least the past 30 days.

An organization monitors real-time emissions levels in response to a specific sustainability initiative and compares it with targeted goals.

Given the organization has defined specific emissions goals, when the organization views the emissions data on the dashboard, then the current emissions levels must be updated in real-time and displayed alongside target goals for easy comparison.

A facility manager reviews the dashboard at the end of a shift to assess real-time data updates on energy, waste, and emissions, ensuring accurate record-keeping for compliance purposes.

Given the facility manager opens the dashboard at the end of the shift, when the dashboard loads, then all metrics for energy, waste, and emissions should display data that has been updated in real-time, with timestamps indicating the last data refresh.

Users set their customized dashboards to receive alerts when any sustainability metric crosses predetermined thresholds, requiring immediate attention.

Given the user has configured alert settings for specific metrics, when any metric crosses the predetermined threshold, then an alert notification should be sent to the user immediately via in-app notification or email.

An environmental officer uses the customizable dashboard to generate reports based on real-time data for compliance audits.

Given the user has selected the reporting feature on the dashboard, when the report is generated, then the report must include real-time data accurately reflecting the most current metrics for energy usage, waste disposal, and emissions levels.

Collaborative Sharing Options

"As a team leader, I want to share my customized dashboard with my colleagues so that we can collaborate on our sustainability initiatives and keep everyone informed."

Description

Collaborative Sharing Options enable users to share their customized dashboards with team members and stakeholders easily. This feature includes permission controls that allow users to specify who can view or edit the shared dashboards. By facilitating collaboration, this requirement fosters a culture of transparency within organizations, encouraging teams to work together towards common sustainability goals. The ability to share insights and visualizations enhances communication across departments and ensures that everyone is aligned on sustainability performance, resulting in more cohesive strategy implementation and reporting.

Acceptance Criteria

A user wants to share their customized dashboard with a colleague to discuss sustainability metrics for an upcoming meeting.

Given the user has created a customized dashboard, when they select the share option and choose a colleague from their contact list, then the colleague should receive an email notification with a link to view the dashboard.

A user needs to restrict edit access to their dashboard to maintain data integrity while sharing it with team members.

Given a user has shared their customized dashboard, when they set the permission controls to 'View Only' for selected team members, then those team members should only be able to view the dashboard without the ability to make any edits.

A team manager wants to view the shared dashboards of their team members to compare performance metrics for a quarterly report.

Given that team members have shared their dashboards, when the manager accesses the shared dashboards section, then they should see a list of all shared dashboards with the option to view them.

A user wishes to stop sharing their dashboard with a collaborator after the project is completed.

Given a user has shared their dashboard with a collaborator, when the user selects the unshare option for that collaborator, then the collaborator should no longer have access to the dashboard.

A stakeholder requires access to specific data analytics from the shared dashboard for a presentation.

Given a dashboard has been shared with a stakeholder, when the stakeholder clicks on the link to access the dashboard, then they should see the latest data visualizations and performance metrics with no errors.

Performance Analytics Insights

"As a decision-maker, I want automated insights from my dashboard data so that I can quickly understand performance trends and prioritize improvement actions."

Description

Performance Analytics Insights provide users with automated analytical insights derived from the data collected on their dashboards. This feature will utilize AI algorithms to analyze trends, highlight anomalies, and suggest actions based on the data presented. By offering analytics-driven recommendations, users can gain deeper understanding of their sustainability performance and make better strategic decisions. This functionality not only helps in identifying areas for improvement but also facilitates proactive management of sustainability initiatives, contributing to continuous performance enhancement and compliance with sustainability regulations.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the customizable dashboard to view performance analytics insights for the first time.

Given a user is logged into EcoTrax, when they navigate to the customizable dashboard, they should see a selection of available metrics, their current values, and the option to add/remove metrics; then the dashboard should display an initial view populated with default metrics relevant to sustainability performance.

User requests AI-driven insights based on data presented in the customizable dashboard.

Given a user has a customizable dashboard set up with selected metrics, when they click on the 'Generate Insights' button, then the system should provide automated analytical insights that highlight trends, anomalies, and suggested actions based on current data within 5 seconds.

User adjusts the selected metrics on their customizable dashboard and re-generates AI-driven insights.

Given a user has previously set up metrics on the dashboard, when they change one or more metrics and click 'Update Insights', then the system should update the displayed analytics insights to reflect changes immediately without any errors, maintaining a loading time of no more than 5 seconds.

Admin checks if the AI algorithms for insights are functioning correctly with different data sets.

Given the admin accesses the analytics backend, when they run a test on the AI algorithm with multiple data sets, then each data set should trigger a response that includes a trend analysis summary, anomaly detection, and suggested actions, with a success rate of 95% or higher for accurate insight generation.

User shares their customized dashboard with team members for collaborative review of performance analytics insights.

Given a user is on their customizable dashboard, when they select the 'Share Dashboard' option and enter team member email addresses, then an email invitation should be sent successfully to each team member, allowing them to view the dashboard in read-only mode within 2 minutes.

User logs out and later logs back in to access their previously customized dashboard settings.

Given the user has customized their dashboard and logged out, when they log back in to EcoTrax, then the system should retrieve and display the user's last saved dashboard configuration, retaining all selected metrics and layout preferences accurately.

User evaluates the impact of changes made based on AI-driven insights over time.

Given the user makes changes to their sustainability practices based on the AI insights provided, when they check the performance metrics after a specified period (e.g., one month), then the metrics should show measurable improvements in sustainability performance indicators such as energy savings or reduced waste.

Comparison Visualizer

The Comparison Visualizer enables users to juxtapose current sustainability metrics against historical data or industry standards side-by-side. This feature helps users easily identify growth areas and performance gaps, motivating them to set ambitious goals and benchmark against peers. By visualizing this comparative data, it enhances accountability and drives continuous improvement in sustainability practices.

Requirements

Real-time Data Sync

"As a sustainability manager, I want real-time access to my company's sustainability metrics so that I can make informed decisions and quickly address any performance issues."

Description

The Real-time Data Sync requirement enables seamless synchronization of sustainability metrics from IoT sensors with EcoTrax’s central database. This functionality ensures that all users have access to the most current data, facilitating timely decision-making and accurate reporting. By integrating with existing sensor systems, this feature not only enhances the accuracy of the data presented but also reduces manual data entry errors. The primary benefit lies in providing users with actionable insights derived from the latest data, thereby improving overall sustainability efforts within their organizations.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a data sync after adding a new IoT sensor to track energy consumption in their facility.

Given that the user has added a new IoT sensor, when they initiate the data sync, then the system should update the central database with the latest data from the new sensor within 2 minutes.

User accesses the dashboard to view real-time sustainability metrics after a sync has occurred.

Given that a sync has been successfully completed, when the user views the dashboard, then the sustainability metrics displayed should reflect the most current data retrieved from the IoT sensors.

User attempts to sync data while the IoT sensor system is offline due to maintenance.

Given that the IoT sensor system is offline, when the user attempts to initiate a data sync, then the system should display an error message indicating that the data sync cannot be completed at this time.

User is reviewing historical sustainability data for a specific period after the latest sync.

Given that the user has selected a specific time range on the comparison visualizer, when they request historical data review, then the system should accurately display the sustainability metrics for that time range as a comparison to the most recent data.

User has a report scheduled to generate based on the latest synchronized data from the IoT sensors.

Given that a scheduling feature for reports is active, when the scheduled report is triggered, then the report should include the most up-to-date metrics from the last successful sync with the IoT sensors.

Multiple users are requesting data syncs simultaneously from different locations.

Given that multiple users across different locations initiate data syncs at the same time, when all requests are processed, then the system should handle concurrent syncs without any data loss or corruption, and each user should receive confirmation of their sync completion.

Customizable Dashboards

"As a user, I want to customize my dashboard to prioritize the sustainability metrics that matter most to my business so that I can track my progress more effectively."

Description

The Customizable Dashboards requirement allows users to personalize their EcoTrax interface by selecting the specific sustainability metrics they wish to display. This feature facilitates a tailored user experience, enabling businesses to focus on metrics that are most relevant to their sustainability goals. By providing drag-and-drop functionality, users can easily arrange their dashboard to highlight key performance indicators (KPIs), thereby enhancing engagement and improving tracking of priorities. This customization motivates users to monitor their sustainability journey effectively and leads to an increased focus on continuous improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects specific sustainability metrics to display on their customizable dashboard based on their company's sustainability goals and objectives.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrax, When they navigate to the dashboard customization settings, Then they can select from a list of available sustainability metrics and add them to their dashboard.

User rearranges the selected metrics on their dashboard to prioritize key performance indicators (KPIs) relevant to their current sustainability initiatives.

Given the user has selected sustainability metrics for their dashboard, When they use the drag-and-drop functionality to rearrange metrics, Then the system should save and reflect their new arrangement immediately.

User saves their customized dashboard settings and expects to see these changes reflected upon their next login.

Given the user has customized their dashboard, When they save their dashboard settings, Then the settings should persist, and the customized dashboard should appear as configured during the next login.

User wants to reset their dashboard to the default settings after making multiple changes.

Given the user is on the customized dashboard, When they select the reset option, Then the dashboard should revert to its original default settings without retaining any previous customizations.

User accesses the dashboard from a different device and expects to see the same customized settings as their primary device.

Given the user has customized their dashboard on one device, When they log into EcoTrax from another device, Then the customized dashboard should be identical to their primary device's settings.

User attempts to add a metric that is not part of the current data set due to integration issues.

Given the user selects an unavailable sustainability metric for their dashboard, When they attempt to add it, Then a message should appear indicating that the metric is currently unavailable for display due to integration issues.

Performance Benchmarking

"As a business owner, I want to see how my sustainability performance compares to industry standards so that I can identify areas for improvement and motivate my team to raise our goals."

Description

The Performance Benchmarking requirement establishes a framework for users to compare their sustainability metrics against industry standards or similar organizations. This feature provides users with critical insights into performance gaps and opportunities for improvement. By integrating data from various sources, the benchmarking functionality allows users to visualize their standings in the context of the broader industry, encouraging them to set ambitious sustainability goals. This capability elevates user accountability and fosters a culture of transparency and improvement across SMEs.

Acceptance Criteria

User compares their current energy usage metrics with industry standards for similar SMEs during a quarterly review meeting.

Given the user has accessed the Comparison Visualizer, when they select the energy usage metric, then the system should display a side-by-side comparison of their current metrics against industry standards with clear indicators of performance gaps.

A user wants to identify improvements in their waste management metrics from the past year.

Given the user selects the waste management tab in the Comparison Visualizer, when they input the last year's data, then the system should show a graphical representation of the differences in waste metrics over the year with actionable insights provided.

A user aims to benchmark their emissions metrics against the top-performing organizations in their sector.

Given the user has logged into the Comparison Visualizer and has access to emissions data, when they request a benchmark comparison with top-performing organizations, then the system should generate a detailed report indicating where the user stands against the benchmarks.

A user wants to set new sustainability goals based on historical data and benchmarks.

Given the user has completed a benchmarking comparison, when they view the identified performance gaps, then the system should allow the user to set new sustainability goals that are measurable and time-bound with increased accountability.

A user receives a summary report of their sustainability performance relative to industry peers bi-annually.

Given the user has opted into bi-annual reporting, when the reporting period ends, then the system should automatically generate and send a summary report highlighting key performance indicators, gaps, and suggested improvements based on peer comparisons.

The user needs to filter and analyze their sustainability performance metrics by specific time frames.

Given the user is on the Comparison Visualizer interface, when they select a custom date range for their metrics, then the system should accurately update the visualizations to reflect metrics only within the selected time frame.

Interactive Visual Reporting

"As a stakeholder, I want to view interactive visual reports on our sustainability performance so that I can easily understand and communicate our progress to my team and other stakeholders."

Description

The Interactive Visual Reporting requirement enables users to generate and customize reports that visualize sustainability metrics over time. Users can select from various chart types, tables, and graphs to depict their data dynamically. This feature allows for deeper analytical insights and helps to communicate progress to stakeholders effectively. By employing user-friendly interfaces, it simplifies the reporting process and enhances engagement by allowing users to explore data interactions interactively. Ultimately, this feature supports improved data-driven decision-making and communication around sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Interactive Visual Reporting feature to generate a report for quarterly sustainability metrics.

Given the user is on the reporting dashboard, when they select 'Generate Report', then the system must display a customizable report interface with options for various chart types, tables, and graphs.

User customizes their report by selecting a bar chart to visualize energy consumption over the past year.

Given the user has chosen a bar chart from the report customization options, when they click 'Apply', then the system must render the selected chart displaying accurate energy consumption data for the past year.

User exports the customized report to share with stakeholders.

Given the report has been successfully customized, when the user clicks on 'Export', then the system must provide options to download the report in PDF or Excel format, ensuring the document retains the visualizations.

User interacts with the generated report by filtering data based on specific months.

Given the user is viewing the generated report, when they apply a filter for specific months, then the visualization must update in real-time to reflect the filtered data accurately.

User navigates back to the reporting dashboard after viewing the report.

Given the user is viewing the generated report, when they click the 'Back' button, then the system must return the user to the reporting dashboard without losing any previously selected settings or filters.

User checks the compatibility of the report with various web browsers.

Given the user is generating a report, when the report is accessed on different web browsers (Chrome, Firefox, Safari), then the system must display the report without any visual discrepancies or functionality issues across all platforms.

User seeks assistance for troubleshooting an issue while creating a report.

Given the user encounters an issue during report customization, when they click on 'Help', then the system must provide relevant FAQs or direct access to customer support resources in a user-friendly manner.

Automated Alerts for Anomalies

"As a facility manager, I want to receive automated alerts when our energy consumption metrics deviate from the norm so that I can address issues before they escalate."

Description

The Automated Alerts for Anomalies requirement establishes a system where users receive notifications when data indicates unexpected changes in sustainability metrics. This feature utilizes AI algorithms to monitor trends and flag anomalies, ensuring that users are alerted to potential issues that could require immediate attention. This proactive approach enhances the quality of sustainability management by allowing organizations to react swiftly to deviations. The primary benefit is improved data reliability and enhanced response strategies, ultimately leading to stronger sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an automated alert for a spike in energy consumption that exceeds predefined thresholds during the monthly performance review.

Given that the user has set energy consumption thresholds, when the system detects a spike in data that exceeds these thresholds, then an automated alert should be sent to the user via email and within the application notifications.

The system monitors waste generation metrics and alerts users when there is a significant drop-off in waste recycling rates compared to historical data.

Given the historical recycling rate data is available, when the system observes a drop of 20% or more in the current recycling rate compared to the average historical rate, then an alert should be triggered to notify the user.

A user wants to ensure that the alerts for emissions exceedances are received in real-time to enable immediate corrective action.

Given that the user has opted for real-time notifications, when the system detects an emission level above regulatory limits, then an immediate alert must be sent to both email and mobile app to the user.

The system needs to use AI algorithms to analyze trends over time for energy usage and provide alerts for any unexpected downward trends that could indicate issues.

Given the historical data is available, when the system calculates a downward trend of energy usage that deviates by 15% from the expected trend, then an anomaly alert should be generated and sent to the user.

A user configures the system to notify them for any anomalies in sustainability metrics at the end of each week during a team meeting.

Given the weekly meeting is scheduled, when the system identifies an anomaly in any sustainability metrics during that week, then an alert summary report should be automatically generated and shared with the user by email before the meeting.

A user wants to review previous alerts to ensure that the automated system is functioning correctly and addressing significant deviations appropriately.

Given that the user needs to review past alerts, when the user accesses the alert history, then they should see a complete list of alerts, including timestamps, affected metrics, and actions taken for at least the last 30 days.

User requires assurance that not only will they receive alerts, but also that the alerts are customizable based on specific metrics of interest.

Given that the user wants customizable alerts, when they set their preferences for metrics they wish to monitor, then the system must allow the user to configure and save alerts based on selected thresholds and metrics of their choice.

Collaboration Tools for Team Engagement

"As a team member, I want to use collaboration tools within EcoTrax so that my colleagues and I can effectively work together on our sustainability initiatives."

Description

The Collaboration Tools for Team Engagement requirement introduces features that allow users to share insights and reports, facilitate discussions, and set collaborative goals related to sustainability initiatives. This capability fosters a collaborative environment across teams, enabling them to work together effectively toward shared sustainability objectives. By integrating chat functions, task assignments, and shared reporting features, users can enhance their engagement with sustainability practices. Ultimately, this encourages a team-oriented approach and increases the likelihood of achieving sustainability targets.

Acceptance Criteria

Users collaborate on sustainability reports in real-time, sharing insights and discussing strategies through integrated chat functions.

Given a user has access to the collaboration tools, when they initiate a chat session, then all members of the team can join and contribute to the conversation.

Users assign tasks related to sustainability initiatives, ensuring clear accountability and engagement across teams.

Given a task has been created and assigned to a team member, when the task is marked as complete, then it should reflect in the team's shared report with a timestamp and assignee's name.

Users can share reports on sustainability metrics with stakeholders, enabling informed decision-making and transparency.

Given a user generates a sustainability report, when they select the option to share, then the report should be delivered to the specified stakeholders via email with appropriate access controls applied.

Users set collaborative goals for sustainability initiatives, allowing teams to track progress collectively.

Given a collaborative goal has been established, when team members update their progress, then the overall goal progress should be reflected and visible to all users involved.

Users can store and retrieve past conversations and reports, facilitating ongoing discussions and follow-ups.

Given a conversation has been archived, when a user searches for prior discussions within the last 30 days, then relevant results should populate, allowing the user to review the discussion history.

Users can create and share visually engaging sustainability dashboards that reflect team contributions and collective goals.

Given a dashboard has been created, when users share it with their team, then all team members should see the same real-time data and visualizations without discrepancies.

Users receive notifications for changes made to collaborative goals or tasks, keeping all members engaged and informed.

Given a change is made to a collaborative task, when users are tagged in that task, then they should receive a notification detailing the changes made.

Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit

The Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit integrates shareable visual reports and presentations directly from the EcoTrend Visualizer. This feature streamlines communication efforts by providing ready-to-use visual content for stakeholders, ensuring that sustainability achievements and initiatives are effectively communicated and documented. It enhances collaboration and transparency, reinforcing the business's commitment to sustainability.

Requirements

Customizable Report Templates

"As a sustainability officer, I want to create customized reports for different stakeholder groups so that I can effectively communicate our sustainability initiatives and impact in a way that resonates with each audience."

Description

The requirement involves the development of customizable report templates that allow users to design and create visual reports tailored to their specific stakeholder communications needs. These templates should support various data visualizations, themes, and branding elements, enabling users to present their sustainability metrics and achievements effectively. This feature will enhance the effectiveness of communication with stakeholders by making reports more engaging and relevant, contributing to better transparency and collaboration. The ability to customize reports will also ensure that businesses can align their messaging with their branding and communication strategy, reinforcing their commitment to sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customization of Report Templates for Stakeholder Communication

Given a user has accessed the customizable report templates feature, when they select a template, then they must have the ability to modify at least three key elements such as data visualization type, color theme, and branding logo before saving the report.

Integration of Data Sources into Customizable Report Templates

Given a user seeks to create a report, when they choose to integrate data from specific sources, then the report template should support at least five different data sources, including IoT sensor data and manual CSV uploads.

Preview Functionality for Custom Report Templates

Given a user is customizing a report template, when they click the preview option, then they must be able to view a fully rendered version of their report with all applied customizations before finalizing.

Downloadable Formats for Customized Reports

Given a user has completed customizing their report, when they choose to download the report, then the system must allow download options in at least three formats including PDF, PPT, and Excel.

User Access Levels for Report Customization

Given a business has multiple users, when they implement report customization, then the system should restrict access based on user roles, ensuring only authorized users can edit and customize report templates.

Version Control for Report Templates

Given a user has made changes to a report template, when they save it, then the system must automatically create a new version of the template, allowing for prior versions to be accessed and restored if needed.

Feedback Mechanism for Report Templates

Given a user has used the customizable report templates, when they complete a report, then they must have the option to provide feedback on the template's effectiveness and ease of use, which will be recorded for future improvements.

Interactive Presentation Mode

"As a project manager, I want an interactive presentation mode so that I can engage my stakeholders during meetings and effectively highlight our sustainability progress."

Description

This requirement entails the introduction of an interactive presentation mode within the Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit. The interactive mode will allow users to present reports and metrics dynamically during meetings, enabling them to highlight key data points and respond to questions in real-time. This functionality benefits businesses by fostering clearer communication and engagement during discussions with stakeholders, making it easier to convey important messages and data insights. Ultimately, this interactive approach will enhance stakeholder understanding and foster better collaboration towards sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates an interactive presentation mode during a stakeholder meeting to discuss sustainability metrics and outcomes.

Given that the user is logged into EcoTrax, When the user selects the interactive presentation mode, Then the system should display a full-screen view of the report containing relevant metrics and data points.

User dynamically highlights specific data points during the presentation while answering stakeholder questions.

Given the interactive presentation mode is active, When the user clicks on a data point in the report, Then the selected data point should be visually highlighted, and an explanation should be provided on demand.

Meeting participants wish to save the engaged view of the presentation for later reference.

Given the interactive presentation mode is active, When the user selects 'Save View', Then the system should allow the user to save the current state of the presentation, including highlights and notes, for future reference.

User needs to share the presentation with stakeholders who are not present.

Given the interactive presentation mode is active, When the user selects the share option, Then the system should generate a sharable link to the current presentation view that stakeholders can access online.

User requires feedback from stakeholders after the presentation.

Given the interactive presentation mode has concluded, When the user activates the feedback form, Then the system should display a form for stakeholders to provide their feedback on the presentation effectiveness and content clarity.

User wants to switch to a different report during the presentation without interruptions.

Given the interactive presentation mode is active, When the user selects a different report from the dashboard, Then the system should transition smoothly to the new report without losing previous interactions or highlights.

Automated Report Scheduling

"As a sustainability coordinator, I want to schedule automatic report distributions to stakeholders so that they receive timely updates on our sustainability progress without needing to manually send reports each time."

Description

The requirement focuses on creating an automated report scheduling feature that allows users to set specific times for generating and distributing stakeholder reports regularly. This feature will enable sustainability teams to ensure that stakeholders receive timely updates on sustainability metrics without manual intervention. Automating this process will enhance efficiency, reduce administrative workload, and ensure that stakeholders are consistently informed about the business's sustainability efforts. Improved communication frequency can strengthen stakeholder relationships and reinforce the business's commitment to transparency in sustainability reporting.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up a weekly automated report to stakeholders every Monday at 9 AM for sustainability metrics.

Given that the user schedules a report for weekly delivery, When the scheduled time arrives, Then the system generates the report automatically and sends it to the specified stakeholder email list without manual intervention.

A user wants to modify an existing automated report schedule to change the frequency from weekly to monthly.

Given that an automated report schedule exists, When the user selects the report and changes the frequency to monthly, Then the system updates the schedule and confirms the change to the user.

A user needs confirmation that the automated report has been successfully sent to stakeholders.

Given that the automated report is scheduled to be sent, When the report is sent, Then the system sends a confirmation notification to the user via email indicating that the report has been successfully delivered.

A user wants to view the history of sent automated reports to stakeholders to track communication.

Given that automated reports have been sent in the past, When the user accesses the report history, Then the system displays a list of all previously sent reports with timestamps and recipient details.

A user attempts to schedule an automated report for a date and time in the past and needs appropriate feedback.

Given that a user inputs a past date and time for scheduling, When the user attempts to save the schedule, Then the system displays an error message indicating that the date and time must be in the future.

The system generates an automated report with specific metrics chosen by the user and sends it to stakeholders.

Given that the user selects specific metrics for the report, When the automated report is generated, Then the report includes only the selected metrics and is correctly formatted for stakeholder viewing.

A user needs to cancel a previously scheduled automated report.

Given that a user has a scheduled automated report, When the user cancels the report schedule, Then the system removes the schedule and confirms the cancellation to the user.

Data Integration with IoT Devices

"As an operations manager, I want to integrate data from our IoT devices into the reports so that I can provide stakeholders with real-time insights into our sustainability performance."

Description

This requirement involves the integration of data from IoT devices into the Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit, enabling the automatic inclusion of real-time sustainability metrics from various sources. By leveraging data from IoT sensors, businesses can provide stakeholders with up-to-date information on energy usage, waste management, and emission levels. This capability is critical for offering credible and accurate reports to stakeholders, further promoting transparency and trust in sustainability initiatives. Real-time data will also enhance the toolkit's predictive analytics capabilities, allowing for more informed decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time data synchronization from IoT devices into the Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit

Given the EcoTrax platform is connected to IoT devices, when data is collected, then the data should automatically update in the Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit within 5 minutes of collection.

Visual reporting of sustainability metrics in the Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit

Given the Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit has been updated with real-time data, when a user generates a report, then it should include the latest metrics on energy usage, waste management, and emission levels with no discrepancies.

User access and permissions for the Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit

Given the EcoTrax platform has multiple user levels, when a user attempts to access the Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit, then the user should be granted or denied access based on their assigned role and permissions.

Integration of custom metrics from various IoT devices

Given multiple IoT devices are reporting various sustainability metrics, when the data is integrated into the Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit, then users should be able to select and visualize custom metrics specific to their sustainability goals.

Notifications for stakeholders about new report availability

Given new reports are generated in the Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit, when a report is ready, then all relevant stakeholders should receive automated notifications via email with a link to access the report.

Audit log for data changes in the Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit

Given the Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit is receiving data updates, when data is modified or integrated, then an audit log should be maintained capturing the date, time, and nature of the changes for transparency.

Stakeholder Feedback Mechanism

"As a stakeholder, I want to provide feedback on sustainability reports so that my comments can be considered in future initiatives and enhance our collaboration."

Description

This requirement is for the development of a stakeholder feedback mechanism within the Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit, allowing stakeholders to provide input and comments on sustainability reports and initiatives presented. This feature will enable a two-way communication channel that fosters engagement and collaboration with stakeholders. By gathering feedback, businesses can gain insights into stakeholder perceptions and expectations, which can inform future sustainability strategies and initiatives, resulting in improved stakeholder satisfaction and support for the business's sustainability agenda.

Acceptance Criteria

Feedback Submission by Stakeholders

Given a stakeholder accesses the Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit, when they select a sustainability report to review, then they can submit feedback in a provided comment field that is successfully saved to the system.

Notification of Feedback Receipt

Given a stakeholder has submitted their feedback on a sustainability report, when the feedback is submitted, then a confirmation message is displayed to the stakeholder indicating successful submission and that their input will be reviewed.

Administrator Review of Feedback

Given an administrator accesses the stakeholder feedback dashboard, when they view the submitted feedback, then they can see all comments organized by report, including timestamps and stakeholder details.

Feedback Acknowledgement Communication

Given an administrator reviews submitted feedback, when they respond to a stakeholder’s comment, then a notification email is sent to the stakeholder acknowledging their input and summarizing the response.

Feedback Trends Analysis

Given an administrator accesses the feedback analytics dashboard, when they analyze the feedback over a specified period, then they can view trends in stakeholder sentiment regarding sustainability initiatives in a graphical format.

Access Control for Feedback Submission

Given a stakeholder attempts to submit feedback, when they are not logged in, then they are prompted to log in or create an account to proceed with the feedback submission.

Feedback Management System Performance

Given multiple stakeholders submit feedback simultaneously, when the feedback is sent to the system, then the system processes all submissions without errors or delays and maintains performance under load.

Sustainability Milestone Tracker

The Sustainability Milestone Tracker allows users to set, visualize, and celebrate important sustainability targets and achievements on their dashboards. This feature promotes motivation and accountability by highlighting key milestones in the sustainability journey, providing visual rewards for progress made. It encourages team engagement and fosters a culture of ongoing commitment towards sustainability goals.

Requirements

Milestone Creation

"As a sustainability manager, I want to create specific sustainability milestones so that my team can have clear targets to work towards and track our progress effectively."

Description

The Milestone Creation requirement allows users to define specific sustainability targets within the EcoTrax platform. Users can input target values, deadlines, and associated metrics to track progress against each milestone. This functionality ensures that targets are relevant and achievable by allowing customizations based on user-defined parameters. Coupled with a user-friendly interface, this requirement enhances user experience by simplifying the process of milestone management, ultimately driving accountability and focus on sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a new sustainability milestone for reducing energy consumption.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when the user navigates to the Milestone Creation section and inputs a target energy reduction value with a deadline, then a new milestone should be created and displayed on the dashboard.

User edits an existing sustainability milestone to adjust the target value and deadline.

Given an existing milestone is selected from the dashboard, when the user modifies the target value and changes the deadline, then the updated milestone should reflect the new parameters on the dashboard after saving.

User deletes an existing sustainability milestone from the dashboard.

Given the user is viewing their milestones, when the user selects the delete option for a specific milestone, then that milestone should be permanently removed from the dashboard without any error messages.

User tracks progress towards an energy consumption milestone over time.

Given the milestone has been created and progress data has been entered, when the user views the milestone on the dashboard, then the progress bar should accurately display the percentage of completion against the target value.

User receives a notification when a sustainability milestone is approaching its deadline.

Given the user has set a milestone with a deadline, when the deadline is approaching within a specified time frame, then the user should receive a notification alerting them to the upcoming deadline.

User visualizes milestone achievements with celebratory graphics when a target is met.

Given the user has completed a milestone, when the milestone is marked as complete, then the dashboard should display celebratory graphics and a message acknowledging the achievement.

User can customize milestone metrics based on organizational needs.

Given the user is on the Milestone Creation page, when the user selects metric types from a predefined list, then the selected metrics should be saved along with the milestone, ensuring they align with user-defined parameters.

Progress Visualization

"As an employee, I want to see visual representations of our progress towards sustainability milestones so that I can stay motivated and aware of our contributions towards achieving our goals."

Description

This requirement facilitates the visualization of progress towards sustainability milestones on the user’s dashboard. By presenting data through graphs, charts, and color-coded indicators, users can easily gauge their advancement against set targets. This feature is critical as it motivates teams by providing an immediate visual representation of achievements and areas needing improvement, fostering a culture of transparency and ongoing commitment to sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

Dashboard Display of Sustainability Progress

Given the user has set sustainability milestones, when the user accesses the dashboard, then the progress towards each milestone is displayed visually through graphs and charts that represent advancement in percentage terms.

Color-coded Indicators for Progress

Given the user is viewing their progress on the dashboard, when the progress is less than 50%, then the indicator is colored red; if between 50% and 80%, then it is yellow; and for above 80%, it is green to signify the levels of achievement.

Milestone Achievement Notifications

Given a user reaches a sustainability milestone, when the milestone is achieved, then the user receives a notification on their dashboard confirming the achievement and outlining the next steps or goals.

Historical Data Access for Progress Tracking

Given the user has been tracking sustainability milestones for at least three months, when the user accesses the historical data feature, then they can view all past progress visualizations and trends on their dashboard.

User Engagement with Milestone Visualization

Given the user log in to their EcoTrax account, when the user interacts with the milestone visualizations (hover over, click), then they should see detailed breakdowns of their progress alongside tips for improvement.

Dashboard Customization for User Preferences

Given the user has access to the dashboard, when the user customizes their milestone tracker layout, then the changes are saved and reflected in their view upon the next login without loss of previous data.

Milestone Celebration Alerts

"As a team leader, I want to receive alerts when we hit our sustainability milestones so that I can celebrate our team’s achievements and maintain high morale."

Description

The Milestone Celebration Alerts requirement enables automated notifications when users reach key sustainability milestones. These alerts can be customized to trigger celebrations through desktop notifications, emails, or in-app messages, highlighting the achievement and promoting a sense of accomplishment within the team. This feature not only recognizes hard work but also enhances team morale, fostering an environment that values sustainability and collective effort.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an automated celebration alert upon achieving a predefined sustainability milestone on their EcoTrax dashboard.

Given the user has configured milestone alerts, when they achieve a sustainability milestone, then an automated notification should be sent via their chosen communication channel (desktop, email, or in-app).

The notification for a sustainability milestone celebration is customized by the user in the application settings.

Given the user accesses the settings, when they customize the notification preferences for milestone celebrations, then those preferences should be accurately reflected and saved in the system to trigger the alerts accordingly.

Users are able to visualize their milestones and the corresponding alerts in the EcoTrax interface post-achievement.

Given a user has achieved a milestone, when they view their dashboard, then the alerts should be visually represented on the milestone tracker section, clearly indicating the achieved status and recognition.

Multiple users can receive milestone celebration alerts simultaneously when a shared team goal is achieved.

Given a team works towards a shared sustainability milestone, when that milestone is achieved, then all team members should receive individual celebration alerts through their selected communication methods.

Users can opt-in or opt-out of celebration alerts via their profile settings.

Given the user is in their profile settings, when they toggle the option for receiving milestone celebration alerts, then their preference should be updated in the system immediately and reflected in future notifications.

The system logs all milestone celebration alerts sent to users for audit and review purposes.

Given that a milestone celebration alert is triggered, when the alert is sent to the user, then a record of this alert should be stored in the system's database, including user information, timestamp, and milestone details.

Milestone Reporting

"As a business owner, I want to generate reports on our sustainability milestone progress so that I can communicate our achievements and challenges to stakeholders effectively."

Description

Milestone Reporting allows users to generate reports summarizing progress on sustainability milestones over defined periods. This functionality includes the ability to customize reports based on date ranges, specific goals, and performance metrics. By generating insightful reports, users can better understand their sustainability efforts and share outcomes with stakeholders, supporting long-term strategy evaluation and enhancement of sustainability planning.

Acceptance Criteria

Milestone Reporting for Quarter 1 Progress Review

Given the user accesses the Milestone Reporting feature in EcoTrax, when the user selects the date range for Quarter 1, then the system generates a report that summarizes all sustainability milestones achieved during that period, displaying relevant metrics and visualizations.

Customizing Reports Based on Specific Goals

Given the user wants to customize the report for a specific sustainability goal, when the user selects the goal from the list and sets the desired date range, then the report generated includes only the relevant milestones and performance metrics associated with that goal.

Sharing Reports with Stakeholders

Given the user has generated a Milestone Report, when the user selects the option to share the report, then it is sent via email to designated stakeholders with a summary and download link for the full report in a PDF format.

Visual Indicators of Milestone Achievements

Given the user views the Milestone Reporting dashboard, when milestones are achieved, then there are visual indicators (such as checkmarks or colors) that highlight completed milestones versus those still in progress.

Performance Metrics Comparison Over Time

Given the user generates a Milestone Report, when the user selects the option to compare performance metrics against previous periods, then the report displays comparative metrics with clear distinctions between current and past performances.

Automated Report Generation

Given the user sets parameters for automated reporting, when the time period specified is reached, then the system automatically generates and sends the report to the designated recipients without user intervention.

Integration of IoT Sensor Data in Reports

Given the company has integrated IoT sensors, when the Milestone Report is generated, then it includes data from these sensors to provide a comprehensive view of sustainability metrics related to energy, waste, and emissions.

Integration with IoT Data

"As a data analyst, I want to integrate IoT data into our milestone tracker so that I can ensure accurate tracking and enhance our sustainability metrics with real-time information."

Description

This requirement ensures that the Sustainability Milestone Tracker seamlessly integrates with existing IoT sensors and data sources. Users can automatically pull real-time data into the milestone tracker, ensuring accurate tracking of progress against sustainability goals. By having data-driven insights available, users can make informed decisions and align their strategies proactively, strengthening the overall effectiveness of the EcoTrax platform.

Acceptance Criteria

As an SME sustainability manager, I want to integrate real-time data from IoT sensors into the Sustainability Milestone Tracker so that I can track our energy consumption accurately and make informed decisions based on the latest information.

Given that I have connected the IoT sensors to the EcoTrax platform, when I access the Sustainability Milestone Tracker, then I should see real-time energy consumption data reflected on the dashboard within 5 seconds.

As a user of the Sustainability Milestone Tracker, I want to automatically receive updates on our waste management metrics so that I can quickly identify any deviations from our sustainability goals.

Given that the IoT data for waste management is integrated, when I review the milestone tracker dashboard, then I should see up-to-date waste management metrics that accurately reflect the data collected from the IoT sensors without manual refresh.

As a project leader, I want to visualize key sustainability milestones in the tracker to ensure that my team can celebrate achievements and remain motivated.

Given that I have set sustainability milestones, when I view the dashboard, then I should see a visual representation of our progress including completed milestones highlighted with badges or visual rewards that signify success.

As an administrator, I want to configure alerts for when real-time data from IoT devices falls below pre-defined thresholds, so I can take timely action to correct issues.

Given that I have set threshold values for the IoT data integration, when the recorded data breaches these thresholds, then I should receive an automatic alert within 2 minutes via email or in-app notification.

As an operations manager, I want to compare past and current IoT data insights in the Sustainability Milestone Tracker so that I can identify trends over time.

Given that I want to analyze historical data, when I view the comparison feature in the dashboard, then I should be able to see at least three months' worth of IoT data side by side with clear visualizations of trends and patterns.

As a team member, I want to ensure that the IoT data displayed on the milestone tracker is accurate and reflects the true state of our sustainability metrics.

Given that data is being pulled from multiple IoT sensors, when I check the audit log in the EcoTrax platform, then I should see a record of data sync events with timestamps showing successful integrations or any errors that occurred.

As a stakeholder, I want to access the Sustainability Milestone Tracker from different devices to stay updated on our sustainability progress when I am not in the office.

Given that I use the EcoTrax platform on various devices, when I log in to the Sustainability Milestone Tracker from a mobile device, then I should see the same real-time dashboard and data accuracy as on the desktop version without loss of functionality.

User Role Permissions for Milestones

"As an administrator, I want to set user roles and permissions for milestone management so that our data remains secure and is only accessible to designated team members."

Description

User Role Permissions for Milestones allows administrators to define who can create, edit, and view sustainability milestones within the EcoTrax system. This requirement is important to ensure that sensitive data is protected and that only authorized personnel can access or modify milestone information. By implementing role-based access, organizations can enhance governance and maintain the integrity of their sustainability tracking efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

The administrator accesses the EcoTrax system to create a new sustainability milestone after logging in with their credentials.

Given an administrator is logged in, when they attempt to create a new milestone, then the system should allow them to do so and save the milestone successfully.

An authorized user attempts to edit an existing sustainability milestone that they created previously.

Given the user is authorized to edit the milestone, when they access the milestone details and make changes, then the system should update the milestone with the new information and confirm the update.

A user with restricted permissions attempts to view a milestone that they do not have access to.

Given the user does not have permission to view the milestone, when they attempt to access it, then the system should display an 'Access Denied' message.

An administrator wants to review all user roles and their permissions related to sustainability milestones within the EcoTrax system.

Given an administrator is logged in, when they navigate to the user roles management section, then they should see a list of all roles with their respective permissions for milestones.

A team member logs into the EcoTrax system to see if they can create a milestone before submitting a request to an administrator.

Given the team member is logged in, when they try to navigate to the milestone creation page, then they should see a message indicating they do not have permission to create milestones.

An administrator seeks to revoke milestone editing permissions from a specific user role.

Given the administrator has accessed the user role management, when they remove the editing permission for milestones from a specific role, then that role should no longer have editing capabilities for any milestones.

A compliance officer needs to ensure that only authorized personnel can view sensitive sustainability milestones.

Given a list of milestones exists, when the officer reviews the roles assigned to them, then each milestone should only be visible to users with the appropriate permissions.

Green Points System

The Green Points System allows employees to earn points for participating in sustainability practices, such as reducing energy consumption or generating less waste. These points can be redeemed for rewards, such as discounts or recognition within the company. This feature promotes engagement and fosters a competitive spirit among employees, turning sustainability actions into rewarding experiences.

Requirements

Points Accumulation Mechanism

"As an employee, I want to easily track and accumulate Green Points for my sustainable practices so that I can see the impact of my efforts and earn rewards for my contributions."

Description

The Points Accumulation Mechanism enables employees to earn Green Points based on their engagement in various sustainability initiatives, such as energy conservation and waste reduction. This functionality measures participation levels, calculates points, and updates users' total points in real-time. This requirement must seamlessly integrate with existing employee profiles and should provide accurate tracking of points accrued. Additionally, it should include safeguards against fraudulent point accumulation and allow for adjustments based on specific activities. The expected outcome is to foster increased engagement with sustainability practices among employees through tangible rewards tied to their actions.

Acceptance Criteria

Employee Participation in Sustainability Initiatives

Given an employee participates in a registered sustainability initiative, when they successfully complete the actions required, then their Green Points should be updated in real-time according to the predefined points assigned to that initiative.

Real-Time Points Update

Given an employee has engaged in sustainability practices, when the points accumulation process runs, then the employee's total Green Points should reflect accurately within one minute of completing the initiative.

Fraud Prevention in Points Accumulation

Given that a user attempts to log participation in an initiative multiple times without actual engagement, when the system checks for fraudulent entries, then the system should flag and prevent any such attempts from being recorded.

Integration with Employee Profiles

Given an employee's profile within the EcoTrax system, when their participation in sustainability initiatives is recorded, then their Green Points should be automatically linked to their profile and updated without any manual intervention.

Reward Redemption Process

Given an employee has a sufficient number of accumulated Green Points, when they choose to redeem their points for a reward, then the system should automatically deduct the points and confirm the redemption via an automated notification.

Adjustments Based on Specific Activities

Given an employee meets special criteria for additional point allocation, when the points accumulation mechanism is applied, then their total Green Points should be adjusted to reflect the additional points awarded based on the specific activity.

Dashboard Display of Total Points

Given an employee logs into their EcoTrax account, when they view their dashboard, then it should display their current total Green Points clearly and accurately, along with a breakdown of points earned from individual initiatives.

Reward Redemption Program

"As an employee, I want to redeem my Green Points for rewards easily so that I feel motivated to continue participating in sustainability initiatives."

Description

The Reward Redemption Program facilitates the conversion of accumulated Green Points into various incentives and recognition programs. This feature should include a catalog of available rewards, such as discounts on products, extra vacation days, or recognition awards. The program must ensure that the redemption process is user-friendly, allowing quick browsing and claiming of rewards while providing clear communication on point requirements for each reward. Integration with other company systems (like HR and payroll) may be required to ensure smooth reward disbursement. The aim is to enhance employee motivation by providing tangible benefits for sustainable actions.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to browse the available rewards in the Redemption Program so that I can decide which rewards to claim based on my accumulated Green Points.

Given I am on the rewards catalog page, when I filter the rewards by category, then I should see only the rewards that match the selected category, and the point requirements for each reward should be clearly displayed.

As an employee, I want to redeem my Green Points for a reward so that I can receive the benefits of my sustainable actions.

Given I have enough Green Points for a selected reward, when I click the 'Redeem' button, then I should receive a confirmation message that my points have been deducted and the reward will be sent to me, along with an estimated delivery time.

As a manager, I want to view a leaderboard of employees who have redeemed rewards so that I can celebrate their achievements and promote engagement in sustainability.

Given I access the rewards leaderboard, when I view the list of employees, then I should see their names, the number of Green Points redeemed, and the rewards they've claimed, sorted by the highest number of redeemed points.

As a user, I want to receive notifications regarding point balances and available rewards so that I stay informed about my progress and redemption options.

Given I have accumulated Green Points, when I reach specific thresholds (e.g. every 100 points), then I should receive an email notification detailing my current point balance and highlighting newly available rewards that I can claim.

As a payroll staff member, I want the rewards redemption process to integrate with HR and payroll systems so that I can easily manage and track rewards given to employees.

Given an employee has successfully redeemed a reward, when the points are deducted, then the HR system should automatically update to reflect the redeemed points and ensure the reward is listed in the employee's record.

As an employee, I want clear communication regarding the point requirements for each reward so that I can make informed decisions about my redemptions.

Given I am on the rewards redemption page, when I hover over any reward item, then a tooltip should appear displaying the point requirement and additional details about the reward.

As an employee, I want to have the option to provide feedback on rewards and the redemption process so that my suggestions can improve future offerings.

Given I have redeemed a reward, when I am prompted for feedback, then I should be able to submit my review and suggestions for improvements, which should be collected for future analysis.

Leaderboard for Sustainability Practices

"As an employee, I want to see how I compare to my colleagues on the Leaderboard so that I can feel a sense of competition and motivation to boost my sustainability efforts."

Description

The Leaderboard feature will create a competitive environment by displaying employees' standings based on their accrued Green Points. This public ranking not only fosters motivation among employees to engage in sustainable practices but also enhances team collaboration as users can view collective achievements. The Leaderboard must update in real-time, reflecting changes as points are earned. This requirement also includes options for filtering the leaderboard by teams or departments. The expected outcome is to instill a sense of achievement and community around sustainability efforts within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Displaying Real-Time Leaderboard Rankings

Given that users have earned Green Points, when they access the Leaderboard, then the displayed rankings should reflect the current standings of all employees in real-time, updating every few seconds as points are accrued.

Filtering Leaderboard by Departments

Given that an employee is viewing the Leaderboard, when they select a specific department from the filter options, then the Leaderboard should update to display only the rankings of employees within that chosen department.

Visibility of Individual Contributions

Given that the Leaderboard is displayed, when an employee clicks on their name, then a popup should appear showing their total Green Points, recent actions contributing to their points, and their ranking compared to others.

Reward Redemption Process

Given that an employee has accumulated enough Green Points, when they access the rewards section, then they should be able to view available rewards, and successfully redeem points for a selected reward without errors.

Promoting Team Collaboration

Given that multiple employees are viewing the Leaderboard, when a team achieves a certain collective milestone of Green Points, then an achievement notification should be displayed on the Leaderboard acknowledging their collective effort.

Leaderboard Accessibility

Given that an employee has logged into the EcoTrax application, when they navigate to the Leaderboard section, then it should be accessible without any errors or performance issues on both desktop and mobile devices.

Historical Data View

Given that the Leaderboard displays current rankings, when users select an option to view historical data, then they should be able to see previous month's standings and changes in rankings over time.

Notification System for Point Milestones

"As an employee, I want to receive notifications when I reach a milestone in my Green Points so that I can celebrate my achievements and find out how to earn more points."

Description

The Notification System will proactively inform employees when they reach significant point milestones, enhancing engagement and encouraging continued participation. This should include customizable alerts via email or in-app notifications. Notifications must also include congratulatory messages and suggestions for additional sustainable practices that can be undertaken to earn more points. The goal is to keep users informed and motivated about their progress throughout the rewarding process, actively maintaining the excitement around earning Green Points.

Acceptance Criteria

Notification for achievement of 100 Green Points

Given an employee has earned 100 Green Points, when the milestone is reached, then an email and in-app notification should be sent to the employee, including a congratulatory message and suggestions for additional sustainable practices.

Notification for achievement of 500 Green Points

Given an employee has earned 500 Green Points, when the milestone is reached, then an email and in-app notification should be sent to the employee, including a congratulatory message and suggestions for additional sustainable practices.

Customization of notification preferences by employee

Given an employee wants to customize their notification preferences, when the employee updates their notification settings in the app, then their preferences for email and in-app notifications should be saved and applied to future notifications.

Notification for achievement of 1000 Green Points

Given an employee has earned 1000 Green Points, when the milestone is reached, then an email and in-app notification should be sent to the employee, including a congratulatory message and suggestions for additional sustainable practices.

Timeliness of notifications after reaching a milestone

Given an employee has reached a point milestone, when the milestone is achieved, then the notification should be received within 5 minutes to ensure timely awareness of their achievement.

Multiple notifications for different milestones

Given an employee reaches multiple point milestones (e.g., 200, 400, 600), when each milestone is reached, then a separate notification should be sent for each milestone with appropriate messages.

Analytics Dashboard for Management

"As a manager, I want to access an analytics dashboard to understand employee engagement in sustainability initiatives so that I can make data-driven decisions to improve our environmental programs."

Description

The Analytics Dashboard for Management will provide insights into employee participation rates, overall points earned, and the effectiveness of various sustainability initiatives across the organization. It should display trends over time and allow managers to filter data by department or team. This feature will help in assessing the overall impact of the Green Points System on employee behavior and identifying areas for improvement. The intention is to empower management with actionable insights to enhance sustainability strategies and allocate resources effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Management accesses the Analytics Dashboard to evaluate employee participation rates in the Green Points System at the end of the month.

Given that the manager accesses the dashboard, when they view the participation report, then they should see the total points earned by employees broken down by department and team over the specified month.

A manager wants to analyze trends in employee participation rates over the last quarter.

Given that the manager selects the quarterly view, when they apply the filter for the last quarter, then the dashboard should display a trend graph showing participation rates over the three months, highlighting any peaks and troughs in activity.

A manager needs to filter the data to assess the effectiveness of specific sustainability initiatives in their department.

Given that the manager selects their department from the dashboard filter options, when they apply the filter, then the dashboard should update to show only the points earned related to initiatives undertaken in that department, along with insights on participation levels.

An HR manager reviews the Analytics Dashboard to prepare a recognition program for high-performing employees.

Given that the HR manager accesses the dashboard, when they filter for the top 10 employees with the most points in the past month, then the dashboard should generate a list of these employees along with the points earned for each, facilitating recognition efforts.

A sustainability officer wants to track the impact of a new recycling initiative recently launched in the company.

Given that the sustainability officer accesses the dashboard, when they navigate to the recycling initiative section, then they should see data reflecting employee participation and points earned specifically from the recycling initiative since its launch.

Management needs to share a report on sustainability engagement with the board.

Given that the manager accesses the dashboard, when they generate a report summarizing employee engagement metrics and sustainability initiative effectiveness, then the report should include visualizations and metrics that can be easily shared with the board and external stakeholders.

Integration with IoT Systems

"As a user of EcoTrax, I want the Green Points System to automatically track my sustainability efforts based on data from IoT sensors so that I don’t have to manually input my contributions."

Description

The Integration with IoT Systems will allow EcoTrax to capture real-time data from connected devices within the client's operational environment. This can include data related to energy consumption, waste generation, and other sustainability metrics that support points accrual in the Green Points System. The integration must ensure data accuracy, seamless updating of employee points, and robust security measures to protect sensitive information. This requirement is crucial for ensuring that the Green Points system reflects actual sustainable actions taken by employees, providing a clear connection between performance and rewards.

Acceptance Criteria

Employees can view their accumulated Green Points in real-time after engaging with connected IoT devices responsible for energy monitoring.

Given that an employee has completed actions generating energy savings, when they check the EcoTrax dashboard, then their Green Points should reflect all actions within a maximum of 5 minutes.

Data from IoT sensors is accurately captured and updates the Green Points System for employees based on their sustainable actions.

Given that IoT sensors have recorded data on energy and waste, when the system processes this data, then employee points should be updated reflecting the actual sustainable actions recorded without discrepancies.

The integration with IoT systems must ensure secure handling of all employee-related data captured through sustainability metrics.

Given that data from IoT devices is being transmitted to EcoTrax, when the data is received, then it should be encrypted and accessible only to authorized personnel to ensure data protection.

Employees receive notifications for successful points accrual based on their participation in sustainability practices via IoT data.

Given that an employee's actions have generated Green Points, when points are assigned, then a notification should be sent to the employee confirming their updated points and the actions taken, within 5 minutes of the update.

Reports generated from real-time data ensure accurate reflection of employee participation in sustainability initiatives for management review.

Given that data has been aggregated from IoT devices, when a management report is generated, then it should accurately reflect the total points accrued by all employees and their corresponding sustainable actions over the specified reporting period.

The system provides a user-friendly interface for employees to track their progress in the Green Points System.

Given that an employee logs into the EcoTrax platform, when they navigate to the Green Points section, then they should see a clear and intuitive dashboard displaying their current points, recent actions, and available rewards options.

Leaderboards & Challenges

The Leaderboards & Challenges feature introduces friendly competition by displaying individual and team rankings based on sustainability contributions. Employees can participate in periodic challenges that focus on specific initiatives, enhancing motivation and accountability. By visualizing progress, this feature encourages collective participation and strengthens the drive for sustainable practices.

Requirements

Real-time Leaderboard Updates

"As an employee, I want to see real-time updates on the leaderboard so that I can gauge my progress and stay motivated to improve my sustainability contributions."

Description

This requirement focuses on dynamically updating the leaderboard based on real-time sustainability contributions made by employees and teams. It will ensure that rankings reflect current performance and engagement, enhancing competitiveness and motivation. This functionality is pivotal in providing users with immediate feedback on their sustainability efforts, encouraging continuous participation and fostering a culture of accountability within organizations. Integration with existing data sources, such as IoT sensors and employee activity logs, will allow for accurate tracking and updates.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time leaderboard updates as employees submit their sustainability data after completing a task or challenge.

Given an employee submits their sustainability contribution via the platform, when the submission is processed, then the leaderboard should update within 5 seconds to reflect the new ranking and contributions.

Leaderboard rankings viewable by all employees at any point during the competition.

Given an employee accesses the leaderboard section, when they view the leaderboard, then it should display the most up-to-date rankings and contributions from all participants in real-time.

Integration of IoT sensors to automatically report energy savings or waste reduction efforts by teams.

Given the IoT sensors are actively reporting data, when there is a change in sustainability metrics, then the leaderboard should reflect these changes instantly without manual input.

Periodic challenges that allow for time-sensitive contributions from teams to boost their leaderboard standings.

Given a challenge is active, when team members submit their contributions during the challenge period, then the leaderboard should update to reflect contributions made within that challenge timeframe.

Visibility of individual employee progress and contributions in relation to overall team performance.

Given an employee views their profile in the EcoTrax platform, when they access their contributions, then they should see a comparison of their performance against the average contributions of their team members in real-time.

Notifications sent to employees when their leaderboard ranking changes due to new submissions by others or themselves.

Given an employee's ranking has changed, when the leaderboard updates, then the employee should receive a notification detailing the change and current position within 1 minute of the update.

Support for different challenge types influencing leaderboard updates based on specific goals.

Given a new challenge type is created and launched, when participants engage with it, then the leaderboard should incorporate points or metrics specific to that challenge type to reflect accurate standings.

Challenge Creation and Management

"As an administrator, I want to create and manage sustainability challenges so that I can engage employees and promote specific sustainability initiatives effectively."

Description

This requirement entails enabling administrators to create and manage sustainability challenges directly within the EcoTrax platform. Challenges can focus on various initiatives, such as energy conservation, waste reduction, or responsible sourcing. This feature will empower organizations to drive specific sustainability goals while engaging employees through gamified elements. The ability to set objectives, timelines, and reward systems will enhance user involvement and elevate the overall impact of sustainability practices in the workplace.

Acceptance Criteria

Challenge Creation by Administrators

Given an logged-in administrator user, when they access the challenge management section, then they should see an option to create a new challenge, complete a form to define challenge details (title, description, objectives, timelines, and reward system), and successfully save the challenge.

Challenge Visibility to Employees

Given a challenge has been created by the administrator, when employees log into their EcoTrax account, then they should see the new challenge listed on their dashboard with details about the objectives and timelines.

Challenge Participation Registration

Given an employee sees an active challenge on their dashboard, when they click on the challenge and choose to participate, then their registration should be confirmed, and the employee's name should be added to the participant list for that challenge.

Challenge Progress Tracking

Given an active challenge with registered participants, when participants log into the EcoTrax platform, then they should be able to view a personalized progress dashboard showing their contributions and current rank in real-time against their peers.

Challenge Completion and Rewards Distribution

Given a challenge has reached its end date, when the administrator reviews the results, then the system should automatically calculate the contributions of each participant and distribute rewards as per the predefined reward criteria.

Challenge Feedback Submission

Given a challenge has concluded, when participants provide feedback via a prompt on their dashboard, then the feedback should be collected and stored in a report accessible to administrators for future challenge improvements.

Reporting Challenge Outcomes

Given a challenge has been completed, when administrators access the reporting section, then they should see a detailed report summarizing participation rates, contributions, and feedback from participants, available for review and download.

Visualization of Sustainability Progress

"As a team member, I want to visualize my progress in sustainability challenges so that I can understand my contributions and identify how to improve further."

Description

This requirement emphasizes the need for robust visualization tools that display individual and team progress in sustainability challenges. By offering charts, graphs, and other visual aids, users can easily comprehend their contributions and identify areas for improvement. This feature will enhance data interpretation and motivate users to increase their efforts by making progress easily understandable and accessible. Integrating these visualizations with personalized insights will further encourage users to participate actively in sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Display of Individual Sustainability Progress for Employees

Given an employee accesses the leaderboards section, When the employee checks their individual sustainability contributions, Then they should see a visual representation (graph/chart) of their progress over the past month compared to the company average.

Team Ranking Visualization in Sustainability Challenges

Given a team leader navigates to the challenges overview page, When the team leader views the leaderboard, Then they should see their team's ranking in a visual format alongside their contributions compared to other teams.

Real-Time Updates of Sustainability Progress

Given an employee's sustainability contributions are updated through the IoT sensors, When the employee refreshes the dashboard, Then the visualization should reflect these updates in real-time without needing to reload the page.

Integration of Personalized Insights with Visualizations

Given an employee views their sustainability progress visualization, When the employee clicks on the insights icon, Then personalized recommendations for improvement should be displayed based on their past contributions and achievements.

Accessibility of Visualization Tools for All User Roles

Given different user roles (employees, managers, and admins), When any user accesses the sustainability dashboard, Then all users should have access to the same level of visualization tools and data representation.

Mobile Compatibility of Visualization Features

Given an employee accesses the EcoTrax platform via a mobile device, When they navigate to the sustainability progress section, Then the visualizations should be fully functional and responsive on the mobile interface.

Social Sharing Functionality

"As an employee, I want to share my sustainability achievements on social media so that I can celebrate my contributions and encourage others to participate in sustainability initiatives."

Description

This requirement introduces a feature that allows users to share their achievements and participation in sustainability challenges on social media platforms. By providing options to share badges, leaderboard standings, or challenge completions, users can engage their networks and drive awareness around sustainability practices. This functionality would not only promote individual accomplishments but also enhance the organization's brand as a leader in sustainability, fostering a community of practice and encouraging further participation.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares their challenge completion badge on Facebook.

Given a user is logged into EcoTrax, When they click the 'Share' button on their challenge completion badge, Then the user should see a preview of the post before sharing, and upon clicking 'Share', the badge is posted to their Facebook timeline.

User shares their leaderboard position on LinkedIn.

Given a user is logged into EcoTrax, When they select 'Share' on their leaderboard position, Then a sharing interface appears, allowing them to customize the message before posting to LinkedIn, and the post should include a link to EcoTrax.

User receives confirmation of shared post on social media.

Given a user has successfully shared their sustainability achievement, When the post is shared, Then the user receives a notification confirming the successful share and a link to view the post on their social media platform.

Multiple users share achievements during a team challenge.

Given multiple users from the same organization participate in a team challenge, When any user shares a challenge-related post, Then all team members receive a notification highlighting the share and encouraging them to participate.

User customizes their shared post message.

Given a user clicks to share their sustainability achievement, When they are presented with the sharing interface, Then they should have the option to edit the text of the post and add personal comments before sharing.

User's shared post contains appropriate visuals and links.

Given a user shares their achievement on social media, When the post is generated, Then it should automatically include relevant visuals (badge or leaderboard image) and a link to the EcoTrax sustainability page for more information.

In-app Notifications for Challenges

"As a user, I want to receive in-app notifications about challenges and updates so that I can stay informed and engaged in sustainability initiatives."

Description

This requirement focuses on implementing an in-app notification system to alert users about upcoming challenges, leaderboard changes, and important updates related to sustainability initiatives. Users will receive timely reminders and encouragements to participate, allowing them to stay informed and engaged with ongoing activities. This feature supports user retention and motivation by ensuring they are actively aware of challenges and opportunities to contribute, enhancing the overall user experience within the EcoTrax platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an in-app notification for an upcoming sustainability challenge that they are eligible to participate in.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrax, When a new sustainability challenge is created, Then the user receives an in-app notification at least 24 hours before the challenge starts.

User receives a notification when there is a change in the leaderboard standings.

Given the user is ranked on the leaderboard, When the user's position changes due to updates, Then the user receives an in-app notification immediately after the change is made.

User receives a reminder notification about participating in a challenge they expressed interest in.

Given the user has opted in for challenge notifications, When the challenge is 1 hour away from starting, Then the user receives an in-app reminder notification to participate in the challenge.

User receives notification for important updates related to sustainability initiatives.

Given the user is active on the EcoTrax platform, When an important update regarding sustainability initiatives is published, Then the user receives an in-app notification about the update within 1 hour of publication.

User can access a history of past notifications related to challenges and leaderboard changes.

Given the user has navigated to the notifications section of EcoTrax, When the user views their notifications, Then all past notifications related to challenges and leaderboard changes should be displayed in chronological order.

User can customize notification preferences for challenges and leaderboard updates.

Given the user is on the notification settings page, When the user adjusts their notification preferences, Then the settings should be saved, and the user should receive notifications as per their chosen parameters.

User receives a motivational message alongside the challenge notification.

Given the user receives an in-app notification for a new challenge, When the notification is sent, Then it should include a motivational message that encourages user participation.

Impact Visualization Tool

The Impact Visualization Tool graphically represents the collective sustainability efforts of employees and teams, showcasing the positive environmental impacts of their actions. This feature provides real-time feedback on how individual contributions contribute to larger goals, reinforcing the significance of each action and nurturing a deeper commitment to sustainable practices.

Requirements

Collective Impact Dashboard

"As an employee, I want to see my individual impact on sustainability so that I can understand how my actions contribute to our organization's environmental goals."

Description

The Collective Impact Dashboard will serve as a central platform where users can view a visual representation of their individual contributions to sustainability efforts. This feature will allow users to see real-time data on their actions and how these contribute to team and organizational sustainability goals. The dashboard will include customizable graphs, charts, and metrics that reflect the positive environmental impacts of user actions, providing feedback and reinforcing motivation for continual engagement. Integration with IoT sensors and sustainability data will ensure accurate and timely updates, fostering a sense of community and shared responsibility among employees.

Acceptance Criteria

Viewing Personal Contributions on the Collective Impact Dashboard

Given the user is logged in to EcoTrax, when they navigate to the Collective Impact Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of their individual contributions displayed in real-time, including metrics on energy saved, waste reduced, and emissions offset.

Real-time Data Integration with IoT Sensors

Given the Collective Impact Dashboard is displaying user contributions, when IoT sensors report new data, then the dashboard must update the displayed metrics within 5 seconds to reflect the latest information accurately.

Customizable Graphs and Charts

Given the user is on the Collective Impact Dashboard, when they access customization options, then they should be able to modify the type of graph (e.g., line, bar, pie) as well as select which environmental metrics are displayed, with changes applied immediately.

Feedback on Contributions to Team Goals

Given the user interacts with the dashboard, when browsing their contribution metrics, then they should receive contextual feedback showing how their actions are impacting team sustainability goals, including specific percentages and visual indicators (e.g., green for positive impacts).

Encouraging Continuous Engagement

Given the user views their dashboard regularly, when they contribute additional actions towards sustainability, then a notification should appear to reinforce their engagement, highlighting the updated positive impacts and encouraging further participation in sustainable practices.

Accessibility for All User Roles

Given users of varying roles are accessing the Collective Impact Dashboard, when different user roles log in, then they should each see tailored views of metrics relevant to their position while maintaining consistent data integrity across the platform.

Mobile Responsiveness of the Dashboard

Given a user accesses the Collective Impact Dashboard via a mobile device, when they open the dashboard, then the layout should adjust seamlessly to fit the mobile screen, ensuring all elements are accessible and visually appealing.

Action Impact Tracking

"As an employee, I want to log my sustainability actions to see how they contribute to the team’s overall goals so that I can stay motivated and accountable."

Description

The Action Impact Tracking feature will allow users to log specific actions they have taken towards sustainability, such as reducing energy consumption or recycling. This functionality will track and categorize these actions in real-time, providing a clear picture of overall sustainability efforts at the individual, team, and organizational levels. The tracked actions will be integrated with historical data, helping organizations measure progress and set future sustainability targets. This feature will not only enhance accountability but will also motivate users by showcasing how individual behaviors can lead to significant collective impact.

Acceptance Criteria

User logs a sustainability action such as reducing plastic usage in the EcoTrax platform for the first time.

Given the user is on the Action Impact Tracking page, when they enter a new action and submit it, then the action should be recorded in the user's history and reflected in their overall impact score.

User accesses their dashboard to view the cumulative impact of their logged sustainability actions over a specified period.

Given the user has logged at least one action, when they navigate to the Impact Visualization Tool, then they should see a visual representation of their cumulative impact and contributions over the selected time frame.

An administrator wants to review the sustainability actions of a specific team to assess overall progress and impacts on sustainability goals.

Given the administrator is on the team overview page, when they select a team and request the action history, then the system should display a comprehensive report of all actions logged by that team along with their collective impact metrics.

A user intends to set future sustainability targets based on their past logged actions and insights from historical data.

Given the user has accessed the Action Impact Tracking feature, when they review their past actions and historical data, then the application should provide targeted recommendations for future sustainability actions and realistic targets that align with their contributions.

A user receives feedback on the impact of their newest logged action and its contribution to broader sustainability goals.

Given the user has just logged a new action, when they view the feedback notification, then they should see an immediate update on how their action contributes to team and organizational sustainability objectives with specific metrics outlined.

The application needs to ensure data accuracy when users log their actions to maintain integrity and user trust.

Given a user logs an action with correct data, when the log is submitted, then it should accurately reflect in the database without discrepancies or errors in the recorded metrics.

Impact Recognition Program

"As an employee, I want to be recognized for my sustainability contributions so that I feel valued and motivated to engage in more eco-friendly practices."

Description

The Impact Recognition Program will implement a rewards system that recognizes and celebrates employees based on their sustainability contributions tracked through the Impact Visualization Tool. This program will encourage participation by highlighting individual and team efforts, thus fostering a culture of recognition and sustainability within the organization. Features will include leaderboards, badges, and rewards for achieving specific goals or contributing a certain number of sustainable actions. This not only incentivizes participation but also reinforces the importance of sustainability as part of the company culture.

Acceptance Criteria

Implementation of a rewards system within the Impact Recognition Program where employees can view their sustainability contributions and receive recognition.

Given an employee logs multiple sustainable actions, when they check their profile on the Impact Visualization Tool, then they should see their contributions displayed along with their corresponding rewards earned.

Creation of a leaderboard feature that showcases top contributors within the organization for the sustainability efforts.

Given the leaderboard feature is active, when employees access the leaderboard, they should be able to see their ranking based on their sustainability contributions compared to their peers.

Incentivization of team efforts through group achievements in sustainability initiatives, enabling teams to share rewards based on their collective contributions.

Given a team achieves a specific sustainability goal, when the Impact Recognition Program is accessed, then all team members should receive appropriate badges and rewards reflecting their collective achievement.

Facilitating employee engagement by providing real-time feedback on individual actions contributing to the company’s sustainability metrics.

Given an employee completes a sustainable action, when they check their contribution history, then they should receive instant acknowledgment via notifications indicating the positive impact of their actions.

Ensuring that the rewards system offers various types of incentives to motivate different levels of contributions, appealing to a broader range of employees.

Given the rewards system categorizes contributions into multiple tiers, when an employee meets the criteria for a new tier, then they should receive an email notification detailing their new rewards eligibility and benefits.

Monitoring the effectiveness of the Impact Recognition Program through analytics collected via the Impact Visualization Tool.

Given the Impact Recognition Program is implemented, when surveying employee engagement and participation rates, then there should be a measurable increase in sustainability actions logged within three months of the program launch.

Celebration of individual milestones within the Impact Recognition Program to reinforce positive behavior and encourage continued participation.

Given an employee reaches a milestone for sustainability contributions, when the milestone is achieved, then they should receive a personalized communication celebrating their achievement and encouraging them to continue their contributions.

Goal Setting Assistance

"As a team leader, I want to set clear sustainability goals for my team so that we can collectively achieve measurable impacts related to our sustainability initiatives."

Description

The Goal Setting Assistance feature will provide users with tools and templates to help them set personal and team sustainability goals. This feature will guide users through the process of defining clear, measurable objectives related to sustainability practices, leveraging data from the Impact Visualization Tool to ensure alignment with organizational targets. By fostering a structured approach to goal setting, users will be empowered to take meaningful action and track their progress in contributing to broader sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Goal Setting with Templates for Individual Users

Given a user accesses the Goal Setting Assistance feature, when they select a template, then they should be able to define and save their personal sustainability goals with clearly outlined measurable objectives.

Goal Setting for Teams

Given a team leader uses the Goal Setting Assistance feature, when they input team members' contributions and select common sustainability objectives, then the tool should generate a collective goal that summarizes team targets based on individual inputs.

Integration with Impact Visualization Tool Data

Given a user sets sustainability goals using the Goal Setting Assistance feature, when they review their goals, then the system should pull relevant data from the Impact Visualization Tool to reflect how their goals align with organizational targets.

Progress Tracking Post Goal Setting

Given a user has set goals using the Goal Setting Assistance feature, when they access the tracking dashboard, then they should see a progress report that shows their contributions towards the sustainability goals over time.

User Feedback Mechanism for Goal Assistance

Given a user utilizes the Goal Setting Assistance feature, when they provide feedback on tool effectiveness, then the system should allow users to submit suggestions and rate their experience, helping improve the goal setting process.

Impact of Achieving Goals on Overall Sustainability Metrics

Given a user achieves their sustainability goals set through the Goal Setting Assistance feature, when they review organizational sustainability metrics, then they should see a quantifiable impact reflected in metrics generated by the Impact Visualization Tool.

Integrative Feedback Mechanism

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the Impact Visualization Tool so that I can contribute to its improvement and make it more user-friendly."

Description

The Integrative Feedback Mechanism is crucial for gathering user feedback on the Impact Visualization Tool’s effectiveness and usability. This feature will enable users to submit comments, suggestions, and ratings directly within the platform, thus offering valuable insights into enhancement possibilities. Regularly reviewing and analyzing this feedback will help the team iteratively improve the tool, ensuring it meets the evolving needs of users while maximizing engagement and effectiveness in sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback through the Integrative Feedback Mechanism within the Impact Visualization Tool after reviewing their environmental impact metrics.

Given a user is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when they access the Impact Visualization Tool and click on the feedback button, then they should be able to successfully submit comments, suggestions, and a rating from 1 to 5.

Admin accesses the collected user feedback to perform analysis of suggestions for improving the Impact Visualization Tool.

Given an admin user is logged in, when they navigate to the feedback analysis dashboard, then they should be able to view all user feedback submissions sorted by date and categorized by type of input (comment, suggestion, rating).

User receives confirmation after submitting their feedback through the Integrative Feedback Mechanism.

Given a user submits feedback via the Integrative Feedback Mechanism, when they submit their input, then they receive a confirmation message stating that their feedback has been successfully submitted.

Feedback submissions are stored in the database for future analysis by the EcoTrax development team.

Given a feedback submission is made, when submitted, then the feedback should be recorded in the database with a timestamp and user ID for tracking the source of the feedback.

User can edit their feedback submission prior to finalizing it within the Impact Visualization Tool.

Given a user is in the feedback submission window, when they click on edit, then they should be able to modify their comments and resubmit without losing any previous data.

The Integrative Feedback Mechanism displays user ratings clearly in the Impact Visualization Tool's feedback section.

Given multiple users have submitted ratings, when an admin views the feedback summary, then the average rating should be displayed prominently, along with the number of ratings received.

Users are periodically informed about how their feedback has led to improvements within the Impact Visualization Tool.

Given that feedback has been analyzed and actioned, when users log in to the platform, then there should be a notification that highlights changes made based on user feedback within the last month.

Educational Resource Center

"As an employee, I want to access educational resources on sustainability so that I can enhance my understanding and improve my contributions to the team's efforts."

Description

The Educational Resource Center will be an informative hub within the EcoTrax platform that offers tutorials, articles, and tools to educate users on sustainability practices and the importance of their contributions. This feature will aid in raising awareness and knowledge levels about various environmental impacts linked to their actions. By providing learning resources, EcoTrax aims to foster a culture of informed sustainability engagement among all employees.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Educational Resource Center to find tutorials on sustainability practices.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrax, when they navigate to the Educational Resource Center, then they should see at least five interactive tutorials on sustainability practices available for access.

User selects a tutorial from the Educational Resource Center and completes it.

Given the user selects a tutorial about waste reduction from the Educational Resource Center, when they complete the tutorial, then their progress must be saved, and they should receive a completion certificate by email.

User accesses articles within the Educational Resource Center to learn about carbon footprints.

Given the user is viewing the Educational Resource Center, when they select the 'Articles' section, then they should see a list of at least ten articles dedicated to understanding and reducing carbon footprints.

User utilizes tools provided in the Educational Resource Center to calculate their personal environmental impact.

Given the user is in the Educational Resource Center, when they use the provided carbon footprint calculator tool, then they must receive a personalized report detailing their environmental impact based on the inputs they provided.

User provides feedback on the usefulness of the resources in the Educational Resource Center.

Given the user has accessed resources in the Educational Resource Center, when they complete feedback, then the feedback should be recorded and acknowledged with a thank you message on the screen.

Admin monitors user engagement with the Educational Resource Center resources.

Given the admin is reviewing the Educational Resource Center usage metrics, when they look at user engagement reports, then they should see the number of unique users accessing resources, average time spent on tutorials, and top three utilized articles.

Sustainability Quest

The Sustainability Quest feature gamifies participation by creating a series of tasks and goals that employees can complete to earn badges and rewards. Each quest guides employees through various sustainability initiatives, making engagement fun and educational. By encouraging exploration and active involvement, this feature promotes a deeper understanding of sustainable practices within the organization.

Requirements

Quest Task Creation

"As an administrator, I want to create various sustainability tasks within the Sustainability Quest feature so that employees can engage in fun, educational activities that promote sustainable practices in our organization."

Description

This requirement involves the functionality to create a diverse range of sustainability-related tasks and goals within the Sustainability Quest feature. These tasks should vary in complexity and types, catering to different roles and interests within the organization. The system should allow administrators to input descriptions, requirements, and estimated completion times for each quest, ensuring that tasks are engaging, educational, and promote sustainable behaviors. This also includes integrating multimedia resources or external links to provide additional context and information. The benefit is a tailored experience that keeps employees motivated and informed, ultimately leading to increased participation and knowledge around sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

As an administrator, I want to create a sustainability task that is engaging and educational for employees to encourage participation in sustainability initiatives.

Given the administrator is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when they navigate to the Sustainability Quest feature and select 'Create New Task', then they should be able to input task descriptions, requirements, estimated completion times, and upload multimedia resources.

As an employee, I want to view and complete sustainability quests that are relevant to my role and interests.

Given an employee is logged into their EcoTrax account, when they access the Sustainability Quest feature, then they should see a list of tasks categorized by complexity and role relevance, allowing them to select and complete tasks that interest them.

As an administrator, I want to edit existing sustainability tasks to keep the content accurate and up to date.

Given an administrator is in the EcoTrax platform and views existing tasks, when they select a task to edit, then they should be able to modify the task descriptions, requirements, completion times, and associated multimedia content.

As an employee, I want to receive badges and rewards upon completing sustainability tasks to motivate continuous participation.

Given an employee completes a sustainability task, when the task is marked as completed in the EcoTrax system, then the employee should automatically receive a badge and have their reward points updated in their profile.

As an administrator, I want to integrate external links into quest tasks to enhance learning resources.

Given the administrator is creating or editing a task, when they input an external link in the designated field, then the link should be embedded and accessible to employees when they view the task.

As an employee, I want to receive notifications for new tasks or challenges that are added to the Sustainability Quest.

Given an employee has opted in for notifications, when new tasks are created in the Sustainability Quest, then they should receive an immediate notification informing them of the new available tasks.

As an administrator, I want the ability to analyze participation metrics for tasks to assess engagement levels effectively.

Given the administrator is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when they navigate to the Analytics section, then they should be able to view participation metrics, including the number of tasks completed and badges earned by employees within a specified date range.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As an employee, I want to see my progress on the Sustainability Quest so that I can track my achievements and stay motivated to complete more tasks."

Description

This requirement centers on developing a user-friendly dashboard that allows employees and administrators to track their progress on various quests and individual tasks. This dashboard should display metrics such as completed tasks, earned badges, and overall points accumulated. It needs to integrate seamlessly with user profiles, allowing personal achievements to be highlighted. Clear visualizations and filters should be implemented to assist users in monitoring their activity over time. The expected outcome is that users feel a sense of achievement and motivation to continue engaging with sustainability practices through this gamified approach.

Acceptance Criteria

Progress Overview for Users

Given a logged-in user on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select the 'Overview' tab, then they should see a graphical representation of their completed tasks and total points earned over the last month.

Badge Display for Task Completion

Given a user completes a task in a quest, when they refresh the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the newly earned badge should be displayed on their profile with a timestamp of when it was earned.

Filter Progress by Date Range

Given a user wants to view their progress over a specific timeframe, when they use the date filter on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the metrics should update to reflect only the tasks completed within that selected date range.

Integration with User Profiles

Given an administrator wants to check a user's achievements, when they access a specific user profile from the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a detailed list of all completed quests and earned badges associated with that user.

Visual Representation of Quests

Given a user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they view the 'Quests' section, then each quest should be visually represented with the percentage of completion, color-coded based on progress stages (not started, in progress, completed).

Real-time Updates on Task Progress

Given a user completes a task on any device, when they refresh their Progress Tracking Dashboard, then their task progress should reflect in real-time without requiring a manual refresh.

User Notification for Milestones Achieved

Given a user reaches a milestone of 100 points, when they log into the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should receive a notification celebrating this achievement with an option to share on social platforms.

Badge and Reward System

"As an employee, I want to earn badges and rewards for completing sustainability tasks in the Sustainability Quest so that I feel recognized for my contributions and encouraged to participate further."

Description

This requirement entails designing a comprehensive badge and reward system that incentivizes participation in the Sustainability Quest. Each task completed should reward users with badges that signify their achievements, which can be showcased on their profiles. Additionally, milestones should be established for accumulating points or completing a series of tasks, unlocking tangible rewards such as eco-friendly gifts or personal recognition within the company. This system will increase engagement and create a culture of sustainability by encouraging employees to participate actively and share their achievements with peers, fostering a competitive yet collaborative environment.

Acceptance Criteria

Users complete individual sustainability tasks through the EcoTrax platform and earn badges as they progress through the Sustainability Quest.

Given a user completes a sustainability task, when the task is marked as completed, then the user should receive a badge associated with that task, which is displayed on their profile immediately after earning it.

Users reach specific milestones by accumulating points through various sustainability tasks completed in the Sustainability Quest.

Given a user accumulates a predetermined number of points, when they reach that milestone, then they should automatically unlock a tangible reward that is communicated to them via a notification within the EcoTrax platform.

Employees want to showcase their achievements on their profiles to foster competition and collaboration within the organization.

Given an employee has earned badges, when they view their profile, then all earned badges should be prominently displayed, with clear indicators of each badge's significance and the tasks they completed to earn them.

Users participate in a collaborative challenge that allows them to work together on sustainability tasks and earn group rewards.

Given a group of users completes a collaborative sustainability challenge, when the challenge concludes, then all members should receive a bonus badge and recognition for their collective efforts, which can be seen on their profiles.

Managers want to recognize top-performing employees based on their engagement in the Sustainability Quest and the badges earned.

Given a manager accesses the system, when filtering users by the number of badges earned, then they should see a leaderboard that ranks employees based on their sustainability achievements and engagement levels.

Participants in the Sustainability Quest receive feedback and encouragement through the platform to enhance ongoing engagement.

Given a user completes a task in the Sustainability Quest, when the task is completed, then the user should receive a personalized message that acknowledges their contribution and outlines the next steps or encourages them to engage further.

Social Sharing Features

"As an employee, I want to share my achievements from the Sustainability Quest on social media so that I can inspire my peers and promote our company's commitment to sustainability."

Description

This requirement focuses on implementing social sharing features that enable employees to share their achievements and completed tasks on internal and external social platforms. This feature should allow users to post updates, pictures, and links related to their Sustainability Quest activities. Additionally, it should be configurable to ensure compliance with company policies regarding social sharing. The integration with social media channels can help promote the company's sustainability initiatives, encourage others to participate, and create a sense of community across the organization, enhancing brand image and employee pride.

Acceptance Criteria

Employee shares completion of a Sustainability Quest task on a social media platform.

Given an employee has completed a task in the Sustainability Quest, when they select the 'Share' option, then they should be able to post their achievement along with an accompanying image and a description of the task on their selected social media platform.

Internal sharing of Sustainability Quest achievements within a company portal.

Given an employee has completed a task in the Sustainability Quest, when they share their achievement on the internal company portal, then the achievement should be visible to all employees along with relevant details such as badges earned and task description.

Configuring privacy settings for social sharing of Sustainable Quest accomplishments.

Given the user accesses the social sharing configuration settings, when they modify the privacy settings, then their selections should be saved and reflected in future sharing options on both internal and external platforms.

Integration of social media platforms for sharing achievements.

Given the employee wants to share their Sustainability Quest achievement, when they connect their social media accounts in the EcoTrax settings, then they should be able to select which platforms to share their accomplishments on without technical issues.

Notifications for employees after successful sharing of achievements.

Given the employee has successfully shared their achievement on a social media platform, when the sharing process is completed, then the employee should receive a notification confirming the successful post.

User-friendly interface for sharing achievements on social platforms.

Given the employee is on the achievement sharing screen, when they interface with the sharing options, then the design should be intuitive and require no more than three clicks to complete the sharing process.

Monitoring of shared content for compliance with company policies.

Given an employee shares an achievement externally, when the content is reviewed, then it should not violate any company policies regarding external communications and should align with the organization's brand image.

Feedback Mechanism

"As an employee, I want to provide feedback on the Sustainability Quest tasks so that my suggestions can help improve the program for myself and my colleagues."

Description

This requirement outlines the need for a feedback mechanism that allows employees to provide insights and suggestions regarding sustainability tasks and the overall quest experience. This can include ratings, comments, and survey features that can gather valuable user feedback. The feedback should be analyzed to improve future quests and tasks, ensuring continuous refinement and enhancement of the feature. This approach not only improves user experience but also creates a sense of ownership and involvement among employees regarding the sustainability initiatives, driving further engagement and loyalty to the program.

Acceptance Criteria

Employee submits feedback on the Sustainability Quest after completing a task.

Given an employee has completed a sustainability task, when they access the feedback mechanism, then they should be able to rate the task on a scale of 1 to 5 stars and provide written comments.

Employee accesses the feedback feature for tasks in the Sustainability Quest.

Given the employee is on the Sustainability Quest dashboard, when they click on a completed task, then the feedback button should be visible and accessible for submission.

Admin reviews aggregated feedback for future quest improvements.

Given the feedback has been collected from employees, when an admin accesses the feedback report, then they should see a summary of ratings, comments, and trends for all tasks.

Employee receives acknowledgment after providing feedback.

Given an employee submits feedback through the mechanism, when the submission is confirmed, then the employee should receive a thank-you message indicating their feedback has been recorded.

The feedback prompts improvements in the Sustainability Quest tasks.

Given the admin reviews the feedback and identifies improvements, when a new task is created, then the new task should reflect changes based on user suggestions and ratings.

Feedback mechanism is operational and user-friendly across devices.

Given employees use different devices to access the Sustainability Quest, when accessing the feedback mechanism, then the interface should be responsive and easy to navigate on all devices.

Survey feature collects employee satisfaction over time.

Given that employees regularly participate in the Sustainability Quest, when they are prompted to complete a brief survey at designated intervals, then the survey response rate should exceed 70% of active participants.

Recognition Wall

The Recognition Wall highlights top performers and teams contributing most significantly to sustainability efforts. Featuring shout-outs and testimonials, this feature builds a sense of community and appreciation for contributions, motivating employees to engage consistently. By celebrating achievements, the Recognition Wall fosters a culture of recognition and encourages ongoing participation in sustainability initiatives.

Requirements

Highlight Top Performers

"As a sustainability manager, I want to highlight top performers so that team members feel appreciated and are encouraged to continue their contributions to our sustainability initiatives."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing a functionality within the Recognition Wall that allows users to highlight top performers in sustainability initiatives. This feature should pull data from user contributions tracked within EcoTrax, ranking employees based on their impact in energy savings, waste reduction, and emission control. It should integrate seamlessly with the existing dashboard to ensure that top achievers receive prominent visibility. The ultimate goal is to motivate and inspire employees to participate in sustainability efforts more actively by recognizing exemplary contributions.

Acceptance Criteria

Top performers in sustainability initiatives are displayed on the Recognition Wall after a monthly review of contributions.

Given the data from EcoTrax for the month, When the Recognition Wall is updated, Then the top three employees with the highest contributions in energy savings, waste reduction, and emission control should be highlighted prominently on the dashboard.

Employees can view detailed shout-outs and testimonials for top achievers on the Recognition Wall.

Given the top performers are displayed, When an employee clicks on a top performer, Then a detailed view with a shout-out and testimonial should appear, showcasing their specific contributions and impact.

The ranking of top performers should automatically refresh based on real-time data from EcoTrax.

Given that EcoTrax tracks user contributions continuously, When the Recognition Wall is recalibrated, Then the rankings should reflect the most up-to-date contributions, ensuring accuracy in recognition.

Management should be able to configure the criteria for recognizing top performers in sustainability initiatives.

Given the need for flexibility, When management accesses the configuration settings for the Recognition Wall, Then they should be able to customize the criteria (e.g., weightage for energy savings vs. waste reduction) used to determine top performers.

Employees receive notifications when they are recognized on the Recognition Wall.

Given that an employee is highlighted on the Recognition Wall, When their status is updated, Then the employee should receive a notification via email and within the app informing them of their recognition.

The Recognition Wall must accommodate contributions from multiple sustainability categories.

Given employees are contributing to various sustainability areas, When the Recognition Wall displays top performers, Then it should allow filtering or viewing contributions by categories such as energy savings, waste management, and emissions control.

Shout-out & Testimonial Feature

"As an employee, I want the ability to submit shout-outs for my coworkers so that I can express my appreciation and encouragement for their sustainability efforts."

Description

Develop a functionality that allows colleagues and managers to submit shout-outs and testimonials for recognized individuals or teams on the Recognition Wall. This user-generated content should enrich the platform by providing personal anecdotes and qualitative feedback on the sustainability efforts made by individuals. The feature must be easy to use, providing a simple interface for text submission and displaying on the Recognition Wall in a visually appealing manner. This fosters a supportive community and promotes a culture of recognition across the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Shout-out Submission for Sustainability Efforts by a Team

Given a logged-in user, when they navigate to the Recognition Wall and enter a text shout-out for a team, then the shout-out should be successfully submitted and displayed on the Recognition Wall with a timestamp.

Display of Submitted Shout-outs on Recognition Wall

Given multiple submitted shout-outs, when a user accesses the Recognition Wall, then the shout-outs should be displayed in a visually appealing format, showing the submitter's name, the content, and the submission date.

User Experience for Submitting Testimonials

Given a user accesses the testimonial submission interface, when they fill out the required fields and submit a testimonial, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating successful submission.

Moderation Process for Submitted Content

Given a submitted shout-out or testimonial, when it is flagged for review, then the content should be marked as 'pending moderation' and should not be displayed on the Recognition Wall until approved.

Viewing All Shout-outs and Testimonials

Given a user accessing the Recognition Wall, when they request to view all shout-outs, then all approved shout-outs and testimonials should be listed chronologically with the newest at the top.

Notifications for Recognized Individuals or Teams

Given a shout-out is successfully submitted for a recognized individual or team, when the shout-out is displayed on the Recognition Wall, then a notification should be sent to the individual or team to acknowledge their recognition.

Integration with Social Media

"As a marketing director, I want to share recognition posts on social media so that our company can promote its sustainability achievements and encourage other organizations to engage similarly."

Description

Implement a requirement that enables users to share the achievements highlighted on the Recognition Wall across social media platforms. This integration will allow organizations to showcase their sustainability efforts publicly, fostering a sense of pride and encouraging further employee engagement. The social media share functionality should be straightforward, allowing users to post highlights with just a few clicks. This increases visibility not only for the organization's efforts but also for the employees recognized for their contributions.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully shares a top sustainability achievement from the Recognition Wall on a social media platform.

Given a user is logged into their EcoTrax account and is viewing the Recognition Wall, when they select the option to share an achievement, then the user should be able to successfully post the achievement to their linked social media account with a preset message and image.

The sharing process ensures user privacy and choice in selecting information to share.

Given a user is about to share an achievement, when they initiate the share process, then they should be presented with options to select the specific components of the achievement to be shared (e.g., testimonials, images), and an option to keep the post private or public.

Users receive confirmation after successfully sharing an achievement on social media.

Given the user has completed the share process, when the post is shared, then the user should receive a confirmation notification that the achievement has been successfully posted, including a link to view the post.

Social media integrations are functioning with various platforms like Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn.

Given a user is on the recognition wall, when they attempt to share an achievement, then the integration should allow sharing to at least three different social media platforms (Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn) without errors.

The user can link and unlink their social media accounts from the EcoTrax platform.

Given a user is in their account settings, when they choose to link or unlink a social media account, then the system should update their preferences accurately and reflect changes in the sharing options available on the Recognition Wall.

The contents shared are visually appealing and engaging.

Given a user shares an achievement, when it is posted on social media, then the post should include the relevant graphic elements (e.g., logos, images) that align with the EcoTrax branding for enhanced visibility and engagement.

The system tracks and reports on shared accomplishments for analytics.

Given that a user shares an achievement on social media, when the action is completed, then the system should log this event, allowing admin users to track the number of shares and engagements for reporting purposes.

Personalized Notifications

"As an employee, I want to receive notifications when I am recognized for my contributions so that I can feel valued and motivated to continue participating in sustainability efforts."

Description

Establish a system for sending personalized notifications to employees when they or their teams receive a shout-out or recognition on the Recognition Wall. This feature should engage users by keeping them informed in real-time about their contributions being celebrated. Notifications can be sent via email or in-app messaging, increasing the likelihood of ongoing engagement with the sustainability initiatives within the organization. The goal is to build a continuous feedback loop that promotes active participation.

Acceptance Criteria

Employee receives a personalized notification via email when their team is recognized on the Recognition Wall for outstanding sustainability efforts.

Given an employee is part of a team recognized on the Recognition Wall, when the recognition is posted, then the employee should receive a prompt email notification that includes the team's achievement and a link to the Recognition Wall.

An employee views an in-app notification after receiving a shout-out for their individual contribution to sustainability initiatives.

Given an employee has received a personal shout-out on the Recognition Wall, when they log into the EcoTrax app, then they should see an in-app notification with the shout-out message and associated details of their contribution.

Notifications are sent out to team members shortly after a recognition is posted on the Recognition Wall.

Given a recognition is posted on the Recognition Wall, when the recognition is confirmed, then the system should send out email and in-app notifications within 5 minutes to all relevant team members.

The employee's preferences for notifications are respected so they receive relevant updates without being overwhelmed.

Given an employee sets their notification preferences in the EcoTrax app, when recognitions are posted, then they should only receive notifications according to their specified preferences (e.g., immediately, daily digest, or not at all).

Notifications contain actionable links for employees to engage further with recognized initiatives.

Given an employee receives a notification about their recognition, when they open the notification, then it should contain a link that directs them to the Recognition Wall to view more details or participate in ongoing initiatives.

All notifications log interactions to help analyze engagement levels.

Given the system sends out notifications, when an employee interacts with the notification (by opening it or clicking on a link), then the system should log this interaction for future analysis of engagement with the Recognition Wall.

The overall notification system is tested to ensure reliability and performance.

Given the notification system is implemented, when it is tested under load with 100 simultaneous shout-outs, then all notifications should be delivered within the specified time (5 minutes) consistently.

Analytics Dashboard for Recognition

"As a data analyst, I want to access metrics about the Recognition Wall's performance so that I can evaluate its impact on employee engagement with sustainability initiatives."

Description

Create an analytics dashboard that tracks engagement levels with the Recognition Wall and measures the overall impact of the feature on employee participation in sustainability initiatives. This dashboard should provide insights on metrics such as the number of shout-outs, frequency of recognitions, and which initiatives are receiving the most recognition. By analyzing this data, managers can better understand how recognition correlates with employee engagement and drive more effective sustainability strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

Analytics Dashboard tracks employee engagement and recognizes contributions in sustainability initiatives.

Given the user accesses the Analytics Dashboard, when they view the recognition metrics, then the dashboard displays the total number of shout-outs received in the last month, the average frequency of recognitions per employee, and a breakdown of the top three initiatives receiving recognition.

Measuring the overall impact of the Recognition Wall on employee participation in sustainability initiatives.

Given the recognition data is updated, when the manager analyzes the dashboard, then they can see a correlation graph showing employee participation rates before and after implementation of the Recognition Wall feature, displaying at least a 15% increase in participation.

User customization of the Analytics Dashboard to filter data by team or initiative.

Given the user is on the Analytics Dashboard, when they select a specific team or initiative from the filter, then the dashboard updates the displayed metrics to reflect only data relevant to the selected team or initiative.

Accessibility of the analytics data for different roles within the organization.

Given the dashboard is accessed by users with different roles (Manager, Employee, Admin), when they view the Analytics Dashboard, then each role can see data relevant to their access level without seeing restricted information.

Provide the option to download data from the Analytics Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Analytics Dashboard, when they request to download the data, then the system generates a CSV file containing all relevant recognition metrics that can be easily opened in spreadsheet software.

Real-time updates on recognition metrics in the Analytics Dashboard.

Given the Recognition Wall is used actively, when a new shout-out is posted, then the Analytics Dashboard updates to show the new metrics within 5 minutes after the shout-out is added.

User feedback mechanism on the effectiveness of the Recognition Wall and Analytics Dashboard.

Given the recognition feature is live, when users provide feedback through the designated feedback section, then all feedback is recorded and summarized for review by the management team every month.

Eco-Coaching Sessions

Eco-Coaching Sessions provide employees with personalized guidance on how to improve their sustainability practices. These sessions incorporate gamified elements, such as goal-setting and progress tracking, ensuring employees stay motivated and engaged. This feature enhances employees' understanding of sustainable practices, ultimately strengthening the overall culture of sustainability within the organization.

Requirements

Personalized Goal Setting

"As an employee, I want to set personalized sustainability goals so that I can actively contribute to my company's sustainability efforts and track my progress toward achieving these goals."

Description

The Personalized Goal Setting feature allows employees to set individual sustainability goals tailored to their specific roles and responsibilities within the company. By integrating with the EcoTrax platform, this feature ensures that goals are aligned with overall corporate sustainability targets. Employees will receive tailored recommendations based on analytics data and past performance metrics, enhancing their engagement and commitment to sustainability initiatives. This functionality not only supports individual growth but also fosters a collective culture of sustainability across the organization, driving continuous improvement and accountability.

Acceptance Criteria

Employee sets a personalized sustainability goal through the EcoTrax platform.

Given an employee accesses the EcoTrax platform, when they navigate to the Personalized Goal Setting feature, then they can select from tailored recommendations and set a goal that is aligned with their role and the company's sustainability targets.

Employee receives tailored recommendations based on their previous performance metrics.

Given an employee is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when they view their personalized goal setting options, then they should see recommendations that are relevant to their past performance data and reflect progress in sustainability practices.

The system tracks and displays the progress of employee's sustainability goals.

Given an employee sets a personalized sustainability goal, when they view their progress on the EcoTrax dashboard, then they can see an accurate representation of their progress towards the goal with visual indicators such as percentage completion and milestones achieved.

The system integrates feedback from employees regarding the goal-setting process.

Given an employee has completed a personalized goal-setting session, when they provide feedback through the EcoTrax platform, then the system captures and displays their feedback for the administrative team to review and improve future goal-setting sessions.

Employees can compare their sustainability progress with team averages.

Given an employee is viewing their individual sustainability goal progress, when they choose to see team comparisons, then they can access a comparison of their progress against average metrics achieved by their team members in the EcoTrax system.

Employee engagement is measured through tracking participation rates in setting and achieving sustainability goals.

Given a specified time period, when a report is generated on the EcoTrax platform, then it should show the percentage of employees who have set goals and the percentage who achieved those goals, enabling analysis of overall engagement in sustainability initiatives.

Notifications are sent to remind employees about their sustainability goals.

Given an employee has set a personalized sustainability goal, when the notification schedule triggers, then the employee receives reminders through the EcoTrax platform or via email about the upcoming milestones related to their goals.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As an employee, I want access to a Progress Tracking Dashboard so that I can visualize my sustainability achievements and stay motivated to improve my practices."

Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard provides employees with a real-time visual representation of their sustainability efforts and goal progress. This feature is designed to keep users engaged by allowing them to see how their actions contribute to broader organizational goals. The dashboard will include gamified elements such as badges, levels, and leaderboards to foster healthy competition among employees. This will increase motivation and encourage participation in sustainable practices within the company while providing valuable insights into areas that need improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

Employee views their individual progress on the Progress Tracking Dashboard after completing a week of eco-coaching sessions, aiming to assess the effectiveness of the coaching.

Given the employee has completed at least one eco-coaching session, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see personalized metrics for their sustainability goals, including progress percentage and badges earned.

A manager accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard to check the sustainability progress of their team members and identify areas that need improvement.

Given the manager has logged into the system, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard for their team, then they should see a comparative display of individual progress among team members and the overall team statistics.

Employees participate in a sustainability challenge where they aim to achieve specific goals tracked in the dashboard over a month.

Given the sustainability challenge is active, when employees log into the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a countdown timer for the challenge and their current ranking against other participants.

An employee receives notifications about their achievements after reaching a new level in sustainability practices displayed on the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given the employee has met the criteria for a new level, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should receive a notification congratulating them on their achievement along with details about the benefits of their new level.

An employee consistently logs their sustainability actions in the system and wants to view their improvement over time through the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given the employee has logged actions for a minimum of four weeks, when they open the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a graphical representation showing their sustainable behavior trends over the selected period.

An employee seeks to understand how their actions contribute to organizational sustainability goals via the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given the employee is viewing their dashboard, when they click on a specific sustainability goal, then they should see a detailed breakdown of how their contributions affect the organization's overall sustainability metrics.

Gamification Elements

"As an employee, I want to engage in gamified sustainability challenges so that I can make learning about sustainability enjoyable and rewarding."

Description

Gamification Elements will be integrated within Eco-Coaching Sessions to enhance user engagement and participation. This feature will include point systems, rewards, and challenges that employees can undertake to improve their sustainability practices. By incorporating these playful elements, the feature aims to make sustainability a fun and rewarding experience for employees, leading to higher levels of involvement and sustained interest in eco-friendly behaviors. Essentially, this will create a more dynamic and interactive learning environment, which is key to fostering a culture of sustainability within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Employees participate in Eco-Coaching Sessions to learn about sustainability practices and objectives for their individual goals.

Given an employee accesses their Eco-Coaching Session, when they complete a set number of activities, then they should receive points that contribute to their rewards balance.

The Eco-Coaching platform provides feedback after gamified challenges to ensure employees understand their progress and learning.

Given an employee completes a challenge, when they view their results, then feedback is provided showing their achieved score and areas for improvement.

Gamification elements create a competitive environment among employees, encouraging participation in sustainability practices.

Given multiple employees are participating in Eco-Coaching Sessions, when they see a leaderboard, then it should reflect the points earned through completed activities and challenges.

Employees can redeem rewards earned through the gamification system to encourage further participation in sustainability practices.

Given an employee has accrued enough points, when they attempt to redeem a reward, then they should be able to select from a predefined list of rewards and successfully complete the redemption process.

The Eco-Coaching feature tracks participation and completion rates of sustainability challenges over time.

Given an employee has engaged in Eco-Coaching Sessions, when the organization reviews participation metrics, then they should see measurable increases in participation rates and completion rates of assigned challenges over the evaluation period.

The system monitors and evaluates user engagement levels to adjust gamification elements accordingly to maintain interest.

Given the user engagement data is gathered, when the system analyzes the metrics, then it should trigger updates to gamified elements like new challenges or rewards if engagement falls below a specified threshold.

Feedback and Suggestions System

"As an employee, I want to provide feedback on my Eco-Coaching Session so that I can help improve the process and make it more beneficial for myself and my colleagues."

Description

The Feedback and Suggestions System allows employees to provide input on their Eco-Coaching Sessions and share ideas for improvement. This feature is essential for making the coaching sessions more effective and relevant to employee needs. By gathering feedback, the organization can continuously refine its coaching strategies and ensure that employees feel heard and valued. This open line of communication will help in identifying what works best in promoting sustainable practices and adjusting the coaching material accordingly to maximize its impact.

Acceptance Criteria

Employees submit feedback after completing an Eco-Coaching Session through the Feedback and Suggestions System, highlighting aspects they found useful and areas for improvement.

Given an employee completes an Eco-Coaching Session, when they access the Feedback and Suggestions System, then they must be able to submit feedback that includes at least one suggestion for improvement and one positive comment.

The organization reviews the feedback collected from employees about the Eco-Coaching Sessions to implement improvements in the next sessions.

Given collected feedback from the Feedback and Suggestions System, when the coaching team gathers for a review meeting, then at least three actionable suggestions from employees must be discussed and considered for implementation in the next session.

Employees receive a confirmation notification after submitting their feedback through the Feedback and Suggestions System, assuring them that their input is valued.

Given an employee submits feedback through the Feedback and Suggestions System, when the submission is successful, then the employee should receive a notification confirming receipt of their feedback within 5 minutes.

The Feedback and Suggestions System integrates with the existing analytics dashboard to track the satisfaction levels of employees regarding the Eco-Coaching Sessions.

Given feedback has been submitted, when the analytics dashboard is refreshed, then the satisfaction level metric should update in real-time to reflect at least 80% positive feedback from all collected submissions.

The Eco-Coaching Sessions are adjusted based on common feedback trends identified from the Feedback and Suggestions System over multiple coaching sessions.

Given there are at least three sessions of collected feedback, when the analytics of trends is reviewed, then at least two common feedback topics should be identified and addressed in the next coaching material.

Resource Library Integration

"As an employee, I want access to a Resource Library so that I can educate myself about sustainability practices and apply them effectively at work."

Description

The Resource Library Integration feature will provide employees with easy access to educational materials, case studies, and best practice guidelines related to sustainability. By embedding this resource library into Eco-Coaching Sessions, employees can engage with supplemental information that supports their learning and application of sustainable practices. This ensures that employees are not only receiving coaching but also have the tools and knowledge necessary to implement effective changes in their work routines, ultimately enhancing the collective sustainability initiatives within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Employees can access the Resource Library within the Eco-Coaching Sessions after completing their initial onboarding training.

Given an employee logged into the EcoTrax platform, when they navigate to the Eco-Coaching Sessions, then they should have a visible and functional link to the Resource Library.

The Resource Library must contain a minimum of 50 educational materials, including articles, case studies, and best practice guidelines on sustainability.

Given that the Resource Library is integrated, when an employee queries the library, then they should find at least 50 unique materials relevant to sustainability, categorized appropriately.

Employees should be able to bookmark and track their progress on materials they are engaging with from the Resource Library.

Given an employee engages with the Resource Library, when they bookmark a material, then their progress should be saved, and they should be able to view all previously bookmarked materials under their profile.

The Resource Library must provide an option for employees to provide feedback on the materials accessed during Eco-Coaching Sessions.

Given that an employee has accessed the Resource Library materials, when they finish reviewing a material, then they should be presented with an option to submit feedback, which should be recorded successfully.

The integration of the Resource Library should enhance employee satisfaction in Eco-Coaching Sessions as measured by post-session surveys.

Given that Eco-Coaching Sessions have concluded, when employees fill out a satisfaction survey, then at least 80% of responses should indicate that the Resource Library improved their learning experience.

The Resource Library must be updated regularly to include the latest sustainability practices and innovations every quarter.

Given that the Resource Library is live, when reviewing the materials, then at least 10% of the content should be updated or newly added each quarter to reflect the latest best practices.

Reward Redemption Center

The Reward Redemption Center allows employees to easily redeem their earned Green Points for various rewards, including eco-friendly products, gift cards, or additional time off. This feature makes the incentives tangible and attainable, reinforcing positive sustainability behaviors and contributing to a motivated workforce committed to environmentally responsible practices.

Requirements

User Authentication System

"As an employee, I want to securely log in to the Reward Redemption Center so that I can redeem my Green Points without worrying about unauthorized access to my account."

Description

The User Authentication System is critical for ensuring that only authorized personnel can access the Reward Redemption Center. This requirement includes implementing secure log-in processes, utilizing either single sign-on (SSO) features or multi-factor authentication (MFA) to enhance security. The benefits of this system include protecting user data, preventing fraud, and ensuring that rewards can only be redeemed by eligible employees. This requirement integrates with the existing user management system within EcoTrax, allowing for seamless user access while maintaining a high security standard.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Reward Redemption Center to redeem Green Points right after logging in successfully.

Given the user has entered valid credentials, when they click on the 'Log In' button, then they should be redirected to the Reward Redemption Center without any errors.

User attempts to access the Reward Redemption Center after logging in with Single Sign-On (SSO).

Given the user is authenticated via SSO, when they attempt to access the Reward Redemption Center, then their access should be granted without requiring additional log-in steps.

User tries to redeem their Green Points after providing the correct Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) details.

Given the user has successfully logged in and received an MFA prompt, when they enter the correct MFA code, then they should successfully proceed to redeem their Green Points.

User logs in with invalid credentials and attempts to access the Reward Redemption Center.

Given the user has entered an incorrect password, when they click on the 'Log In' button, then they should receive an error message indicating that the credentials are invalid, and access should be denied.

User forgets their password and utilizes the password reset feature before accessing the Reward Redemption Center.

Given the user selects the 'Forgot Password' option, when they submit their email for a password reset, then they should receive a password reset link in their email inbox within 5 minutes.

An administrator wants to update the user's authentication methods in the User Management System.

Given the administrator has access to the User Management System, when they update the authentication method for a user, then the changes should be reflected in the system immediately and the user should be notified of the update.

Reward Catalog Management

"As an admin, I want to manage the available rewards in the Reward Redemption Center so that I can ensure employees have access to a variety of enticing options to redeem their Green Points."

Description

The Reward Catalog Management feature enables administrators to create, update, and manage the selection of rewards available for redemption. This includes eco-friendly products, gift cards, and additional time off. It allows for categorization, searchability, and real-time updates of inventory levels. The implementation of this requirement enhances operational efficiency by providing a dynamic and easily manageable rewards portfolio. Integration with the EcoTrax platform ensures that the rewards align with the sustainability practices promoted by the organization and offers visibility into employee preferences for future adjustments.

Acceptance Criteria

Administrators can successfully create a new reward entry in the Reward Catalog Management feature.

Given an administrator is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when they navigate to the Reward Catalog Management, create a new reward, and save it, then the reward should be visible in the catalog with the correct details including name, category, and inventory level.

Administrators can update existing rewards in the Reward Catalog.

Given an administrator is logged in and selects an existing reward from the catalog, when they modify any of the details and save the changes, then the updated reward should reflect the new details immediately in the catalog.

The Reward Catalog enables effective search functionality for rewards.

Given an administrator or employee is on the Reward Catalog page, when they input keywords related to rewards into the search bar, then the results should display only rewards that match the search criteria within 3 seconds.

The system accurately reflects the inventory levels of rewards in real-time.

Given that a reward has a defined inventory level, when an employee redeems a reward, then the inventory level for that reward should decrease accordingly and update in the catalog within 1 minute.

Rewards are categorized appropriately for easy navigation.

Given the reward catalog contains multiple rewards, when an administrator views the catalog, then they should see rewards sorted into categories that are clear and logical, with the ability to filter by category.

The system allows administrators to remove rewards from the catalog.

Given an administrator is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when they select a reward from the catalog and choose to delete it, then the reward should be removed from the catalog and no longer visible to users.

The catalog provides visibility into employee preferences for future adjustments.

Given that employees have interacted with the rewards catalog, when an administrator reviews the catalog analytics, then they should see data on the most popular rewards redeemed over the last quarter for decision-making purposes.

Notification System for Reward Redemption

"As an employee, I want to receive notifications when my redemption is successful or when new rewards are added so that I can stay informed about my Green Points balance and available options."

Description

The Notification System for Reward Redemption will alert employees and administrators when significant actions occur within the Reward Redemption Center. Notifications will include alerts for new rewards added, confirmations upon successful redemption of rewards, and updates on points balance. The key benefits include enhancing user engagement, keeping employees informed, and providing timely updates that reinforce positive sustainability behaviors. This system will integrate with EcoTrax’s existing notification framework, ensuring messages are sent via preferred channels (email, app notifications).

Acceptance Criteria

Employee receives an email notification when a new reward is added to the Reward Redemption Center.

Given an employee is registered in the EcoTrax system, when a new reward is added, then the employee should receive an email notification regarding the new rewards.

Employee receives a confirmation notification upon successfully redeeming a reward.

Given the employee has sufficient Green Points, when they redeem a reward, then they should receive a confirmation notification via the app about the successful redemption.

Employee checks their points balance and receives a notification if there are any changes.

Given the employee is logged into the EcoTrax system, when their points balance changes, then they should receive a notification via their preferred channel informing them of the updated balance.

Administrator receives a notification when an employee redeems a reward.

Given an administrator is monitoring the Reward Redemption Center, when an employee redeems a reward, then the administrator should receive an alert notifying them of the redemption action.

Employees can opt to receive notifications through their preferred channels (email, app notifications).

Given an employee has preferences set in their profile, when a relevant notification is triggered, then it should be sent according to their chosen notification preferences.

System logs all notifications sent for auditing purposes.

Given notifications are generated, when an action is taken that triggers a notification, then the system should log that notification in the notification history for review.

Employees can view notification history within the EcoTrax app.

Given an employee is using the EcoTrax app, when they navigate to the notification history section, then they should see all past notifications related to reward actions.

Analytics Dashboard for Reward Usage

"As a manager, I want to view analytics on reward usage so that I can understand which rewards are most popular and adjust our offerings accordingly."

Description

The Analytics Dashboard for Reward Usage will provide insights into employee redemption patterns, popular rewards, and overall engagement with the reward system. This requirement includes the ability to generate reports and visualize trends over time, allowing stakeholders to assess the effectiveness of the reward program. Implementing this dashboard enables data-driven decisions to enhance reward offerings and increase employee participation. It will integrate with EcoTrax’s data analytics capabilities to deliver actionable insights based on real-time data.

Acceptance Criteria

Employee accesses the Analytics Dashboard to review reward redemption patterns and engagement metrics after a new reward tier has been introduced.

Given that the employee is logged into EcoTrax, when they navigate to the Analytics Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of redemption patterns categorized by reward type for the last quarter.

A manager generates a report on popular rewards redeemed by employees during the last month to assess the effectiveness of the current offerings.

Given that the manager has appropriate access rights, when they select the report generation option for popular rewards, then a downloadable report should be created that lists the top three redeemed rewards along with their redemption counts.

Stakeholders review trends over time in the Analytics Dashboard to evaluate engagement with the reward system and make strategic decisions.

Given that stakeholders access the Analytics Dashboard, when they filter the data by engagement over the last year, then they should see a line chart showing a monthly breakdown of total redemptions and employee participation rates.

An HR representative wants to analyze the impact of incentive changes on employee participation rates within the reward program.

Given that the HR representative is using the Analytics Dashboard, when they apply a filter for the time period before and after the incentive changes, then the dashboard should display a comparative analysis of participation rates in a tabular format.

An employee explores the Analytics Dashboard to receive real-time updates on their own reward redemptions and points balance.

Given that the employee is logged in, when they view their profile section on the dashboard, then they should see their current Green Points balance and a summary of rewards they have redeemed in the past six months.

A team leader organizes a monthly meeting to present insights gathered from the Analytics Dashboard about employee engagement with the reward system.

Given that the team leader accesses the dashboard, when they compile the insights, then they should be able to generate and display a presentation summarizing key trends and suggestions for subsequent months based on past data.

Customizable Reward Themes

"As an admin, I want to customize the appearance of the Reward Redemption Center so that it represents our company’s values and sustainability initiatives effectively."

Description

The Customizable Reward Themes feature allows organizations to tailor the aesthetic presentation of the Reward Redemption Center. This includes branding elements such as logos, color schemes, and themed categories of rewards that resonate with specific sustainability initiatives or company culture. This requirement enhances user engagement by providing a personalized experience that reflects the organization's identity. The integration with the existing EcoTrax interface allows for easy updates and design modifications without requiring extensive technical resources.

Acceptance Criteria

Customizing the Reward Redemption Center for a Sustainability Campaign

Given a user with administrator privileges, when they access the Customizable Reward Themes feature, then they should be able to upload a new logo, select a color scheme from a predefined palette, and categorize rewards under at least three new themes that align with current sustainability initiatives.

Previewing Customizations Before Submission

Given a user is customizing the Reward Redemption Center, when they apply changes to the logo, color scheme, and reward categories, then they should see a live preview of these changes before submitting them for final approval.

Saving and Reverting Customization Changes

Given a user is on the Customizable Reward Themes page, when they make changes to the branding elements, then they should have the option to save those changes or revert to the previous design without any data loss.

Integration with Existing EcoTrax Interface

Given the requirement for seamless integration, when the Customizable Reward Themes are enabled, then the changes made in this feature should immediately reflect in the Reward Redemption Center interface without requiring a page refresh.

User Notification upon Successful Update

Given a user has successfully customized the Reward Redemption Center, when they click the 'Save' button, then a confirmation message should appear indicating that their changes have been successfully saved.

Accessibility Compliance for Customization Features

Given the Customizable Reward Themes feature is developed, when an accessibility audit is conducted, then it must meet WCAG 2.1 AA standards to ensure all users can customize and access the content effectively.

Performance Testing of Customizations

Given the updated Reward Redemption Center, when multiple users access the customization features simultaneously, then the system should maintain performance response times below 2 seconds per request without degradation in functionality.

Feedback and Suggestion Mechanism

"As an employee, I want to provide feedback on the rewards offered so that I can contribute to the improvement of the Reward Redemption Center and ensure it meets my needs and the needs of my colleagues."

Description

The Feedback and Suggestion Mechanism enables employees to provide input on the rewards offered and suggest new ideas for future rewards. This requirement encourages engagement and allows for continuous improvement of the reward system by ensuring that it evolves to meet employee expectations. The implementation includes a user-friendly form for submitting feedback and an internal review process to assess suggestions. This feature will enhance employee satisfaction and loyalty by making participants feel heard and valued within the EcoTrax platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Employees access the Feedback and Suggestion Mechanism through the EcoTrax dashboard after redeeming their rewards, aiming to share their thoughts on the reward offerings.

Given an employee is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when they access the Feedback and Suggestion Mechanism, then they should see a user-friendly form to submit their feedback with a maximum of 500 characters.

After an employee submits feedback on the rewards, they expect to see a confirmation message indicating that their suggestion has been successfully received.

Given an employee has filled out the feedback form, when they submit the feedback, then they should receive a confirmation message stating 'Thank you for your feedback! We value your input.'

The internal review team needs to assess the submitted feedback and suggestions to determine their feasibility for future rewards offerings.

Given the feedback form has been submitted, when the internal review team accesses the feedback dashboard, then they should be able to view all submitted feedback categorized by date and employee.

Employees want to track their feedback status to know if their suggestions are being considered.

Given an employee accesses their submitted feedback history, when they view the feedback status, then they should see an update on whether their suggestion is 'Under Review', 'Accepted', or 'Rejected'.

The platform admins intend to analyze feedback metrics to identify common themes or trends regarding employee suggestions.

Given that multiple feedback form submissions exist, when the analytics dashboard is accessed, then it should provide visual representations such as charts displaying the frequency of suggestions by category over the last month.

Employees wish to anonymously submit feedback to feel more comfortable sharing honest opinions about the rewards program.

Given a user is accessing the feedback submission form, when they choose the option for anonymous submission, then their identity should not be disclosed in the feedback records.

The system should notify the employees about updates or changes made to the rewards based on feedback submitted.

Given that a change to the rewards is implemented based on employee feedback, when the decision is made, then a notification should be sent to all employees stating the change as a result of their feedback.

Device Compatibility Hub

The Device Compatibility Hub is a centralized repository that simplifies the process of identifying and selecting compatible IoT devices for integration with EcoTrax. It provides users with a comprehensive list of recommended devices, specifications, and compatibility checks, reducing guesswork and enhancing connectivity efficiency. This feature empowers IT Integration Specialists to make informed purchasing decisions, ensuring streamlined integration and optimal performance.

Requirements

Comprehensive Device Database

"As an IT Integration Specialist, I want to access a comprehensive database of IoT devices with detailed specifications so that I can make informed purchasing decisions and ensure successful integration with EcoTrax."

Description

The Device Compatibility Hub must include a comprehensive database of IoT devices, offering detailed specifications and compatibility information for each device. This should enable users to easily select appropriate devices for integration with EcoTrax, as well as allow for ongoing updates to the database to reflect new products and changes in specifications. Featuring advanced search capabilities and filter options will enhance the user experience by facilitating quick and precise device selection, ultimately improving integration success rates and operational efficiencies.

Acceptance Criteria

As an IT Integration Specialist, I want to search for IoT devices based on specific criteria such as type, brand, compatibility, and specifications, so that I can efficiently find the best options for integrating with EcoTrax.

Given the user is on the Device Compatibility Hub page, when they use the advanced search options to filter by type, brand, or specifications, then the system should return a list of compatible IoT devices that match the search criteria accurately within 3 seconds.

As an IT Integration Specialist, I need to view detailed specifications of an IoT device, so that I can assess its compatibility with EcoTrax before making a purchasing decision.

Given the user selects an IoT device from the compatibility list, when they navigate to the device details page, then the full specifications and compatibility information should be displayed without missing details and be accessible within 2 seconds.

As a database administrator, I want to ensure the Device Compatibility Hub can be updated with new IoT devices and changes to existing devices easily, so that the database remains current and useful for users.

Given a new IoT device is available in the market, when an administrator adds the device to the system, then the new device should be listed in the database within 10 minutes and be searchable by users immediately after.

As an IT Integration Specialist, I want to receive clear compatibility alerts when selecting devices that do not meet EcoTrax integration standards, so that I avoid making purchasing mistakes.

Given the user attempts to select an incompatible IoT device, when they try to finalize their selection, then a clear compatibility alert should be displayed notifying them of the incompatibility along with reasons why, before they can proceed.

As a user of the Device Compatibility Hub, I want to sort the list of compatible IoT devices according to multiple parameters (e.g., price, rating, compatibility level), so that I can prioritize my options based on their specific needs.

Given the user is viewing the list of IoT devices, when they apply sorting options by price, rating, or compatibility level, then the system should reorder the list instantly based on the selected parameter without errors.

As an IT Integration Specialist, I want the database to reflect real-time availability of IoT devices from suppliers so that I can make informed purchasing decisions quickly.

Given the database is integrated with supplier inventories, when a user accesses the compatibility list, then the availability status of each device should be indicated accurately and updated in real-time.

Compatibility Check Functionality

"As an IT Integration Specialist, I want automatic compatibility checks for IoT devices so that I can quickly verify device compatibility and avoid potential integration issues later on."

Description

This requirement entails implementing an automatic compatibility check feature within the Device Compatibility Hub that assesses whether selected IoT devices are compatible with EcoTrax’s current specifications. The feature should allow for both real-time checks during device selection, as well as batch assessments for multiple devices, helping users to streamline their decision-making process and reduce the risk of selecting incompatible equipment.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Device Compatibility Hub to check the compatibility of a single IoT device before purchase.

Given the user selects an IoT device from the repository, when they initiate a compatibility check, then the system should return a success message if the device is compatible with EcoTrax's specifications, or a detailed error message listing compatibility issues if it is not.

User attempts a batch compatibility check for multiple IoT devices to enhance decision-making efficiency.

Given the user uploads a list of multiple IoT devices, when they initiate the batch compatibility check, then the system should return a summary report detailing the compatibility status of each device, indicating which are compatible and which are not, within 2 minutes.

User wants to understand the specific compatibility criteria for selected IoT devices.

Given a user has selected an IoT device for compatibility assessment, when they request detailed compatibility criteria, then the system should provide a clear explanation of the device's specifications and why it is or is not compatible with EcoTrax.

User encounters an error during the compatibility check process.

Given the user attempts to check the compatibility of an IoT device that is not in the system, when the compatibility check is initiated, then the system should return an informative error message indicating that the device is not found in the repository.

User needs to verify if a recently updated IoT device specification affects its compatibility with EcoTrax.

Given the system has updated the specifications of an IoT device, when the user performs a compatibility check, then the system should reflect the latest specifications and provide an updated compatibility status within 30 seconds.

User wants to filter the list of IoT devices based on compatibility criteria.

Given the user accesses the Device Compatibility Hub, when they apply filters for device specifications, then the system should display a list of compatible devices that meet the specified criteria within 10 seconds.

User seeks to understand the rationale behind compatibility assessments.

Given a user reviews the compatibility check result for an IoT device, when they request an explanation, then the system should provide insights into the assessment process, including any algorithms used and key factors considered in determining compatibility.

User Feedback Mechanism

"As an IT Integration Specialist, I want to provide feedback on IoT devices I have integrated with EcoTrax so that I can help other users make informed choices based on real experiences."

Description

Incorporating a user feedback mechanism allows users to provide insights and experiences regarding the compatibility of specific IoT devices with EcoTrax. This feature should enable users to rate devices and leave comments, thereby fostering a community-driven approach to device selection. The feedback collected can assist in maintaining the integrity of the device database and help future users make better-informed decisions, improving overall user satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User provides feedback on the compatibility of an IoT device after using it with EcoTrax for a month.

Given a user who has utilized an IoT device with EcoTrax, when they navigate to the Device Compatibility Hub and select the device, then they shall see a feedback form that allows them to rate the device from 1 to 5 stars and leave a comment.

A user accesses the feedback mechanism to view existing ratings and comments for a specific IoT device.

Given a user on the Device Compatibility Hub, when they search for a specific IoT device, then they shall see an aggregated rating, the number of ratings, and a list of recent comments provided by other users.

Admin reviews the feedback collected from users to update device compatibility information in the hub.

Given an administrator logged into the backend, when they access the feedback dashboard, then they shall see all feedback entries categorized by device, with options to approve, reject, or respond to comments.

A user attempts to submit feedback but encounters an error due to a connectivity issue.

Given a user who has filled out the feedback form, when they attempt to submit it but the application loses connectivity, then an error message shall appear, prompting the user to try again later.

User edits previously submitted feedback about an IoT device.

Given a user who has previously submitted feedback, when they navigate to the Device Compatibility Hub and select 'Edit' on their feedback, then they should be able to modify their rating and comments before resubmitting.

A user receives a notification after submitting their feedback successfully.

Given a user who has just submitted feedback, when the submission is successful, then they shall receive a confirmation notification indicating that their feedback was successfully submitted and is under review.

User tries to submit feedback without filling in all required fields.

Given a user on the feedback submission form, when they attempt to submit the form without completing the required fields, then a validation message shall appear, indicating which fields need to be filled in before submission.

Integration Tutorial and Guidelines

"As an IT Integration Specialist, I want access to integration tutorials and guidelines so that I can understand the process thoroughly and minimize integration errors."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing comprehensive tutorials and guidelines that assist users in understanding the integration process of IoT devices with EcoTrax. This feature should include step-by-step guides, video tutorials, troubleshooting FAQs, and best practice documentation. By providing educational resources, users will be better equipped to navigate the integration process, reducing errors and enhancing overall efficiency in device setup.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Integration Tutorial and Guidelines from the Device Compatibility Hub to set up their IoT device with EcoTrax.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrax and navigates to the Device Compatibility Hub, When they select 'Integration Tutorial and Guidelines', Then they should see a list of all available tutorials with clear descriptions and access links.

User watches a video tutorial on integrating a specific IoT device with EcoTrax.

Given the user is on the tutorial page, When they click on the video tutorial link for their specific device, Then the video should play without buffering and include accurate step-by-step instructions for integration.

User browses the troubleshooting FAQ section after facing an issue during device integration.

Given the user is having trouble integrating their device, When they access the troubleshooting FAQ, Then they should find at least five relevant FAQs that address common integration issues and provide clear solutions.

IT Integration Specialist follows best practice documentation for device integration.

Given the user is viewing the best practices section, When they complete the integration following all outlined best practices, Then there should be a measurable decrease in integration errors reported compared to previous integrations.

User submits feedback about the integration tutorial and guidelines they used.

Given the user has completed the integration process using the tutorials, When they are prompted to submit feedback, Then the feedback form is available, and submission should record and store their feedback accurately.

User is notified of updates to integration tutorials in the Device Compatibility Hub.

Given a new tutorial or update is added to the Device Compatibility Hub, When the user logs in, Then they should receive a notification highlighting the updated resources for their review.

Multi-Device Comparison Tool

"As an IT Integration Specialist, I want a tool to compare multiple IoT devices simultaneously so that I can easily evaluate the best options for integration with EcoTrax."

Description

The development of a multi-device comparison tool will allow users to select and compare multiple IoT devices side by side within the Device Compatibility Hub. This tool should highlight key specifications, compatibility aspects, and pricing, making it easier for users to weigh options and make informed purchases. By facilitating direct comparisons, the tool enhances decision-making efficiency and ultimately improves user satisfaction with device selection.

Acceptance Criteria

Multi-Device Comparison Tool enables users to select multiple IoT devices from the Device Compatibility Hub for side-by-side comparison.

Given a user accesses the Multi-Device Comparison Tool, when the user selects at least three IoT devices for comparison, then the tool should display a side-by-side comparison of key specifications, compatibility aspects, and pricing for the selected devices.

Users utilize the Multi-Device Comparison Tool to directly compare device features to make informed decisions.

Given the user has selected devices for comparison, when the user views the comparison page, then each listed device should display its specifications and compatibility information clearly without errors or overlap.

The Multi-Device Comparison Tool should allow users to add and remove devices easily while comparing them.

Given the user is on the comparison page, when the user selects or deselects a device from the comparison list, then the tool should update the comparison results in real-time without needing the user to refresh the page.

Users need to understand pricing differences clearly while using the comparison tool.

Given that multiple devices are selected for comparison, when the user looks at the pricing column, then the tool should display clear, easy-to-read pricing information, including any potential discounts or fees.

Users should access help or guidance while using the Multi-Device Comparison Tool.

Given the user is on the comparison page, when the user clicks on the 'Help' icon, then the system should display a tooltip or modal with guidance on how to use the comparison tool effectively.

The Multi-Device Comparison Tool needs to be mobile responsive for user accessibility.

Given a user accesses the Multi-Device Comparison Tool on a mobile device, when the user navigates to the comparison page, then the layout should adjust appropriately for the mobile interface without losing functionality or readability.

Seamless Data Sync

Seamless Data Sync enables automatic, real-time data transfer from connected IoT devices directly into EcoTrax. This feature eliminates manual data entry, ensuring accuracy and timeliness in reporting sustainability metrics. By streamlining data integration, users can make quicker, data-driven decisions, significantly enhancing operational efficiency and compliance.

Requirements

Automated Data Validation

"As a sustainability manager, I want automated data validation so that I can trust the accuracy of the data I use for reporting and decision-making."

Description

Automated Data Validation ensures the integrity and accuracy of data received from IoT devices before it is processed by EcoTrax. This feature will implement a set of predefined rules and algorithms to automatically check for discrepancies and errors in data, providing alerts for any inconsistencies. By validating data in real-time, the feature increases trust in the analytics provided by EcoTrax, allowing users to make informed decisions based on accurate information. It integrates seamlessly into the existing data sync process, enhancing overall data reliability and compliance with sustainability reporting requirements.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated data validation process for energy consumption data from IoT sensors before they are processed by EcoTrax.

Given an IoT device sending energy consumption data, when the data is received by EcoTrax, then the data must be validated against predefined rules to ensure accuracy and integrity.

Handling discrepancies detected during the validation of waste management data from connected devices.

Given that a discrepancy is detected in the waste management data, when the data is validated, then an alert must be generated and sent to the user with details of the inconsistency.

Real-time validation of emission data received from IoT sensors in EcoTrax.

Given emissions data received from an IoT sensor, when the data is sent to EcoTrax, then it must be validated within 5 seconds before being processed for analytics.

Integration of automated data validation into the existing data sync feature of EcoTrax.

Given the Seamless Data Sync feature is enabled, when data is received from IoT devices, then the automated validation must occur without any manual intervention and with no data loss.

User access to notification logs for any validation failures or alerts generated by EcoTrax.

Given that an alert is generated due to a data validation failure, when the user logs into EcoTrax, then a notification log must be accessible, showing all validation alerts and their statuses.

User experience evaluation during the automated data validation process of real-time data feed.

Given a user interface for EcoTrax, when the automated validation occurs, then the user must receive visual feedback on the validation status of the incoming data, indicating success or alerting for errors promptly.

Overall performance effectiveness of the automated data validation feature in reducing errors in sustainability reporting.

Given historical data quality reports, when comparing with reports post-implementation of automated validation, then there must be at least a 50% reduction in data discrepancies reported.

Custom Dashboard Metrics

"As a business owner, I want custom dashboard metrics so that I can track the sustainability indicators that are most relevant to my company."

Description

Custom Dashboard Metrics enable users to design and configure their own metrics and KPIs within the EcoTrax interface. This feature allows users to select from a variety of data inputs, visually represent data through customizable graphs, and set specific targets for tracking sustainability efforts. By providing a tailored dashboard experience, users can more effectively monitor performance in areas that matter most to their organization. This feature supports deeper insights and allows for quicker reactions to changes in sustainability trends or abnormalities in data.

Acceptance Criteria

Custom Metric Creation and Configuration

Given a user is logged into EcoTrax, when they access the Custom Dashboard Metrics feature, then they should be able to select from at least 10 different data inputs to configure their own metrics and KPIs.

Visualization of Custom Metrics

Given a user has created custom metrics, when they view their dashboard, then the custom metrics should be represented visually through customizable graphs that the user can adjust in terms of type and layout.

Setting Performance Targets

Given a user has configured custom metrics, when they set targets for those metrics, then the targets should be saved and displayed on the dashboard for comparison against real-time data.

Data Refresh Rate

Given IoT devices are connected, when data is sent to the EcoTrax platform, then the dashboard must update with the latest data from the IoT devices within 5 minutes.

User Notification for Data Anomalies

Given the custom metrics are being tracked, when an anomaly is detected in the data, then the system must send a notification to the user within 10 minutes of detection.

Exporting Custom Dashboard

Given a user has configured their custom dashboard, when they choose to export it, then the dashboard must be downloadable in both PDF and Excel formats without loss of visual fidelity.

User Feedback on Custom Metrics

Given the user has utilized the Custom Dashboard Metrics feature for at least one month, when prompted, then they should be able to provide feedback on the usability and effectiveness of the feature to improve it in future iterations.

Alerts and Notifications System

"As an operations manager, I want an alerts and notifications system so that I can be promptly informed when my sustainability metrics reach critical levels."

Description

The Alerts and Notifications System is designed to automatically notify users of significant changes in their sustainability metrics based on customizable thresholds and parameters. Users can set specific triggers for alerts, such as exceeding waste reduction goals or energy consumption limits. This proactive approach helps users stay informed and react promptly to important changes, enhancing their ability to manage sustainability initiatives. The integration of this feature within EcoTrax ensures that users are engaged in real-time monitoring and can maintain compliance without manual oversight.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a threshold for waste reduction and exceeds it, triggering an alert.

Given the user has set a waste reduction threshold, when the actual waste exceeds this threshold, then the system should generate an immediate alert notification to the user via email and within the EcoTrax dashboard.

User configures energy consumption limits and receives notification upon limit breach.

Given the user has defined an energy consumption limit, when the energy consumption exceeds this limit, then the user should receive a real-time notification through the EcoTrax mobile application and a desktop alert.

User checks alert history to assess past notifications and responses.

Given the user requests to view alert history, when the user navigates to the alerts log section, then the displayed data should reflect all alerts triggered over the past month, with timestamps and statuses (resolved, pending).

User sets customizable alert parameters for emissions data.

Given the user has specified custom alert parameters for emissions data, when the emissions data reaches the defined threshold, then the system should trigger an alert that includes specific details about the emissions event and suggested actions.

User modifies existing alert thresholds after reviewing sustainability performance.

Given the user wants to adjust an existing alert threshold, when the user updates the threshold criteria in the settings, then the system should save the new threshold and confirm the update with a success message to the user.

User receives alerts during off-business hours and checks notifications upon logging in.

Given alerts are triggered during off-business hours, when the user logs into the EcoTrax platform the following day, then the user should see a summary of all missed alerts on the dashboard with the option to review them individually.

Admin reviews user alert settings for compliance tracking.

Given the admin is reviewing user alert settings, when the admin accesses the user settings section, then the system should display all user-defined alert thresholds and the associated compliance status for each user.

Data Export Capabilities

"As a compliance officer, I want data export capabilities so that I can easily generate reports for regulatory compliance."

Description

Data Export Capabilities provide users with the ability to export their sustainability data in various formats, including CSV, Excel, and PDF. This feature allows users to compile reports for stakeholders, regulatory bodies, or internal reviews without having to manually consolidate data from different sources. It streamlines reporting processes, enhances collaboration with external stakeholders, and ensures that essential information can be shared efficiently. Integration with existing reporting functionalities in EcoTrax will make this a seamless addition for users as they engage with their sustainability data.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates an export of sustainability data to CSV format for quarterly reporting after logging into EcoTrax.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrax, when they select the 'Export Data' option and choose 'CSV' format, then the system should generate a downloadable CSV file containing all selected sustainability metrics from the specified date range.

A user requests to export energy usage data in PDF format for a presentation to stakeholders at the end of the fiscal year.

Given the user has navigated to the energy usage section and selects 'Export Data' as PDF, when the user clicks on 'Download', then the PDF must be generated with accurate visual representations of data, including charts and tables, matching the selected date range.

The user wants to export waste management data in Excel format for internal review, ensuring compatibility with existing reporting tools.

Given the user selects 'Export Data' from the waste management section and chooses 'Excel' format, when the file is downloaded, then the Excel sheet must include all waste entries with proper labeling, and must be viewable/openable in Microsoft Excel without errors.

The administrator reviews the exported reports to ensure that all required compliance metrics are included for regulatory submission.

Given that the administrator exports the compliance report to any format (CSV, PDF, or Excel), then all required fields, including emissions, waste, and energy usage, should be included in the export, as per the regulatory requirements document.

User attempts to export data while no data is available for the selected date range.

Given the user selects a date range with no available data for export, when the 'Export Data' option is selected, then an appropriate error message should display, informing the user that no data is available for the specified period.

A user exports data for a specified date range and receives confirmation of the successful export via email.

Given the user has completed the export process, when the data is exported successfully, then the user should receive a confirmation email containing details of the export and a link to download the file if applicable.

A user needs to know the time it takes to export the sustainability data for transparency.

Given the user selects the export option, when the export process is completed, then the system should log and display the time taken for each export operation to ensure user awareness and for process improvement.

Integration with Third-Party Applications

"As an IT manager, I want integration with third-party applications so that I can streamline data flow and ensure data consistency across platforms."

Description

Integration with Third-Party Applications enhances EcoTrax's functionality by allowing seamless data exchange with popular business software and platforms such as ERP, CRM, and accounting systems. This feature enables businesses to consolidate their operational data, aligning sustainability metrics with financial and operational objectives effectively. Users can benefit from a unified view of their performance without the need for manual data entry, ensuring data consistency and allowing for better strategic decision-making. The integration capabilities will also facilitate enhanced predictive analytics and AI-driven strategies in EcoTrax.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates data integration with a third-party ERP system while logged into EcoTrax, expecting to see real-time data updates reflecting their sustainability metrics.

Given that the user is authenticated on EcoTrax and the ERP system is connected, when the user initiates integration, then data from the ERP system should automatically sync into EcoTrax without errors within 5 minutes.

A user wants to verify that sustainability metrics from the CRM are accurately reflected in EcoTrax after integration.

Given that data sync has been initiated from the CRM system, when the user checks the sustainability dashboard in EcoTrax, then the displayed metrics must match those in the CRM within a 5% variance.

An administrator needs to ensure that integrated data complies with the formatting requirements for analysis in EcoTrax.

Given that data has been synced from the third-party application, when the administrator reviews the data quality report, then all data entries should be in the correct format as specified by EcoTrax's data guidelines.

A user wishes to receive a notification for any data synchronization errors from the connected third-party applications.

Given that the user has enabled notification settings for data sync errors in EcoTrax, when an error occurs during data integration, then the user should receive an immediate notification via email and in-app alert.

A business wants to generate a report that includes both financial and sustainability data after integrating with accounting software.

Given that the user has conducted data integration with the accounting software, when the user attempts to generate a combined report, then the report must include accurate data from both systems, reflecting real-time values for analysis.

A user needs to manually trigger a data sync from third-party applications and see the results in EcoTrax.

Given that the user is logged into EcoTrax, when they click the 'Sync Now' button after selecting a third-party application, then the data should start syncing immediately, and the user should see 'Sync in Progress' status until completion.

A compliance officer needs to review an audit log of all data integrations that have occurred over the past month.

Given that the compliance officer accesses the integration history section in EcoTrax, when they filter for the past month, then they should see a complete, chronological list of all successfully completed integrations with timestamps and data volume details.

Real-Time Monitoring Dashboard

The Real-Time Monitoring Dashboard provides users with instant visibility into all connected IoT devices and their corresponding data streams. This feature allows for immediate insights into energy usage, waste levels, and emissions metrics, enabling proactive adjustments to sustainability strategies. By enhancing monitoring capabilities, users can swiftly identify inefficiencies and tackle issues as they arise.

Requirements

IoT Device Integration

"As an SME sustainability manager, I want to integrate all my IoT devices with EcoTrax so that I can monitor real-time data without manual input, enabling me to respond quickly to any inefficiencies."

Description

The IoT Device Integration requirement enables seamless connectivity and data exchange between the EcoTrax platform and various IoT sensors deployed by SMEs. This involves developing APIs and protocols that facilitate real-time data collection from devices monitoring energy usage, waste levels, and emissions metrics. The functionality allows for automatic updates and synchronization, ensuring that the dashboard displays the most current data. This integration is critical for users to gain accurate insights into their sustainability metrics and make data-driven decisions, enhancing productivity and compliance with sustainability regulations.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of IoT Devices into EcoTrax System

Given an IoT device is correctly set up with the EcoTrax platform, When the device sends a data stream, Then the Real-Time Monitoring Dashboard should display the corresponding data with no errors within 5 seconds.

Automated Data Synchronization

Given that an IoT device is actively collecting data, When there is a change in data values, Then the data should be automatically updated in the Real-Time Monitoring Dashboard without any manual intervention.

Real-Time Emission Tracking

Given that the EcoTrax platform has integrated an emissions sensor, When the emissions level changes, Then the Real-Time Monitoring Dashboard should reflect the updated emissions metrics and provide alerts if thresholds are exceeded.

User Notification for Data Outliers

Given that data from an IoT device is received, When the data deviates significantly from the expected range, Then the system should notify the user through an alert on the Real-Time Monitoring Dashboard.

Data Validation and Integrity Check

Given that data is received from multiple IoT devices, When the data is processed, Then the system should perform validation checks to ensure data accuracy, and any failed checks should be logged and flagged for review.

Dashboard Performance Metrics

Given the integration of multiple IoT devices sending data, When the data is displayed on the Real-Time Monitoring Dashboard, Then the dashboard performance should remain responsive with less than a 2-second load time under typical user load.

User Access Control Management

Given multiple users accessing the EcoTrax platform, When a user attempts to connect an IoT device, Then the system should enforce user permissions ensuring only authorized users can perform this action.

Data Analytics Engine

"As a sustainability analyst, I want to use advanced analytics on my real-time data so that I can identify trends and make informed recommendations for improving our sustainability efforts."

Description

The Data Analytics Engine requirement focuses on building a robust analytics framework that processes the real-time data streamed from connected IoT devices. It will utilize machine learning algorithms to detect patterns and provide actionable insights into energy usage, waste management, and emissions. This functionality will allow users to not only visualize their current metrics but also forecast future trends and potential areas for improvement. By leveraging historical data alongside real-time insights, EcoTrax will empower SMEs to enhance their sustainability strategies significantly.

Acceptance Criteria

User Accesses the Real-Time Monitoring Dashboard to View Data from Connected IoT Devices

Given a user is logged into EcoTrax, when they navigate to the Real-Time Monitoring Dashboard, then they should see real-time data streams from all connected IoT devices displayed without delay.

User Receives Alerts for Anomalies in Energy Usage or Emissions

Given the Data Analytics Engine is active, when the system detects an anomaly in energy usage or emissions, then an alert is sent to the user immediately via the dashboard notification and email.

User Requests Historical Data Analysis to Identify Trends

Given a user selects a date range for historical data analysis, when the user clicks the submit button, then the system should provide a graphical representation of trends in energy usage, waste management, and emissions for that date range.

User Utilizes Predictive Analytics to Forecast Future Sustainability Metrics

Given the Data Analytics Engine has processed sufficient historical data, when a user requests predictive analytics reports, then the system should present forecasts for energy usage and emissions for the next quarter with confidence intervals.

User Customizes Dashboard to Display Relevant Metrics

Given a logged-in user, when they select customization options for their Real-Time Monitoring Dashboard, then they should be able to choose which metrics to display, save the layout, and have it persist on subsequent visits.

Customizable Dashboard

"As a user of EcoTrax, I want to customize my dashboard to focus on the metrics that matter most to me, so that I can monitor my sustainability efforts more effectively and efficiently."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard requirement allows users to tailor their monitoring interface by selecting which metrics they want to view prominently. Users will be able to drag and drop different data widgets, choose visualizations such as graphs or charts, and set alerts for specific thresholds related to energy usage, waste, and emissions. This personalization ensures that each user can focus on the most relevant information for their role, enhancing user satisfaction and operational efficiency by allowing them to proactively manage sustainability metrics.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customization for Dashboard Interface

Given a user with editor permissions, when they access the dashboard customization settings, then they should be able to drag and drop at least three data widgets from the available options onto their dashboard for a personalized view.

Threshold Alerts Functionality

Given a user who has set up threshold alerts for energy usage, when the energy usage metric exceeds the defined threshold, then the user should receive an instant notification through the application and an email alert.

Selection of Visualization Types

Given a user on the customizable dashboard, when they choose a data widget and select a visualization type, then the metric should be displayed in the selected format (e.g., graph, chart) without errors.

Metrics Preference Saving

Given a user who has customized their dashboard, when they save their preferences, then the dashboard should retain the selected widgets and visualizations upon the next login.

Responsive Design on Mobile Devices

Given a user accessing the dashboard from a mobile device, when they view the customizable dashboard, then it should display the selected metrics in a responsive format that is easy to navigate.

Performance Under Load

Given multiple users accessing the dashboard simultaneously, when they interact with the dashboard features, then the system should maintain a response time of less than 2 seconds for customization actions.

User Role-Based Dashboard Configurations

Given an administrator, when they assign different dashboard customizations based on user roles, then those users should only be able to access the widgets and metrics relevant to their specific role.

Automated Reporting System

"As an operations manager, I want to automate the generation of sustainability reports so that I can save time on manual reporting and ensure I have accurate and timely insights for management reviews."

Description

The Automated Reporting System requirement entails creating a functionality that generates periodic reports on sustainability metrics based on the data collected from IoT devices. Users can set the frequency of reports (daily, weekly, monthly) and choose which metrics to include. This feature will simplify compliance reporting and internal assessments, providing users with ready-made insights without manual compilation. The reports will also include recommendations based on trends detected in the analytics engine, aiding SMEs in improving their strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the Automated Reporting System to generate a weekly sustainability report based on the data collected from connected IoT devices.

Given the user has selected 'weekly' as the report frequency and chosen specific metrics to include, when the user clicks 'Generate Report', then the system should produce a report in PDF format that includes the selected metrics and is sent to the user's registered email within 10 minutes.

The user wants to customize the metrics included in the monthly sustainability report generated by the Automated Reporting System.

Given the user is on the report configuration page, when the user selects specific metrics from the available options and saves the configuration, then those metrics should be included in the next scheduled report and the selection should persist for future reports.

A user needs to ensure that the Automated Reporting System provides recommendations based on detected trends for the selected sustainability metrics.

Given the user has generated a report that includes metrics showing an upward trend in energy usage, when the report is generated, then the system should include actionable recommendations for reducing energy consumption in the report summary.

The Automated Reporting System is set to generate daily reports for a user who opted for a daily frequency and wants to ensure timely delivery.

Given the user has configured the system to generate daily reports, when it is 8 AM of a new day, then the system should automatically generate the daily report and send it to the user's email by 8:15 AM.

A user reviews the Automated Reporting System's functionality to ensure it complies with industry standards for sustainability reporting.

Given the Automated Reporting System is implemented, when user reviews the generated report from the compliance perspective, then the report should adhere to the relevant sustainability reporting standards and include all necessary data points as specified by those standards.

An administrator wishes to modify the report frequency settings for a user in the Automated Reporting System.

Given the administrator is on the user settings page, when they change the report frequency from weekly to monthly for a specific user, then the user's next report generation should reflect this change without error.

Alert and Notification System

"As a facility manager, I want to receive alerts for any critical issues regarding energy use or emissions, so that I can respond immediately to potential environmental breaches."

Description

The Alert and Notification System requirement aims to establish a proactive mechanism that notifies users of critical changes in sustainability metrics, such as energy usage spikes, exceeding waste thresholds, or emissions levels that breach regulatory limits. Users will be able to configure alerts via push notifications, emails, or SMS, allowing them to act swiftly to address any urgent issues. This system is vital in preventing potential compliance violations and enabling timely interventions to optimize sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert for energy usage spikes based on defined thresholds.

Given the user has set a threshold for energy usage, When energy usage exceeds this threshold, Then the user receives an instant push notification and email alert informing them of the spike.

User configures the notification settings for alerts.

Given the user is on the notification settings page, When they set preferences for push notifications, emails, and SMS alerts, Then the system confirms the preferences have been saved successfully and displays a message to the user.

User receives multiple alerts for exceeding waste threshold levels.

Given the user has set a waste threshold, When the waste level exceeds this threshold on more than one occasion within a specified time frame, Then the user receives a cumulative alert summarizing these instances via push notification and SMS.

User can view the history of alerts triggered in the dashboard.

Given the user navigates to the alert history section, When they view the alert log, Then the log displays all alerts triggered with timestamps and details of the triggered metrics.

User receives alerts for emissions levels breaching regulatory limits.

Given the user has regulatory limit values entered, When emissions levels exceed these limits, Then the user receives an SMS alert followed by an email with compliance details and immediate action suggestions.

User tests alert functionality by simulating a threshold breach.

Given the development team has implemented a testing environment, When the specified threshold for any sustainability metric is simulated to be breached, Then an alert should be triggered, and notifications should be sent through all configured channels (push, email, SMS).

Admin can view and manage user notification settings.

Given the admin has access to the user management section, When they access a specific user's notification settings, Then they can view, edit, and disable the user's alert preferences and receive a confirmation message on successful changes.

User Training and Resource Hub

"As a new user of EcoTrax, I want access to training resources and a community forum, so that I can quickly learn how to use the platform effectively and connect with other users."

Description

The User Training and Resource Hub requirement provisions a dedicated online platform containing educational materials, tutorials, and best practices for SMEs utilizing EcoTrax. This feature will facilitate user onboarding and ongoing learning, enabling users to maximize the tool's capabilities and implement effective sustainability strategies. Through video guides, documentation, FAQs, and community forums, users will be well-equipped to navigate the platform and leverage its full potential, driving continuous improvement in their sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the User Training and Resource Hub for the first time after signing up for EcoTrax.

Given the user has logged into EcoTrax, when they click on the 'Training and Resource Hub' link, then they should be redirected to the Training Hub page within 3 seconds and see a welcome message with an overview of available resources.

A user watches a tutorial video from the User Training and Resource Hub.

Given the user is on the Training Hub page, when they click on a tutorial video, then the video should start playing within 5 seconds without buffering, and the user should have the option to pause, rewind, or increase the volume.

A user searches for a specific topic in the FAQ section of the User Training and Resource Hub.

Given the user is on the FAQ section, when they enter a search term related to a common issue in the search bar, then they should receive relevant results within 2 seconds that includes at least 3 articles addressing the issue.

A user posts a question in the community forum of the User Training and Resource Hub.

Given the user is logged into the community forum, when they submit a new post with a question, then the post should appear in the forum within 5 seconds, and the user should receive a confirmation message of successful posting.

A user reviews and rates a tutorial in the User Training and Resource Hub.

Given the user has completed watching a tutorial, when they select a star rating and submit their feedback, then the rating should be immediately reflected in the overall rating summary of that tutorial with an acknowledgment message shown on the screen.

A user accesses the documentation section of the User Training and Resource Hub via a mobile device.

Given the user is on a mobile device, when they navigate to the documentation section, then the documentation should be displayed in a mobile-responsive format that is easy to read and navigate without horizontal scrolling.

A user returns to the User Training and Resource Hub after a month to find updated resources.

Given the user has not accessed the hub for 30 days, when they log back in, then they should see a notification indicating new resources have been added, along with highlighted updates prominently displayed on the dashboard.

IoT Health Checker

The IoT Health Checker continuously monitors the operational status of connected devices, alerting users of any connectivity issues or performance drops. This proactive feature ensures that all IoT integrations function optimally, minimizing downtime and maintaining data integrity. By empowering IT Integration Specialists with these insights, organizations can ensure consistent and reliable sustainability monitoring.

Requirements

Real-time Performance Alerts

"As an IT Integration Specialist, I want to receive real-time alerts about the performance of connected IoT devices so that I can take immediate action to resolve connectivity issues and maintain optimal operational status."

Description

The Real-time Performance Alerts requirement ensures that the IoT Health Checker not only monitors device status but also sends instant notifications to users when a device experiences connectivity issues or performance degradation. This functionality is crucial as it allows IT Integration Specialists to address problems proactively, thus minimizing potential downtime. Additionally, the alerts should be customizable to meet various threshold settings, which would empower users to set their parameters based on specific organizational needs. Furthermore, by integrating with communication platforms like email and messaging apps, users will receive timely updates and can take swift action to mitigate issues, ensuring optimal functionality and data integrity of the IoT devices.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Notification Delivery for Connectivity Issues

Given that the IoT Health Checker identifies a connectivity issue with a device, when the issue is detected, then the system should send an instant notification to the designated user(s) via the chosen communication platform (email or messaging app).

Customizable Alert Threshold Settings

Given that the user accesses the alert settings within the IoT Health Checker, when they adjust the threshold parameters for performance alerts, then the system should save the new settings and trigger alerts based on these personalized thresholds.

Historical Data Logging of Alert Events

Given that the IoT Health Checker generates an alert, when a notification is sent, then the system should log the event with a timestamp, device ID, issue type, and alert level in a historical database for future reference and analysis.

User Acknowledgment of Alerts

Given that a user receives a real-time performance alert, when they acknowledge the alert through the notification interface, then the system should update the alert status to acknowledged and record this action alongside the user ID and timestamp.

Escalation Process for Unresolved Alerts

Given that an alert remains unresolved for a defined period, when the specified timeframe elapses, then the system should automatically escalate the alert to a designated higher-level user or team, notifying them of the ongoing issue.

Performance Metrics Dashboard Update

Given that real-time performance alerts are enabled, when an alert is triggered, then the IoT Health Checker dashboard should reflect the latest alert status and related performance metrics in real time, allowing users to assess overall device health at a glance.

Comprehensive Log History

"As a compliance officer, I want to access a comprehensive log history of IoT device performances and alerts so that I can ensure adherence to regulations and analyze performance trends."

Description

The Comprehensive Log History requirement entails developing an extensive logging mechanism within the IoT Health Checker that keeps track of all device performance metrics, alerts, and actions taken in response to issues. This requirement is vital for auditing, compliance, and future analysis as it provides a clear record of device status over time. The logs should be easily accessible through the EcoTrax interface with options for filtering and exporting relevant data. This will enable organizations to analyze trends, investigate anomalies, and make data-driven decisions for enhancing their IoT deployment strategy.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing the Comprehensive Log History via EcoTrax Interface.

Given I am an authorized user of EcoTrax, when I navigate to the IoT Health Checker section and select 'View Log History', then I should see a detailed listing of all device performance logs, including timestamps, status messages, and actions taken.

Filtering logs based on device performance metrics.

Given I am viewing the Comprehensive Log History, when I apply filters for device type and performance metrics, then the displayed log entries should update to reflect only those entries matching my filter criteria.

Exporting Comprehensive Log History in CSV format.

Given I have accessed the Comprehensive Log History, when I choose the option to export the logs, then I should receive a CSV file that contains all visible log entries along with relevant metadata.

Real-time alerting for log discrepancies.

Given the Comprehensive Log History is being generated, when a device performance issue occurs, then an alert should be logged immediately and displayed in the 'Recent Alerts' section of the IoT Health Checker.

Search functionality within the Comprehensive Log History.

Given I am on the Comprehensive Log History page, when I enter a keyword or device ID into the search bar, then the log entries should be filtered to show only those that match my search query.

Audit trails for actions taken on device issues.

Given an issue has been logged for a device, when an authorized user addresses the issue, then a new log entry should be created detailing the actions taken and the timestamp, ensuring an audit trail is maintained.

User Customization Dashboard

"As a business manager, I want to customize my IoT Health Checker dashboard so that I can focus on the most relevant metrics for my sustainability goals without being overwhelmed by unnecessary data."

Description

The User Customization Dashboard requirement allows users to tailor the IoT Health Checker interface according to their own preferences and needs. This includes the ability to select the metrics they want to monitor, set the frequency of updates, and choose alert types. By providing this level of customization, users will be more engaged and can focus on the most relevant data, which enhances their operational efficiency. The customization settings should be user-friendly, ensuring that even non-technical users can easily configure their dashboards for optimal usability.

Acceptance Criteria

Customizing the IoT Health Checker interface by selecting preferred metrics to display on the dashboard.

Given a logged-in user on the User Customization Dashboard, when they select metrics from the available options and save their preferences, then the selected metrics should be displayed on their IoT Health Checker interface upon refresh.

Adjusting the frequency of updates for real-time metrics in the IoT Health Checker.

Given a user on the User Customization Dashboard, when they set the update frequency for selected metrics and apply the changes, then the IoT Health Checker should reflect the new update frequency within 5 seconds.

Setting alert types for connectivity issues detected by the IoT Health Checker.

Given a user on the User Customization Dashboard, when they choose their preferred alert types for connectivity and performance notifications and save the configuration, then the system should send alerts according to the selected preferences without delay during real-time monitoring.

Ensuring usability of the dashboard customization feature for non-technical users.

Given a non-technical user accessing the User Customization Dashboard, when they follow the guided setup process for customization, then they should be able to complete their dashboard configuration without external assistance.

Resetting the dashboard to default settings by the user.

Given a user is on the User Customization Dashboard, when they choose the option to reset to default settings, then all customization changes should revert to the original default state within 3 seconds and notify the user via a confirmation message.

Integrative Dashboard Insights

"As a sustainability officer, I want to view integrative insights from my IoT devices within EcoTrax so that I can assess overall sustainability performance and identify areas for improvement."

Description

The Integrative Dashboard Insights requirement focuses on synthesizing data from various IoT devices and presenting it in a unified dashboard within EcoTrax. This capability will allow for a comprehensive view of sustainability metrics across the organization, including energy consumption, waste output, and emissions levels in conjunction with IoT performance. This analysis empowers users to make informed decisions, implement improvements, and recognize trends that could affect sustainability outcomes. The dashboard should also support advanced analytics features such as predictive modeling to foresee potential issues or inefficiencies in operations.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can access the Integrative Dashboard Insights after logging into their EcoTrax accounts and selecting the dashboard tab, allowing them to view a consolidated visual representation of critical sustainability metrics across various IoT devices.

Given that the user is logged into EcoTrax, when they navigate to the dashboard tab, then the Integrative Dashboard should load and display real-time analytics for energy consumption, waste output, and emissions levels from connected IoT devices.

The Integrative Dashboard Insights should provide users with the ability to filter the displayed metrics by date range, device type, or department to facilitate targeted data analysis and decision-making.

Given that the dashboard is active, when the user applies a date range filter, then the displayed metrics should update to reflect data only within the selected period.

Users should receive an alert when the Integrative Dashboard detects a significant drop in the performance of any connected IoT device, enabling proactive measures to address potential issues.

Given that the IoT Health Checker is operational, when a connected device reports a performance drop, then the Integrative Dashboard should trigger a visual alert prominently indicating the affected device and the nature of the issue.

The dashboard must support predictive modeling features that analyze historical data to forecast future trends regarding sustainability metrics, allowing users to prepare for potential inefficiencies.

Given sufficient historical IoT data, when the user accesses the predictive analytics feature on the dashboard, then the dashboard should present forecasts for energy consumption, waste output, and emissions based on analyzed trends.

Users should be able to download the dashboard metrics in a variety of formats, such as PDF and CSV, to share with stakeholders or for further analysis outside the EcoTrax platform.

Given that the user has accessed the Integrative Dashboard Insights, when they select the download option, then the metrics should be available in the selected format without data loss or corruption.

The dashboard must be responsive and accessible across various devices, including desktops, tablets, and smartphones, ensuring users can access insights on any device they choose.

Given that a user accesses the Integrative Dashboard on different devices, when the user navigates through the dashboard, then all functionalities and visualizations should adjust seamlessly without performance degradation.

Automated Device Health Checks

"As an IT Integration Specialist, I want the IoT Health Checker to perform automated health checks of IoT devices so that I can reduce manual oversight and enhance device reliability."

Description

The Automated Device Health Checks requirement automates periodic checks of all connected IoT devices to assess their functionality and connectivity without user intervention. This manages workload for IT Integration Specialists and ensures that any faults are reported before they can cause significant issues, thus enhancing operational resilience. Automated checks should be configurable based on time intervals and the specific metrics to evaluate. Users can also set rules for automatic notifications when performance thresholds are breached, allowing for a smoother operational workflow.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated health checks for IoT devices are initiated at configurable intervals, enabling proactive monitoring without user intervention.

Given that the system is configured for automated health checks every 30 minutes, when the time interval elapses, then the system should conduct health checks on all connected IoT devices and record their status.

Users can customize performance thresholds for connected IoT devices to receive alerts based on their operational requirements.

Given that a user has set performance thresholds for a device, when the device's performance drops below the threshold, then the system should send an automated notification to the user alerting them of the issue.

The IoT Health Checker generates reports summarizing the health check results and device performance over specified periods.

Given that the user requests a report of IoT device health checks for the past week, when the system processes the request, then it should generate and display a report highlighting the status of each device and any alerts during that period.

The Connected IoT devices display their operational status in real-time on the EcoTrax dashboard during automated health checks.

Given that an IoT device has completed a health check, when the check is recorded, then the device's status should be dynamically updated on the EcoTrax dashboard to reflect its current operational state.

IT Integration Specialists receive alerts for any connectivity issues detected during automated health checks.

Given that an IoT device experiences a connectivity issue during an automated health check, when the issue is detected, then an alert should be generated and sent to the designated IT Integration Specialist immediately.

The system allows configuration changes for the frequency and type of health checks without requiring a system restart.

Given that an IT Integration Specialist wants to change the health check frequency for a device, when the changes are saved in the system, then the new health check schedule should be active without any downtime.

Custom Integration API

The Custom Integration API gives users the flexibility to develop bespoke connections with specific IoT devices that may not be included in the standard integration framework. This feature facilitates tailor-made solutions for unique operational needs, ensuring that all essential data points are captured and analyzed within EcoTrax. This bespoke approach enhances the capability to monitor and manage sustainability initiatives tailored to organizational goals.

Requirements

Dynamic Device Compatibility

"As a sustainability manager, I want to connect various IoT devices to EcoTrax so that I can monitor all relevant data points for effective sustainability management."

Description

The Dynamic Device Compatibility requirement enables the Custom Integration API to support a wide array of IoT devices, ensuring the seamless integration of various hardware that may have unique communication protocols or data formats. This functionality is crucial for EcoTrax as it allows SMEs to connect their existing IoT devices, thereby maximizing their investment in technology and ensuring all relevant data points are monitored. The outcome is a more robust sustainability management system that can adapt to diverse operational environments and requirements, ultimately enhancing the effectiveness of sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of a New IoT Temperature Sensor

Given that the Custom Integration API is set up, when a new IoT temperature sensor with a proprietary communication protocol is connected, then the system should successfully receive data from the sensor in real-time and display it in the EcoTrax dashboard without any errors.

Data Format Recognition from Smart Waste Bin

Given that a smart waste bin is utilizing a unique data format for its metrics, when the device is connected through the Custom Integration API, then the system should be able to correctly parse and interpret the waste data, allowing it to be visualized accurately on the EcoTrax platform.

User Testing with Legacy IoT Devices

Given that a legacy IoT device is connected via the Custom Integration API, when a user initiates data transmission, then the system should not only successfully integrate data from the legacy device but also log any discrepancies in data format for future correction.

Monitoring Energy Output from Solar Panels

Given the Custom Integration API is operational, when a set of solar panels are connected with a non-standard communication protocol, then the system should accurately read and display energy output metrics within 10 seconds of connection.

Real-time Analytics for Diverse IoT Device Types

Given a range of different IoT devices from various manufacturers, when they are connected through the Custom Integration API, then the system should aggregate the data from all devices and provide a comprehensive analytics report without data loss or lag.

Handling Connection Failures Gracefully

Given that an IoT device experiences a connection failure, when this occurs, then the system should automatically attempt to reconnect and log the failure event, sending an alert to the user via the EcoTrax notification system.

Real-time Data Streaming

"As an operations analyst, I want to receive real-time data from our IoT devices so that I can immediately react to any changes in our sustainability metrics."

Description

The Real-time Data Streaming requirement facilitates the continuous flow of data from connected IoT devices to EcoTrax, allowing users to access live analytics and reporting. This feature is essential for timely decision-making and immediate response to changes in operational metrics related to energy, waste, and emissions. Real-time insights empower SMEs to act swiftly on sustainability initiatives, enabling proactive management and immediate corrective actions when required, leading to improved overall performance in sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

Data from IoT sensors is streamed continuously to EcoTrax without interruption during normal operational hours.

Given that the IoT devices are properly configured and connected, when the data streaming is initiated, then the system must continuously receive data samples without any drops for a minimum of 30 minutes.

Users can access live analytics reflecting the most recent data received from IoT sensors within EcoTrax dashboards.

Given that data is being streamed from the IoT devices, when a user navigates to the analytics dashboard, then the displayed metrics should reflect the most recent data received within the last 2 minutes.

The system triggers alerts based on thresholds set for energy consumption metrics, allowing users to take immediate action.

Given that a threshold for energy consumption is configured, when the real-time data stream indicates a metric exceeding the threshold, then an alert is generated and sent to the user’s registered email or application alert within 1 minute.

Data integrity is maintained during the streaming process, ensuring no corruption or loss of data occurs.

Given that the data from the IoT devices is being streamed, when a data integrity check is performed after 30 minutes of continuous streaming, then the integrity verification must confirm that all data packets have been successfully transmitted without corruption.

Users are able to seamlessly stop and restart the data streaming process from the EcoTrax interface as needed.

Given that the user is on the streaming management interface, when the user initiates a stop command followed by a start command, then the data streaming must cease immediately and resume within 10 seconds without losing any captured data during the interruption.

Admin users can modify the settings of the real-time data streaming, tailoring it to fit different operational needs of their organization.

Given that the admin user is authorized to change settings, when the user modifies the data streaming settings, then those changes must be effectively applied and reflected in the ecoTrax system without affecting existing data capture.

The system provides a comprehensive log of data received over the streaming period, accessible for review by users.

Given that data has been streamed for a period, when a user requests to view the data log, then the system should display a complete and accurate log of all data points received during the streaming period, with timestamps included for each entry.

Custom Data Mapping

"As a technical lead, I want to customize the data mapping for my IoT devices in EcoTrax so that I can analyze the information that is most relevant to our sustainability targets."

Description

The Custom Data Mapping requirement for the Custom Integration API allows users to define and map specific data points from diverse IoT devices to EcoTrax’s analytics framework. This functionality ensures that all relevant data is accurately captured, categorized, and analyzed within the software’s ecosystem. By providing this level of customization, SMEs can align their sustainability metrics with their individual operational goals, driving more precise insights and reporting that reflect their unique sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User defines data points from an IoT sensor for energy consumption mapping in EcoTrax.

Given the user has access to the Custom Integration API, when the user selects an IoT device and defines specific data points for energy consumption, then the system successfully maps those data points to EcoTrax’s analytics framework without errors.

User attempts to map multiple data points from different IoT devices simultaneously.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrax, when the user selects multiple IoT devices and defines data points for each device, then the system allows for simultaneous mapping and displays a confirmation message for successful data mapping.

User reviews the accuracy of mapped data points in EcoTrax analytics dashboard.

Given the user has mapped data points from IoT devices, when the user accesses the analytics dashboard, then all mapped data points should be accurately reflected and categorized in the relevant analytics sections, demonstrating correctness in both data representation and categorization.

User integrates an IoT device with unsupported data point formats.

Given the user attempts to map data points from an unsupported IoT device format, when the user saves the mapping, then the system should display an error message indicating unsupported format and prevent saving the mapping.

User deletes previously mapped data points and reviews the changes.

Given the user has existing mapped data points, when the user deletes a mapping from the system, then the analytics dashboard should reflect the removal of those data points, ensuring no residual data is displayed in the analytics.

User customizes data mapping settings for specific operational needs.

Given the user is configuring custom data mappings, when the user applies unique settings such as thresholds or alerts, then the system must save these settings accurately and apply them in real-time data collection.

User exports mapped data points for external reporting.

Given the user has mapped data points in EcoTrax, when the user selects to export the mapped data to a report, then the system should generate an export file that includes all selected data points in the correct format without data loss.

Secure Data Transmission

"As an IT security officer, I want to ensure that all data transmitted from our IoT devices to EcoTrax is secure so that we can protect sensitive information regarding our sustainability efforts."

Description

The Secure Data Transmission requirement is essential for ensuring that all data shared between IoT devices and EcoTrax is encrypted and protected against unauthorized access. This feature is critical for maintaining the confidentiality and integrity of sensitive sustainability data. With robust security protocols in place, users can trust that their data is safe while being transmitted, thereby encouraging more companies to adopt the EcoTrax solution as part of their sustainability management strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

Secure transmission of data between IoT devices and EcoTrax platform when a user configures a new device within the application.

Given that a new IoT device is connected, when the user initiates data transmission to EcoTrax, then all data sent must be encrypted using AES-256 encryption prior to transmission.

End-to-end data security testing when multiple IoT devices are actively transmitting data to the EcoTrax platform simultaneously.

Given that multiple IoT devices are transmitting data concurrently, when the data packets are captured, then the data must remain encrypted and the transmission logs should show no unauthorized access attempts.

User validation and access control during the data transmission process between IoT devices and EcoTrax.

Given that a user is accessing the EcoTrax platform, when they send data from an IoT device, then the system must ensure that only authorized users can initiate and monitor data transmissions.

Response handling in case of failed data transmission due to security risks or unauthorized attempts.

Given a failed data transmission attempt, when an unauthorized access is detected, then the system must log the incident, notify the user, and halt all data transfers from the device until authorized.

Verifying compliance with industry standards for data encryption during IoT data transmission.

Given the requirement to meet industry security standards, when the data is transmitted, then the encryption methods must comply with GDPR and ISO/IEC 27001 guidelines.

Performance benchmarks during peak usage times for secure data transmission from IoT devices.

Given peak load conditions, when multiple devices transmit data, then secure data transmission must not exceed a latency of 200ms while maintaining encryption integrity.

User-friendly API Documentation

"As a developer, I want clear documentation for the Custom Integration API so that I can easily integrate our IoT devices with EcoTrax without extensive support."

Description

The User-friendly API Documentation requirement focuses on creating comprehensive, clear, and accessible documentation for the Custom Integration API. This documentation will guide users through the integration process with step-by-step instructions, code samples, and troubleshooting tips. Effective documentation reduces the learning curve for SMEs and empowers developers to implement custom integrations more efficiently, thereby enhancing user satisfaction and facilitating broader adoption of EcoTrax’s capabilities.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can navigate to the API documentation page from the EcoTrax dashboard after opting to configure a custom integration.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrax dashboard, when they click on 'Custom Integration API', then they should be redirected to the API documentation page without any error.

Users can access step-by-step integration instructions for a specific IoT device within the API documentation.

Given the user is on the API documentation page, when they search for instructions related to a specific IoT device, then they should find clear, step-by-step integration instructions provided in a structured format.

Users can find example code snippets relevant to their specific programming environment within the API documentation.

Given the user is viewing the API documentation, when they look for code samples for their designated programming language, then they should see appropriate and tested code snippets that can be easily copied and implemented.

Users can locate troubleshooting tips related to common integration issues within the API documentation.

Given the user is on the API documentation page, when they encounter issues during integration, then they should be able to find a dedicated section with troubleshooting tips that effectively address the most common problems.

Users can provide feedback on the clarity and usefulness of the API documentation through a feedback form.

Given the user is reviewing the API documentation, when they click on the feedback link, then a feedback form should open allowing them to rate their experience and provide comments.

Users can download the entire API documentation in a printable PDF format.

Given the user is on the API documentation page, when they click on the 'Download PDF' button, then a PDF containing the complete API documentation should be generated for download without any formatting issues.

Optimized Configuration Wizard

The Optimized Configuration Wizard provides step-by-step guidance for setting up and configuring IoT devices within EcoTrax. This user-friendly feature simplifies the installation process, reducing setup time and minimizing technical challenges. By supporting IT Integration Specialists through straightforward configurations, this feature enhances the integration experience and ensures devices are ready for action more swiftly.

Requirements

Device Discovery and Pairing

"As an IT Integration Specialist, I want to automatically discover and pair IoT devices so that I can save time during the setup process and ensure that all devices are correctly connected and operational."

Description

The Device Discovery and Pairing requirement focuses on facilitating the automatic identification and connection of IoT devices to the EcoTrax platform. This functionality enhances user experience by allowing for a plug-and-play setup where devices listed in a local network are detected with minimal user input. It reduces setup complexity while ensuring all connected devices are accurately logged and accounted for, contributing to comprehensive data tracking and analytics. The importance of this requirement lies in its ability to streamline the initial setup process, thus enabling users to quickly start monitoring their sustainability metrics without the frustration of manual configurations.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the device discovery process within the EcoTrax platform to connect new IoT devices to monitor resource use.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrax platform, when the user clicks on 'Discover Devices', then the system should automatically list all compatible devices within the local network within 30 seconds.

An IT Integration Specialist configures a new energy consumption IoT device using the Optimized Configuration Wizard.

Given that the device is powered on and connected to the local network, when the specialist uses the Configuration Wizard, then the device should connect successfully and receive a unique identifier for monitoring purposes.

User selects multiple IoT devices for pairing from the discovery list in the EcoTrax platform.

Given multiple compatible devices are detected, when the user selects devices to pair and clicks 'Pair Devices', then all selected devices should pair with the platform and reflect their status as 'Connected' within 1 minute.

User attempts to connect a device that is not compatible with EcoTrax.

Given the user clicks on 'Discover Devices' but the incompatible device is present in the local network, when the system processes the devices, then it should notify the user that the device is not compatible and suggest alternatives.

User wants to review the list of successfully paired devices within the EcoTrax platform.

Given the user accesses the 'Paired Devices' section, when the user views the list, then all paired devices should be accurately displayed with their respective status and details.

An IT Integration Specialist encounters an error during the device pairing process.

Given the pairing fails due to network issues, when the specialist attempts to reconnect the device, then the system should provide clear error messaging and troubleshooting steps within 10 seconds.

User wants to ensure that newly connected devices are logging data correctly.

Given the device has been successfully paired, when the user checks the data logs after 5 minutes, then the system should show real-time data being captured from the device reflecting accurate usage metrics.

Validation and Troubleshooting

"As an IT Integration Specialist, I want to have validation and troubleshooting tools available so that I can easily identify and resolve connection issues during device setup, reducing the time spent on support."

Description

The Validation and Troubleshooting requirement aims to provide users with tools for verifying device connectivity and diagnosing issues during the setup process. This feature includes visual indicators for connectivity status, error messages, and recommended troubleshooting steps. By equipping users with these tools, EcoTrax can significantly reduce downtime caused by setup issues and ensure a smoother onboarding experience. The significance of this requirement is in empowering users to address potential problems independently, thus minimizing reliance on technical support and enhancing overall satisfaction with the product.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully connects an IoT device to EcoTrax for the first time using the Optimized Configuration Wizard.

Given the user has followed all steps in the wizard, When they complete the final step, Then the connected device's status shows as 'Connected' on the dashboard with no error messages.

User encounters a connection issue while integrating an IoT device using the Optimized Configuration Wizard.

Given the user has completed the setup process and the device is not connecting, When they view the troubleshooting section, Then clear error messages and actionable steps for resolving the issue are displayed.

User desires to verify the connectivity status of multiple IoT devices after setup.

Given that the user has set up multiple IoT devices, When they access the connectivity verification tool, Then they should see visual indicators for each device's connectivity status, displaying 'Connected', 'Disconnected', or 'Error'.

User attempts to troubleshoot a device connection using the suggested steps in EcoTrax.

Given that an IoT device shows an error status, When the user follows the troubleshooting recommendations, Then the device should either connect successfully or provide further diagnostic suggestions.

User needs to review connectivity history for their IoT devices within EcoTrax.

Given the user has activated connectivity logs, When they access the connectivity history section, Then they should see a detailed log of connectivity status changes for each device over the past week.

User seeks assistance for a connectivity issue not resolved by self-troubleshooting.

Given that the user has unsuccessfully attempted self-troubleshooting, When they contact technical support, Then the support team should retrieve the user's prior connectivity logs and provide actionable feedback based on past issues.

User requires a guide for potential issues and solutions during device setup.

Given the user is in the setup process, When they click on the help section in the Optimized Configuration Wizard, Then they should see a comprehensive FAQ and guides addressing common issues and resolutions.

User Feedback and Guidance

"As an IT Integration Specialist, I want to provide feedback and receive guidance during the setup process so that my configuration experience is tailored to better meet my specific needs and expectations."

Description

The User Feedback and Guidance feature encompasses collecting user input during the setup process and providing contextual help and tips throughout the configuration wizard. This requirement aims to improve user engagement and satisfaction by personalizing the setup experience based on user feedback. It can include prompts for user inputs, such as preferences for data reporting and insights needed, and adaptive guidance that responds to user selections. The importance of this requirement is in making the setup process more intuitive and aligned with users' specific needs, ultimately enhancing the functionality of the EcoTrax platform for diverse usage scenarios.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the setup process of IoT devices using the Optimized Configuration Wizard and is prompted to input their preferences for data reporting.

Given the user is on the configuration screen, when they submit their data reporting preferences, then the system should save the preferences and display a confirmation message.

User receives contextual help while configuring IoT devices through the Optimized Configuration Wizard.

Given the user selects a configuration option, when there is relevant contextual help available, then the system should display the help content dynamically adjacent to the selection.

User completes the configuration wizard and is prompted for feedback regarding their experience.

Given the user has finished the setup process, when they are presented with a feedback form, then they should be able to submit their feedback successfully and receive a thank-you message.

User seeks assistance while using the Optimized Configuration Wizard and accesses an FAQ.

Given the user is in the configuration wizard, when they click on the FAQ button, then they should be redirected to a comprehensive FAQ page without errors.

User encounters an error during the configuration process and uses the feedback option to report it.

Given the user faces an error message, when they select the feedback option, then the system should allow the user to submit a detailed report of the error for review.

Multi-Device Configuration Support

"As an IT Integration Specialist, I want to configure multiple IoT devices at once so that I can reduce the time it takes to set up several devices and ensure consistent configuration across all devices."

Description

The Multi-Device Configuration Support requirement enables users to configure multiple IoT devices simultaneously through the Optimized Configuration Wizard. This feature allows the user to select multiple devices to be configured at once, which reduces the overall time required for setup by streamlining repetitive tasks. This functionality is particularly valuable for businesses looking to deploy several devices at once, furthering the impact of EcoTrax in aiding businesses to rapidly implement their IoT strategies. The significance of this requirement lies in increasing operational efficiency and reducing time to value for customers during device deployment.

Acceptance Criteria

Simultaneous Configuration of IoT Devices via the Optimized Configuration Wizard

Given a user is on the Multi-Device Configuration page, when they select multiple IoT devices and initiate configuration, then all selected devices should start the configuration process simultaneously without errors.

Successful Completion Notification for Multi-Device Configuration

Given the user has initiated the configuration of multiple devices, when the configuration is complete, then the user should receive a confirmation message indicating how many devices were successfully configured and how many failed, if any.

Easy Selection of Multiple Devices for Configuration

Given the user is on the device selection screen, when they select multiple IoT devices using checkboxes, then they should be able to easily select, deselect, and see a count of selected devices before initiating configuration.

Error Handling During Multi-Device Configuration

Given some of the selected IoT devices encounter errors during configuration, when the user views the results, then they should see a detailed report of which devices failed and the reasons for their failure.

User Guidance for Multi-Device Configuration Process

Given the user is using the Optimized Configuration Wizard, when they are configuring multiple devices, then they should be provided with tooltips and FAQs throughout the process to assist them with common questions and troubleshooting.

Real-time Device Status Monitoring

"As an IT Integration Specialist, I want to monitor the real-time status of my IoT devices on the dashboard so that I can ensure they are functioning correctly and address any issues promptly."

Description

The Real-time Device Status Monitoring requirement provides users with the ability to view and monitor the status of integrated IoT devices in real-time through the EcoTrax dashboard. This functionality allows users to check connectivity, performance metrics, and operational status dynamically, enabling them to quickly identify potential issues as they arise. The significance of this feature is in proactively managing devices to ensure optimal performance and data accuracy, which is crucial for decision-making processes in sustainability management. This monitoring capability enhances user confidence in the system and supports ongoing operational efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the EcoTrax dashboard to monitor the real-time status of their integrated IoT devices during a peak operational hour.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrax dashboard, When the user navigates to the device monitoring section, Then they should see an updated list of all integrated IoT devices showing their connectivity and performance metrics in real-time.

A user encounters a disconnected IoT device and needs to check its operational status through the EcoTrax dashboard.

Given the user selects a specific IoT device that is marked as disconnected, When the user views the device details, Then they should see detailed information regarding its last known operational status and any relevant performance metrics.

An IT Integration Specialist is configuring IoT devices and wants to verify their status post-configuration using the EcoTrax dashboard.

Given the IT Integration Specialist has just configured a new IoT device, When they check the real-time device status on the dashboard, Then the device should appear as 'online' with relevant performance metrics indicating successful integration.

A user needs to ensure all their IoT devices are functioning correctly before a compliance audit.

Given the user wants to prepare for a compliance audit, When they view the real-time status of all IoT devices on the dashboard, Then they should see a summary indicating which devices are operational and which may need attention before the audit.

A user is alerted to a performance issue with an IoT device and uses the dashboard to investigate further.

Given the user receives an alert about a performance issue, When they access the specific IoT device's details on the dashboard, Then they should see a visual representation of the device's performance metrics over time and any alerts indicating issues.

After a scheduled maintenance, a user checks the dashboard to confirm that all devices have returned to normal operation.

Given the scheduled maintenance has concluded, When the user accesses the dashboard, Then all previously offline devices should show as 'online' with updated performance metrics reflecting their operational status post-maintenance.

Product Details

Vision & Mission

Problem & Solution

Details & Audience

User Personas

Green Growth Guru

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Resource Efficiency Evangelist

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Community Engagement Advocate

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Green Technology Innovator

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Product Features

Trend Tracker

Requirements

Dynamic Trend Visualization

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Anomaly Detection Alerts

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Custom Reporting Functionality

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Comparative Benchmarking

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with IoT Devices

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Predictive Impact Simulator

Requirements

User Input Configuration

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Machine Learning Model Integration

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Scenario Comparison Tool

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Reporting and Insights Module

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User Feedback Loop

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Smart Alerts

Requirements

Real-time Data Integration

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User-defined Alert Thresholds

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Historical Data Analysis

Description

Acceptance Criteria